Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Global / Orca Gold Inc.

Orca Gold Inc.

org · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker org
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Global
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Orca Gold Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2020 
Annual 
Report

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

0

O

r

i

g

i

n

E

n

e

r

g

y

L

i

m

i

t

e

d

A

B

N

3

0

0

0

0

0

5

1

6

9

6

“ Good energy is helping 
Australia transition to 
a cleaner energy future”

Scott Andreas
Field Manager East
Asset Services

Brooke Geary
Field Project Engineer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2020

Featured on our front cover are Scott Andreas 
and Brooke Geary

Scott is Field Manager East, Asset Services and Brooke 
is Field Project Engineer, both in our Integrated Gas 
business. Scott and Brooke work to safely deliver gas 
to our customers, helping support the transition to a 
cleaner future.

Scott and Brooke were photographed at an Australia 
Pacific LNG well site at Condabri Central. Origin owns 
37.5 per cent of Australia Pacific LNG, and as upstream 
operator, produces coal seam gas (CSG) from the Surat 
and Bowen basins in Queensland. Australia Pacific 
LNG provides ~30 per cent of Australian east coast gas 
and is a major exporter of liquefied natural gas to Asia.

Contents

1

 Contents

Welcome to the 2020 Annual Report 

20-year Timeline 

About Origin 

 Where We Operate 

Board of Directors 

Executive Leadership Team 

Operating and Financial Review 

Directors’ Report 

Remuneration Report 

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Share and Shareholder Information 

Exploration and Production Permits and Data 

Annual Reserves Report 

Five-year Financial History 

Glossary and Interpretation 

2

4

6

7

8

10

12

49

52

73

75

131

132

140

144

146

152

154

2
2

A message from Gordon

A message from Frank

Dear Shareholder,

Welcome to the 2020 Annual Report.

I was elected Chairman of Origin Energy in October 2013. 
As announced, I will be stepping down at this year’s AGM 
in October.

I looked back at our message to shareholders in the 2014 
Annual Report. We commented that our industry was at the 
forefront of economic, social and political debate. We noted in 
particular that our challenge every day was to deliver reliable, 
affordable and cleaner energy. And we bore witness to the 
substantial change in energy policy settings. How prescient we 
were, and how tumultuous that seven years has been. But how 
resilient Origin has demonstrated, in embracing the challenges 
and transforming its business. 

We are very different to the company of 2014. We have 
become a customer obsessed retailer, and our strategic 
investment in Octopus Energy, I am certain, will be a step 
change in that journey. We are pivoting to a greener future with 
gas as the transition fuel and a leading role in renewables. We 
have demonstrated the financial viability of investing in APLNG, 
with production costs competitive with US shale gas. We are 
at the forefront of building IoT propositions to harness data 
and to connect customers to the latest technology. We look 
confidently to the future with e-mobility, hydrogen and LNG 
for transport extending us beyond the core.

As a backdrop to all of this we have demonstrated sound 
capital management, maintaining our investment grade rating, 
reducing debt, and maintaining our dividend. The externalities 
have not changed, arguably have got more challenging, but we 
have focused on what we can control, and shown commitment 
and resilience.

For this I owe a deep well of thanks. Firstly, to a management 
team, superbly led by Frank. If a Board’s first priority is to 
appoint the right CEO, we succeeded.

Secondly, to a wonderful Board of fellow directors who 
demonstrate every day the value of our mantra “the obligation 
to dissent”. This constructive contestability has made for better 
decisions. And finally, to our shareholders and their proxy 
advisors. I have enjoyed our regular interactions, listened and 
learned, and we as a company are the better for their counsel.

And so I leave optimistic about the future of Origin. Board 
renewal has been front of mind for the Board for some time, 
and after a rigorous chair development and succession 
program, Scott Perkins was the unanimous choice of his fellow 
directors. We have worked together closely over the past five 
years and he and I will ensure a seamless handover. Scott and 
Frank will form a formidable team, as the leadership of the 
company, shaping this future. 

I will cheer from the sidelines.

Gordon Cairns
Chairman

In an extraordinary year, Origin quietly turned 20. In February 
2000, Origin was first listed on the ASX and today we are 
Australia’s number one energy retailer, a significant energy 
producer and a major contributor to the Australian economy. 

It has taken a dedicated group of people to create our business, 
and I thank our more than 5,200 people who represent Origin 
every day, from the Surat Basin to Sydney, and from Minto to 
Melbourne. Two of those people are Scott Andreas and Brooke 
Geary, who are featured on the front cover of this report. 

Scott and Brooke were photographed at a well site at Condabri 
Central, in Queensland. As part of our Integrated Gas team, 
Scott and Brooke work to safely deliver gas to our customers 
and are also helping Origin as we transition to a cleaner 
energy future. 

Our philanthropic foundation also achieved a milestone, 
celebrating its 10-year anniversary in February. Over this 
time, the Origin Energy Foundation has provided more 
than $27 million to good causes across Australia and 
supported more than 62,000 young people to achieve 
success in education. I am exceptionally proud of the work 
the Foundation undertakes to create better lives for young 
Australians through the power of education. 

Progress on our commitments

In response to significant challenges this year, Origin’s 
focus has been on maintaining reliable energy supply, 
keeping our people safe, and supporting our customers and 
communities. Against this backdrop, Origin’s underlying 
business performance continued to improve across the year, 
driving growth in free cash flow, which allowed further debt 
reduction, disciplined investment in growth opportunities and 
distributions to shareholders. 

Origin delivered a stable underlying profit of $1,023 million in 
FY2020, and our capital structure continued to improve, with 
adjusted net debt of $5,158 million at 30 June 2020. Through 
our Integrated Gas business, strong field production helped 
drive record production for Australia Pacific LNG and a record 
cash distribution to Origin of $1,275 million. In Energy Markets, 
electricity gross profit was lower following the introduction 
of retail price regulation, while we were able to utilise the 
flexibility of our generation fleet and wholesale gas portfolio to 
adapt to the reduced demand caused by the pandemic. 

Importantly, our focus on a safety culture based on learning has 
yielded strong improvements this year. Our Total Recordable 
Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) reduced to 2.6, from 4.4 the 
previous year. 

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
Welcome to the 2020 Annual Report

33

In keeping with our commitment to progressively decarbonise 
our business, we have announced a new short-term target to 
reduce our Scope 1 emissions by 10 per cent on average between 
FY2021 and FY2023. This reduction will be done from an FY2017 
baseline. Our commitment remains to halve our Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 emissions by 2032 and we are aiming to achieve net-zero 
emissions across the business by 2050. 

Supporting customers and communities 

I am proud of Origin’s efforts to support our customers throughout 
the year, including in times of bushfires, floods and then the 
COVID-19 pandemic. Our people have gone above and beyond 
for our customers; helping with energy bills including payment 
extensions and access to hardship services. We also passed on 
lower wholesale costs to customers and further improved our 
digital platforms to make it easier to engage with us.

Over the summer, volunteers through the Origin Energy Foundation 
provided practical support to bushfire-affected communities cut 
off from power by assembling over 1,500 portable SolarBuddy 
lights for distribution. It is this giving back to the community by our 
people which supports our ‘good energy’ brand position. 

Our gas exploration in the Beetaloo Basin was paused in March 
in response to the COVID-19 pandemic to help protect Northern 
Territory communities and people. The project is expected to 
resume later this year. Origin remains committed to the Beetaloo 
which, if successful, has the potential to deliver long-term 
economic and social benefits for the Northern Territory, Australia 
and the Asia Pacific region. 

Our business performance

In Integrated Gas, improved field performance contributed 
to record production of 708 petajoules for Australia Pacific 
LNG, up four per cent on FY2019. A continued focus on cost 
reduction resulted in operating and capital costs falling by 
eight per cent. Underlying EBITDA for Integrated Gas was 
$1,741 million in FY2020, eight per cent lower than the prior 
year, primarily reflecting a change in accounting treatment at 
Australia Pacific LNG.

Across Energy Markets, performance was largely driven by a 
reduction in electricity gross profit, due to lower retail margins 
following the introduction of the Default Market Offer and Victorian 
Default Offer. The COVID-19 pandemic also impacted demand 
in the final quarter, particularly for our commercial customers. 
Within this challenging environment, we focussed on efficiencies, 
including reducing our retail cost to serve by $40 million. 
Underlying EBITDA in Energy Markets was $1,459 million, down 
$115 million on FY2019. 

Outlook 

Origin provided the following guidance at our annual results on 
20 August 2020 on the basis that market conditions and the 
regulatory environment do not materially change, adversely 
impacting on operations. Considerable uncertainty exists relating 
to the potential ongoing impacts of COVID-19 and this guidance 
is subject to any further material impact on demand and customer 
affordability.

Energy Markets Underlying EBITDA is expected to be $1,150-
$1,300 million. This guidance reflects lower electricity gross profit 
due to passthrough of reduced wholesale prices to customers, 
higher network costs absorbed in the regulated tariffs and lower 
natural gas gross profit, partially offset by a targeted $70 million 
reduction in cost to serve.

Australia Pacific LNG’s FY2021 production is expected to be lower 
at 650-680 petajoules, reflecting anticipated reduced demand 
with strong field capability to increase production to respond to 
changes in demand. Distribution breakeven is expected to be in the 
range of US$27-US$31 a barrel. 

Looking forward

In January, Origin welcomed Kate Jordan to our executive 
leadership team as General Counsel and Executive General 
Manager, Company Secretariat, Risk and Governance. Kate brings 
extensive corporate advisory and commercial experience in what is 
a fast-moving and competitive industry landscape. 

As you will be aware, our chairman Gordon Cairns, will be retiring 
from the board in October. Gordon has served as a director since 
2007 and as chairman for the last seven years. On behalf of the 
board and the business, I want to thank Gordon for his tireless 
dedication to Origin and our direction over the last 13 years. 

We have achieved a lot in Origin’s first two decades, and I am 
extremely proud of how our people are delivering on our purpose 
of getting energy right for our customers, communities and planet. 
As shareholders, I thank you for being part of our story and hope 
you feel proud too. 

I look forward to welcoming many of you to our Annual General 
Meeting on 20 October, which will be held virtually this year in 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Thank you for your continued support. 

Frank Calabria
Chief Executive Officer 

4

20-year Timeline

Origin Energy listed

 Origin Energy listed on the 
Australian Securities Exchange 
on 21 February 2000.

February

212000

2000

 Acquired 51.4% controlling 
interest in Contact Energy, 
one of New Zealand’s leading 
energy retailers and power 
generators.

 Commenced development 
of the Otway gas project 
in the offshore Otway 
Basin in Victoria.

 Invested in the Fairview and 
Durham Coal Seam Gas 
(CSG) fields in Queensland, 
the start of our focus on 
producing natural gas from 
coal seams.

2002

2004

2001

2003

2005

 Acquired Powercore retail 
business with over 580,000  
Victorian customers.

 BassGas project approved 
for construction, opening up 
new offshore gas resources 
for Victoria.

 Acquired 580k 
customer accounts

 Acquired 264k 
customer accounts

 Spring Gully CSG 
processing facilities 
in Queensland 
commenced 
production.

Opened up new  
offshore gas resources

 Mortlake Power Station in 
Victoria is completed and 
commenced operations.

 Acquired a 35% interest in 
the Beetaloo Basin shale gas 
resource in Northern Territory.

 Launched littleBIGidea to 
encourage young inventors 
to share their ideas to solve 
real-world problems.

 Origin’s first CEO and Managing 
Director, Grant King, retires. 
Frank Calabria appointed CEO.

 The $24.7 billion APLNG project 
shipped its first cargo of LNG.

2012

2014

2016

2013

2015

2017

 Acquired Eraring Power 
Station and Shoalhaven 
Pumped Hydro Storage 
Scheme – two key generation
assets in New South Wales.

 Joined the We Mean 
Business global climate 
action coalition – the first 
company in Australia and first 
energy company in the world 
to commit to seven targets 
to drive emissions reduction 
across our business.

 Launched our Reconciliation 
Action Plan, as a demonstration 
of our commitment to 
Indigenous Australians.

 Booked Australia’s first 
significant shale gas resource 
in the Beetaloo Basin.

 Introduced a new company 
purpose: Getting energy 
right for our customers, 
community and planet.

 Launched our Origin mobile 
app, helping electricity 
and natural gas customers 
control their energy use 
and costs.

Annual Report 202020-year Timeline

5

Australia Pacific LNG 
(APLNG) joint venture

Became Australia’s  
largest energy retailer

 Acquired Uranquinty Power Station, 
a 640 MW gas-fired peaking station 
in New South Wales.

 Formed the multibillion-
dollar APLNG 
incorporated joint 
venture in Queensland 
with ConocoPhillips, 
to commercialise  
CSG assets.

 Acquired 1.6m customer accounts

 Kupe gas project in New Zealand 
commenced operations.

 Origin Energy Foundation
established to empower young
Australians through education
– a focus chosen by employees.

 Darling Downs Power Station 
in Queensland commenced operations.

 BassGas project operations 
commenced, capable 
of meeting almost 10% 
of Victoria’s gas needs.

2006

2008

2010

2007

2009

2011

 Acquired Sun Retail, 
adding 800,000 new 
Queensland customers.

 Acquired 800k  
customer accounts

 Acquired WindPower and 
its development portfolio, 
including Stockyard Hill 
Wind Farm in Victoria.

 Our first wind farm, 
Cullerin Range Wind 
Farm in New South Wales, 
commenced operations. 

 APLNG welcomes 
Sinopec as equity 
partner and foundation 
buyer of liquid natural 
gas (LNG) – at the 
time the largest single 
CSG to LNG supply 
agreement ever signed.

 Launched new Origin Values, 
guiding the way our people work.

 Created the Good Energy brand 
platform and campaign – the first 
major rebrand in our 18-year history.

 Acquired 20% interest in UK 
company Octopus Energy, 
and an Australian licence for 
the Kraken customer platform.

 APLNG exported its 
500th cargo. 

 Committed to halve our emissions 
(Scope 1 and Scope 2) by 2032, 
in line with the Paris Agreement.

 >$27m distributed by 
Origin Energy Foundation 
since inception.

2018

2020

2019

 Launched our Stretch Reconciliation 
Action Plan, continuing our 
commitment to advance Australia’s 
reconciliation efforts.

6

Annual Report 2020

About Origin

Origin at a glance

Leading integrated 
energy company

4.2 million  
customer accounts

5,200 
employees

Listed on the Australian Securities 
Exchange in 2000

Electricity, gas and LPG customers 
across Australia and the Pacific

Inclusivity in the workplace, 
leading parental support

Five-pillar approach 
to decarbonisation

Powering  
Australia

37.5% interest in  
Australia Pacific LNG

Australia’s first science-based 
emissions targets, aligned with 
the Paris Agreement

7,400 MW generation portfolio, 
including 1,400 MW owned and 
contracted renewables and storage

Exporting to Asia and supplying ˜30% 
of Australian east coast gas demand

Supporting Australian 
communities

Driving future  
energy innovation

Exploration  
and development

Over its 10 years, the Origin Energy 
Foundation has contributed more 
than $27 million

Investing in new technology,  
start-ups and future fuels

77.5% interest in Beetaloo Basin 
exploration permits

Bringing

good 
  energy

to everything 

      we say 

              and do.

 
 
 Where We Operate

7

 Where We Operate

Browse 
Basin

Browse 
Basin

Browse 
Basin

Browse 
Basin

14k

14k

14k

14k

South East Queensland

South East Queensland
South East Queensland

Gladstone

Gladstone

Gladstone

South East Queensland

Bowen/ 
Surat 
Bowen/ 
basins
Surat 
Bowen/ 
basins
Surat 
basins

Bowen/ 
Surat 
basins

Pacific countries LPG

Pacific countries LPG
Rabaul
Pacific countries LPG
Rabaul

Lae

Beetaloo 
Basin

Beetaloo 
Basin

Beetaloo 
Basin

Beetaloo 
Basin

239k
211k
239k
211k

239k
211k

Cooper
Basin

Cooper
Basin

Cooper
Basin

239k
211k

Cooper
Basin

Adelaide

Adelaide

Adelaide

Adelaide

645k
181k
645k
181k

645k
181k

645k
181k

1191k
335k
1191k
335k

1191k
335k

Bowen/ 
Surat 
basins
Bowen/ 
Surat 
basins

Bowen/ 
Surat 
basins

Bowen/ 
Surat 
basins

1191k
335k
Melbourne

Melbourne

Melbourne

Gladstone
LNG Export

Gladstone
LNG Export
Gladstone
LNG Export

Brisbane

Brisbane

Brisbane

Gladstone
LNG Export

Brisbane

Sydney

Sydney

Sydney

Sydney

556k
479k
556k
479k

556k
479k

Melbourne

Hobart

Hobart

Hobart

556k
479k

Hobart

Exploration & production acreage

Generation

Gladstone

Brisbane

Brisbane

Brisbane

Origin upstream acreage

Exploration & production acreage

Exploration & production acreage
APLNG upstream acreage
Origin upstream acreage
Production facility
Origin upstream acreage
APLNG upstream acreage
APLNG pipeline
Production facility

APLNG upstream acreage
Exploration & production acreage
Production facility

APLNG pipeline

Origin upstream acreage

Brisbane

APLNG pipeline

APLNG upstream acreage

Production facility

APLNG pipeline

Gas
Generation

Generation

Gas

Gas

Pumped hydro
Gas
Solar (contracted)
Pumped hydro
Wind (contracted)
Pumped hydro
Solar (contracted)
Generation
Coal
Solar (contracted)
Wind (contracted)
Under construction
Wind (contracted)
Coal
Pumped hydro
Under construction
Solar (contracted)
LPG seaboard terminal
Under construction
Wind (contracted)
LPG seaboard terminal
Electricity customer accounts
LPG seaboard terminal
Under construction
Natural gas customer accounts
Electricity customer accounts

Coal

Coal

Rabaul

Port Moresby

Lae
Pacific countries LPG
Lae
Port Moresby

Port Moresby

Rabaul

Lae

Port Moresby

Honiara

Honiara

Honiara

Santo

Santo
Port Vila

Honiara

Santo
Port Vila

Port Vila

Labasa

Lautoka

Labasa

Lautoka

Labasa
Suva

Lautoka

Suva

Electricity customer accounts
Natural gas customer accounts
LPG seaboard terminal
Natural gas customer accounts

Apia

Electricity customer accounts

Natural gas customer accounts

Apia

Pago Pago Rarotonga
Apia
Pago Pago Rarotonga
Pago Pago Rarotonga

Santo

Port Vila

Lautoka

Suva
Labasa

Suva

Apia

Pago Pago Rarotonga

8

Board of  
Directors

Gordon Cairns
Independent 
Non-executive Chairman

John Akehurst
Independent 
Non-executive Director

Maxine Brenner
Independent 
Non-executive Director

Frank Calabria
Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer

Teresa Engelhard
Independent 
Non-executive Director

Tenure 13 years, 2 months

Tenure 11 years, 4 months

Tenure 6 years, 9 months

Tenure 3 years, 10 months

Tenure 3 years, 3 months

Gordon Cairns joined 
the Board in June 2007 
and became Chairman 
in October 2013. He is 
Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee and a member 
of the Audit, Health, Safety 
and Environment, Risk and 
Remuneration and People 
committees.

Gordon has extensive 
Australian and international 
experience as a senior 
executive, as Chief 
Executive Officer of Lion 
Nathan Ltd, and has 
held senior management 
positions in marketing, 
operations and finance 
with PepsiCo, Cadbury 
Ltd and Nestlé.

Gordon is Chairman of 
Woolworths Group Limited 
(since September 2015), 
a Non-executive Director 
of Macquarie Group 
Limited and Macquarie 
Bank Limited (since 
November 2014) and World 
Education Australia (since 
November 2007).

Gordon was previously 
Chairman of the Origin 
Energy Foundation, 
David Jones Limited 
(March 2014–August 
2014) and Rebel Group 
(2010–2012), Director of 
The Centre for Independent 
Studies (May 2006–
August 2011), Quick 
Service Restaurant Group 
(October 2011–May 2017) 
and Westpac Banking 
Corporation (July 2004–
December 2013). He was 
also a senior advisor to 
McKinsey & Company.

Gordon holds a Master of 
Arts (Honours) from the 
University of Edinburgh.

John Akehurst joined the 
Board in April 2009. He is 
Chairman of the Health, 
Safety and Environment 
Committee and a member 
of the Nomination and 
Risk committees.

John’s executive career was 
in the upstream oil and gas 
and LNG industries, initially 
with Royal Dutch Shell and 
then as Chief Executive 
Officer of Woodside 
Petroleum Limited.

John is a Director of Human 
Nature Adventure Therapy 
Ltd (since February 2018).

John was previously 
Chairman of the National 
Centre for Asbestos 
Related Diseases 
(2009–April 2020), 
the Fortitude Foundation 
(2007–April 2020), 
Transform Exploration 
Pty Ltd (February 
2012–December 2017), 
Alinta Limited (January 
2007–September 2007) 
and Coogee Resources 
Ltd (2008–2009) and 
a former Board member 
of the Reserve Bank of 
Australia (September 
2007–September 2017), 
Director of CSL Limited 
(April 2004–October 
2016), Oil Search Limited 
(1998–2003), Securency 
Ltd (2008–2012), Murdoch 
Film Studios Pty Ltd and 
the University of Western 
Australia Business School.

John holds a Masters in 
Engineering Science from 
Oxford University and is a 
Fellow of the Institution of 
Mechanical Engineers.

Maxine Brenner joined 
the Board in November 
2013. She is Chairman of 
the Risk Committee and a 
member of the Audit and 
Nomination committees.

Maxine was previously 
a Managing Director of 
Investment Banking at 
Investec Bank (Australia) 
Ltd. Prior to Investec, 
Maxine was a Lecturer 
in Law at the University 
of NSW and a lawyer at 
Freehills, specialising in 
corporate law.

Maxine is a Non-executive 
Director and Chairman 
of the Remuneration 
Committee of Orica Ltd 
(since April 2013) and 
Qantas Airways Ltd (since 
August 2013). She is also 
an Independent Director 
and Chairman of the Audit 
and Risk Committee for 
Growthpoint Properties 
Australia and a member 
of the University of 
NSW Council.

Maxine’s former 
directorships include 
Treasury Corporation of 
NSW, Bulmer Australia Ltd, 
Neverfail Springwater Ltd 
(1999–2003) and Federal 
Airports Corporation, where 
she was Deputy Chair. In 
addition, Maxine has served 
as a Council Member of 
the State Library of NSW 
and as a member of the 
Takeovers Panel.

Maxine holds a Bachelor of 
Arts and a Bachelor of Laws.

Frank Calabria was 
appointed Managing 
Director & Chief Executive 
Officer in October 2016. 
Frank is a member of 
the Health, Safety and 
Environment Committee 
and a Director of the 
Origin Energy Foundation.

Frank first joined Origin as 
Chief Financial Officer in 
November 2001 and was 
appointed Chief Executive 
Officer, Energy Markets in 
March 2009. In that latter 
role, Frank was responsible 
for the integrated business 
within Australia including 
retailing and trading of 
natural gas, electricity and 
LPG, power generation and 
solar and energy services.

Frank is a Director of 
the Australian Energy 
Council and the Australian 
Petroleum Production & 
Exploration Association. 
He is a former Chairman 
of the Australian Energy 
Council and former Director 
of the Australian Energy 
Market Operator.

Frank has a Bachelor of 
Economics from Macquarie 
University and a Master of 
Business Administration 
(Executive) from the 
Australian Graduate School 
of Management. Frank 
is also a Fellow of the 
Chartered Accountants 
Australia and New Zealand 
and a Fellow of the 
Financial Services Institute 
of Australasia.

Teresa Engelhard joined 
the Board in May 2017. She 
is a member of the Audit 
and Remuneration and 
People committees.

Teresa has more than 
20 years’ experience 
in the information, 
communication, technology 
and energy sectors as 
a senior executive and 
venture capitalist.

Teresa is a Non-executive 
Director of Wisetech 
Global (since March 2018), 
StartupAUS (since March 
2016), and LaunchVic (since 
July 2020). Teresa started 
her career at McKinsey 
& Company in California 
where she served energy 
and retail clients. More 
recently, she focused on 
energy sector innovation 
as a Managing Partner at 
Jolimont Capital.

Teresa’s former 
directorships include 
Daintree Networks, Planet 
Innovation Ltd (April 
2016–November 2019) 
and RedBubble Limited 
(July 2011–October 2017).

Teresa holds a Bachelor 
of Science (Hons) degree 
from the California Institute 
of Technology (Caltech), 
an MBA from Stanford 
University and is a graduate 
of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.

Annual Report 2020Board of Directors

9

Greg Lalicker
Independent 
Non-executive Director

Bruce Morgan
Independent 
Non-executive Director

Scott Perkins
Independent 
Non-executive Director

Steven Sargent
Independent 
Non-executive Director

Tenure 1 year, 4 months

Tenure 7 years, 9 months

Tenure 4 years, 11 months

Tenure 5 years, 3 months

Greg Lalicker joined the 
Board in March 2019.

Greg is the Chief Executive 
Officer of Hilcorp Energy 
Company, based in 
Houston, USA. Hilcorp 
is the largest privately 
held independent oil 
and gas exploration and 
production company in 
the United States.

Greg joined Hilcorp’s 
leadership team in 2006 
as Executive Vice President 
where he was responsible 
for all exploration and 
production activities. He 
was appointed President 
in 2011 and Chief Executive 
Officer in 2018. Prior to 
working for Hilcorp, Greg 
was with BHP Petroleum 
based in Midland, Houston, 
London and Melbourne 
as well as McKinsey & 
Company where he worked 
in its Houston, Abu Dhabi 
and London offices.

Greg graduated as a 
petroleum engineer from 
the University of Tulsa. 
He also has a Master of 
Business Administration 
and a law degree.

Bruce Morgan joined the 
Board in November 2012. 
He is Chairman of the Audit 
Committee and a member 
of the Health, Safety and 
Environment, Nomination 
and Risk committees.

Scott Perkins joined the 
Board in September 2015. 
He is a member of the 
Audit, Health, Safety and 
Environment, Nomination, 
Remuneration and People 
and Risk committees.

Bruce is Chairman of 
Transport Asset Holding 
Entity of New South Wales 
(since July 2020), Sydney 
Water Corporation (since 
October 2013), a Director 
of Redkite, the University 
of NSW Foundation 
and Deputy Chair of 
the European Australian 
Business Council.

Bruce served as 
Chairman of the Board of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 
(PwC) Australia between 
2005 and 2012. In 2009, 
he was elected as a member 
of the PwC International 
Board, serving a four-year 
term. He was previously a 
Director of Caltex Australia 
Ltd (2013 to May 2020) 
and Managing Partner of 
PwC’s Sydney and Brisbane 
offices. An audit partner 
of the firm for over 25 
years, he was focused on 
the financial services and 
energy and mining sectors 
leading some of the firm’s 
most significant clients in 
Australia and internationally.

Bruce has a Bachelor of 
Commerce (Accounting 
and Finance) from the 
University of NSW and is 
an adjunct Professor of 
the University. Bruce is a 
Fellow of the Chartered 
Accountants Australia 
and New Zealand and of 
the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.

Scott has extensive 
Australian and international 
experience as a leading 
corporate adviser. He was 
formerly Head of Corporate 
Finance for Deutsche 
Bank Australia and New 
Zealand and a member of 
the Executive Committee 
with overall responsibility 
for the Bank’s activities in 
this region. Prior to that he 
was Chief Executive Officer 
of Deutsche Bank New 
Zealand and Deputy CEO of 
Bankers Trust New Zealand.

Scott is a Non-executive 
Director of Woolworths 
Limited (since September 
2014) and Brambles 
Limited (since May 2015). 
He is Chairman of Sweet 
Louise (since 2005) and 
the New Zealand Initiative 
(since 2012). Scott was 
previously a Director of the 
Museum of Contemporary 
Art in Sydney (2011–2020) 
and a Non-executive 
Director of Meridian Energy 
(1999–2002).

Scott has a longstanding 
commitment to breast 
cancer causes, the visual 
arts and public policy 
development.

Scott holds a Bachelor of 
Commerce and a Bachelor 
of Laws (Hons) from 
Auckland University.

Steven Sargent joined 
the Board in May 2015. 
He is Chairman of the 
Origin Energy Foundation, 
Chairman of the 
Remuneration and People 
Committee and a member 
of the Health, Safety and 
Environment, Nomination 
and Risk committees.

Steven’s executive career 
included 22 years at 
General Electric, where 
he led businesses across 
the USA, Europe and 
Asia Pacific. Steven was 
President and CEO of 
GE Mining, GE’s global 
mining technology and 
services business. Prior 
to this he was President 
and CEO of GE Australia, 
NZ & PNG where he 
had local responsibility 
for GE’s Energy, Oil and 
Gas, Aviation, Healthcare 
and Financial Services 
businesses.

Steven is Chairman of OFX 
Group Ltd (since November 
2016) and Deputy 
Chairman of Nanosonics 
Ltd (since July 2016). 
Over recent years Steven 
has been a Non-executive 
Director of Veda Group Ltd 
(2015–2016).

Steven holds a Bachelor of 
Business from Charles Sturt 
University and is a Fellow 
with the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors and 
a Fellow with the Australian 
Academy of Technological 
Sciences and Engineering.

10

Executive  
Leadership Team

Jon Briskin

Greg Jarvis

Kate Jordan

Tony Lucas

Executive General Manager, 
Retail 

Executive General Manager, 
Energy Supply and Operations 

Jon Briskin joined Origin in 
2010 and was appointed 
Executive General Manager, 
Retail in December 2016. 
Jon leads the teams responsible 
for energy sales, marketing, 
product development 
and service experience 
for Origin’s residential and 
SME customers. Jon has 
held various roles at Origin, 
leading customer operations, 
service transformation and 
customer experience, and 
prior to Origin worked as a 
management consultant. 

Greg Jarvis joined Origin in 
2002 as Electricity Trading 
Manager and was appointed 
Executive General Manager, 
Energy Supply and Operations 
in December 2016. Greg is 
responsible for Wholesale, 
Trading, Business Energy, 
Solar, Generation, HSE and 
LPG. Greg has over 20 years’ 
experience in the financial and 
energy markets. 

General Counsel and 
Executive General Manager, 
Company Secretariat, 
Risk and Governance

Kate Jordan joined Origin 
in March 2020 as General 
Counsel and Executive General 
Manager, Company Secretariat, 
Risk and Governance. Kate 
leads the legal, company 
secretariat, risk and internal 
audit teams. Prior to joining 
Origin, Kate was Deputy 
Chief Executive Partner at 
Clayton Utz, responsible for 
people and development. 
Kate has over 20 years’ legal 
experience across a range of 
corporate transactions.

Executive General Manager, 
Future Energy and Business 
Development

Tony Lucas joined Origin 
as Risk Analysis Manager in 
2002 and was appointed 
Executive General Manager, 
Future Energy and Business 
Development in December 
2016. Tony leads the team 
responsible for future energy, 
strategy and technology, 
ensuring that Origin is well 
positioned to lead the transition 
into a low-carbon, technology-
enabled world. Tony began 
his career in the banking 
industry before moving into 
the energy sector.

Sharon Ridgway

Mark Schubert

Samantha Stevens

Lawrie Tremaine

Executive General Manager, 
People and Culture 

Executive General Manager, 
Integrated Gas 

Executive General Manager, 
Corporate Affairs 

Chief Financial Officer 

Sharon Ridgway joined 
Origin in 2009 and has been 
responsible for People and 
Culture since December 
2016. Sharon’s team provides 
strategic support to the 
business in key areas such as 
engagement, diversity, talent 
management and culture 
change. Prior to joining Origin, 
Sharon developed a wide range 
of experience across operational 
and human resources roles 
while working at Dixons, a large 
European electrical retailer. 

Mark Schubert joined Origin in 
April 2015 and was appointed 
Executive General Manager, 
Integrated Gas in April 2017. 
He is responsible for Origin’s 
Integrated Gas business, which 
manages the Company’s 
portfolio of natural gas, LNG 
and hydrogen interests. Mark 
has also held a number of senior 
positions during an 18-year 
career with Shell, including 
having direct accountability 
for developing the world’s 
first floating LNG facility, 
Prelude FLNG. 

Samantha Stevens joined Origin 
in March 2018 as Executive 
General Manager, Corporate 
Affairs. Samantha is responsible 
for Origin’s external affairs, 
government and public policy, 
and employee communication 
functions, and the Origin 
Energy Foundation. Samantha 
has more than 20 years’ 
experience in corporate 
affairs, mainly in the resources, 
industrials and financial services 
sectors. Prior to joining Origin, 
Samantha headed up corporate 
affairs for the global mining 
services company Orica.

Lawrie Tremaine joined Origin 
in June 2017 and as Chief 
Financial Officer. Lawrie 
leads the teams responsible 
for all finance activities, 
corporate strategy, corporate 
development, procurement, 
investor relations and corporate 
HSE. Lawrie has over 30 
years’ experience in financial 
and commercial leadership, 
predominantly in the resource, 
oil and gas, and minerals 
processing industries having 
previously worked at Woodside 
Petroleum and Alcoa.

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11

12

Operating and Financial Review

For the year ended 30 June 2020 
This report forms part of the Directors’ Report.

1. Our purpose underpins everything we do

Our purpose: Getting energy right for our customers, communities and planet

Getting energy right for our customers

Our customers are at the heart of everything we do. We are committed 
to providing ‘good energy’ that is reliable, affordable and sustainable. In 
FY2020, we:

•  responded to the COVID-19 pandemic with a commitment to not disconnect 
or default list residential or small business customers in financial distress until 
at least 31 October 2020;

•  extended regulated retail pricing to our customers beyond regulatory 

requirements;

•  supported customers experiencing financial hardship, with 33,100 

successfully completing our Power On hardship program;

•  continued to support local businesses with supply from new APLNG acreage 

dedicated to large manufacturing customers;

• 

improved our Strategic Net Promoter Score (NPS) by eight points to +2 as at 
30 June 2020, increasing further to +5 as at July 2020;

•  continued to support customer take-up of renewable energy, as one of 

Australia’s leading installers of rooftop solar and providers of GreenPower 
and Green Gas; and

• 

leveraged our global energy accelerator program, Free Electrons, to partner 
with start-ups, including OhmConnect and Orison to roll out solutions in 
demand-side management and storage.

Getting energy right for our communities

We respect the rights and interests of the communities in which we operate, 
and consult with them to understand and manage our impact.

The Origin Energy Foundation is celebrating its 10th anniversary in 2020. 
Through grants, volunteering and workplace giving programs, the Foundation 
contributed more than $2.9 million to the community in FY2020.

Origin and its employees donated more than $870,000 to support 
communities affected by bushfires and drought. This included $300,000 given 
to the Australian Red Cross and state-based rural fire services, and $100,000 
to Drought Angels.

We spent $365 million directly with regional suppliers, or 14 per cent of our 
total spend.

We launched our Stretch Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) in July 2019 to show 
our commitment to participating in Australia’s reconciliation efforts through 
targeted activities across learning, procurement and employment. In FY2020, 
we spent $5.3 million with Indigenous suppliers, exceeding our Stretch RAP 
target of $5 million.

This year, we announced our new three-year community partnership with 
Netball Australia, supporting players at all levels across the country – from local 
clubs to the Australian Diamonds.

We continue to work closely with the Northern Land Council to engage with 
and maintain the support of our host Traditional Owners, who are the Native 
Title holders where we work in the Beetaloo Basin.

Customers

Strategic NPS

FY20

2

FY19

(6)

33,100

Customers successfully completed 
our Power On hardship program 

Communities

>$2.9M 

contributed to the community 
by the Origin Energy Foundation

Regional procurement spend 
as a % of total spend

14%

12%

FY19

FY20

Annual Report 202013

Planet

Getting energy right for the planet

We unequivocally support the Paris Agreement to limit the world’s temperature 
rise to well below 2°C above pre-industrial levels and pursue efforts to further 
limit this increase to 1.5°C.

Greenhouse gas emissions (mt CO2-e)

In line with our decarbonisation strategy, we are:

20.3

18.5

FY19

FY20

  Scope 1 

  Scope 2

61 MW

Solar installations,  
up from 50 MW in FY2019

•  committed to lowering Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 50 per cent and Scope 3 
emissions by 25 per cent by 2032, approved by the Science Based Targets 
initiative;

•  targeting more than 25 per cent of owned and contracted generation 
capacity from renewables and storage by the end of 2020, subject to 
development and commissioning timelines;

•  setting a new target to reduce Scope 1 emissions by 10 per cent on average 

over FY2021–23 from an FY2017 baseline;

• 

including a new climate change target linked to executive remuneration; and

•  planning to update our existing science-based target to a 1.5°C pathway 

with an aim to achieve net zero emissions by 2050.

During FY2020, we:

•  reduced our operational Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 1.8 million 

tonnes, or 9 per cent;

• 

increased solar installations to 61 MW, up from 50 MW in FY2019; and

•  published updated scenario analysis evaluating the impact of a 1.5°C carbon 

reduction pathway on our wholesale and generation portfolio.

Our disclosures under the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure 
guidelines are set out in our Sustainability Report.

Our people

People

Our people are one of our greatest strengths. Having a diverse and inclusive 
workplace is key to creating a culture where people thrive, contributing to the 
success of our business.

75%

Staff engagement,  
our highest ever score

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

4.4

During FY2020, we:

• 

• 

increased our engagement score from 61 per cent to 75 per cent, placing 
Origin in the top quartile across Australia and New Zealand;

improved our TRIFR score from 4.4 to 2.6; and

•  were ranked number nine globally in Equileap’s 2019 Gender Equality Global 

Report & Ranking.

During the year, we also enhanced the learning and development options 
available to our people by launching our Learning and Development Hub.

We partnered with a new Employee Assistance Provider to give our people 
access to free, confidential, independent and professional support. We also 
launched an online Mental Health and Wellbeing Hub, which provides regular 
webinars, factsheets, videos, mindfulness exercises and support information.

We also recently launched Gender Affirming Support@Origin and a new gender 
affirming leave policy.

2.6

COVID-19 response

FY19

FY20

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we focused on the health and safety of 
our people and the communities in which we operate by maintaining a reliable 
supply of energy and supporting customers in need. We swiftly transitioned 
most of our people to working from home, with only people in critical roles 
remaining at sites, under strict health and safety measures. Our supply chains 
and operations adapted seamlessly without significant disruptions.

Operating and Financial Review14

2. Highlights

Financial performance

Statutory Profit

Underlying Profit

Underlying ROCE

$1,211M

68.8 cps

$1,028M

$1,023M

58.4 cps

58.1 cps

9.1%

8.8%

$83M
4.7 cps

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

Free Cash Flow  
(before major growth)

$1,539M

$1,644M

Adjusted Net Debt

Final Dividend

$514M

$5,417M

$4,644M

10 cps

Unfranked

25 cps total FY2020 dividend  
(27% of FY2020 Free Cash Flow)

FY19

FY20

June 2019

June 2020

  Lease liabilities

In FY2020, Origin delivered a strong operational and underlying financial result with increased Free Cash Flow underpinning continued 
debt reduction and disciplined investment in future growth.

Underlying Profit was in line with the prior year at $1,023 million, reflecting a stable result from Australia Pacific LNG (APLNG) but a lower 
contribution from Energy Markets, offset by lower commodity hedging costs in Integrated Gas, lower interest expense and the prior year 
non-cash remediation provision not repeating. Statutory Profit reduced, driven by non-cash APLNG impairment and onerous contract 
provision charges that totalled $1.2 billion, reflecting lower oil and LNG price assumptions.

Strong Free Cash Flow was driven by record cash distributions from APLNG of $1,275 million and proceeds from the sale of Ironbark of 
$231 million. This was partially offset by higher Energy Markets working capital and higher tax paid.

Adjusted Net Debt was down $773 million excluding the impact of lease liabilities under AASB 16 Leases. Adjusted Net Debt/Adjusted 
Underlying EBITDA reduced from 2.6x at June 2019 to 2.1x, the lower end of our 2.0–3.0x target range.

COVID-19 impacted the business in the final quarter of FY2020, primarily through lower commodity prices and lower electricity and gas 
demand from small and large business customers, partly offset by a moderate increase in retail demand. APLNG production in the fourth 
quarter reduced due to lower demand, and activity was paused in the Beetaloo Basin. Due to lagged contract pricing, reduced oil prices in 
the final quarter are expected to affect APLNG revenue in FY2021.

We continued to adopt a disciplined approach to capital management to maintain resilience and maximise returns. In response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic and a material reduction in commodity prices, we announced a number of cost reduction initiatives across both 
businesses. On 1 May 2020, we announced a strategic partnership with Octopus Energy, a fast-growing UK retailer, to radically transform 
our retail operations.

Annual Report 202015

Energy Markets performance

Underlying EBITDA

Operating cash flow

$1,459M $1,307M

Down $115m or 7% vs FY2019

Down $400m vs FY2019  
due to working capital movements

10.2%

Underlying ROCE

Down 2% vs FY2019

Cost to serve

Electricity and gas  
customer accounts

Strategic Net  
Promoter Score

$570M 3,851k

+2

Down $40m ($58m after adjusting for  
AASB 16 Leases and COVID-19)

Up 21k vs June 2019

Up 8 points vs FY2019

Energy Markets Underlying EBITDA reduced in FY2020 as higher gas Gross Profit and savings in cost to serve were more than offset by 
lower electricity Gross Profit. Lower Electricity Gross Profit was driven by the introduction of retail price regulations and lower volumes due 
to weather, solar uptake and energy efficiency, and the impact of COVID-19.

Operating cash flow was lower due to higher working capital, reflecting the timing of collateral deposited with the futures exchange 
associated with forward electricity hedge positions as part of our electricity risk management.

Despite the challenges posed during FY2020 by bushfires, extreme weather events and the COVID-19 pandemic, our power stations 
continued to supply the market as needed. We successfully returned a Mortlake unit to service ahead of the summer peak demand period 
and reduced our output in response to lower demand associated with COVID-19.

Construction of the 530 MW Stockyard Hill Wind Farm progressed and is targeted by the developer to come online by the end of 2020, 
subject to development and commissioning timelines. We continue to explore generation expansion opportunities, including grid-scale 
storage and fast-start gas. While forward wholesale electricity prices are currently below the price needed for investment, our longer-
term view remains that as coal generation progressively exits, new firm and flexible generation capacity will be required to complement 
increasing renewable generation.

Retail markets remained competitive throughout FY2020; however, we increased the number of energy customer accounts by 21,000, 
led by gains in residential gas and community energy services (CES). In addition, we grew our Broadband accounts by 12,000 with a 
continued focus on balancing share and customer lifetime value. Market churn reduced following the introduction of regulated default 
tariffs and we maintained a churn rate of 5 per cent below the market.

Our retail transformation program is on track and focused on improving customer experience, targeting a market-leading cost position and 
growing new revenue streams. Our Strategic NPS score increased to +2 as at 30 June 2020, increasing to +5 as at July 2020. We have 
simplified our product suite and continue to streamline and digitise the customer journey. Customers are increasingly choosing to engage 
with us through digital channels, with 68 per cent of customers now on e-billing, and service call volumes reduced by a further 8 per cent 
this year. We are on track to achieve our target of reducing cost to serve by $100 million from FY2018 to FY2021 and growing our Solar, 
CES and Broadband businesses.

On 1 May 2020, we announced a strategic partnership with disruptive energy retailer and technology company Octopus Energy to adopt 
its globally distinctive operating model and proprietary Kraken platform, as well as taking a 20 per cent equity stake. This partnership will 
accelerate our retail strategy by delivering superior customer experience, driving a further step change in cost reduction, and opening up 
further growth opportunities.

We are making good progress customising the Kraken platform for the Australian market and are on track to migrate our first customer 
cohort by the end of the calendar year. Our first group of Energy Specialists have been trained on Octopus Energy’s UK Kraken platform 
and are supporting its UK customers.

Operating and Financial Review16

Integrated Gas performance

Underlying EBITDA

Cash distributions from APLNG

$1,741M $1,275M

Down $151m or 8% vs FY2019,  
Underlying EBIT up $46m

Up $301m or 31% vs FY2019,

8.2%

Underlying ROCE

 In line with FY2019

Record APLNG  
production (37.5%)

265PJ

Up 4% vs FY2019

Average realised LNG price 

Opex and Capex1/GJ

US$9.1/ 
MMBTU

Down 10% vs FY2019, 
down 5% in A$ terms at $12.9/GJ

$3.5/GJ

Down 13% vs FY2019

Integrated Gas Underlying EBITDA reduced as lower commodity hedging costs were more than offset by a decrease in share of APLNG 
Underlying EBITDA. This reflected a higher proportion of LNG sales into a weaker spot market, lower domestic sales volumes and average 
price, and higher costs associated with a change in accounting treatment for dewatering and workovers, which was more than offset by a 
reduction in ITDA.

APLNG delivered record production, reflecting improved field performance with higher well availability and facility reliability. Eurombah 
Reedy Creek Interconnect (ERIC) pipeline came online in July 2019, improving utilisation of processing capacity. Talinga Orana Gas 
Gathering Station (TOGGS) came online in July 2020, it compresses and transports gas through the Talinga to Condabri Interconnect 
Pipeline to utilise processing capacity in Condabri.

Total capital and operating expenditure1 decreased by more than $200 million compared with FY2019. This was due to improved field 
performance resulting in less gas purchases and lower costs associated with well workovers, as well as reduced exploration, lower non-
operated activity and lower infrastructure spend. As upstream operator, Origin delivered average operating costs of $1.0/GJ (excluding 
pipeline and major turnaround costs) and average standard unfracked vertical Surat well costs of $1.2 million. Total operating and capital 
expenditure in FY2020 was $3.50/GJ.1

The four-yearly maintenance of 15 upstream operated gas processing facility trains was completed in early FY2020. Due to the COVID-19 
pandemic, a shutdown of one LNG train planned for May 2020 was deferred to July 2021.

During the period:

•  APLNG delivered record production of 265 PJ (Origin share), shipped its 500th LNG cargo and made record cash distributions to 

Origin of $1,275 million;

•  Origin’s share of APLNG 2P (proved plus probable) operated reserves increased 168 PJ or 5 per cent before production, reflecting 
higher estimated recovery from strong field performance, the inclusion of new areas to reserves and the Ironbark acquisition. This 
enabled a decision to not participate in less economic non-operated fields;

•  APLNG executed new contracts for over 100 PJ of gas sales to domestic customers starting in calendar year 2020;

•  both long-term buyers declared LNG downward quantity tolerance for calendar year 2020; and

•  the first price review under APLNG’s contract with Sinopec was completed with no change to the contract price.

In April 2020, Origin increased its interest in the Beetaloo Basin by 7.5 per cent to 77.5 per cent, in exchange for increasing its carry of its 
minority partner’s share of costs by $25 million. Testing a liquids-rich gas play, the Kyalla horizontal well was drilled, cased and cemented 
during the period, before activity was paused due to COVID-19. Subject to COVID-19-related conditions, fracture stimulation of the Kyalla 
well is planned to resume in Q3/Q4 calendar year 2020, with extended production testing to follow.

1  Operating cash costs excludes APLNG’s Ironbark acquisition costs and purchases, and reflects royalties paid at the breakeven oil price. Royalties increase as oil 

price increases.

Annual Report 202017

3. Strategy and prospects

Our business drivers

As a leading integrated energy company, Origin’s earnings drivers are spread across the energy value chain.

Our electricity margin is predominantly driven by outperforming the market cost of energy through our generation portfolio (power 
stations and supply contracts). Although Origin generates less electricity than it sells, a significant portion of its wholesale costs are 
relatively fixed, and so margins are leveraged to movements in wholesale market prices as they flow through into retail tariffs.

In natural gas, Origin’s wholesale margin is driven by a strong gas supply portfolio with pipeline and storage flexibility enabling us to direct 
gas to where it is most needed. A large portion of supply is under long-term contracts that are either fixed-price or linked to oil and Japan 
Korea Marker (JKM) prices, some of which reprice to market over time.

Profitability in energy retailing is driven by attracting and retaining customers by providing a superior customer experience and low-
cost service.

Origin is the upstream operator and has a 37.5 per cent interest in APLNG, which is Australia’s largest CSG to LNG project. It is a 
significant supplier to both domestic gas and international LNG markets, with the majority of volume contracted until approximately 2035. 
Profitability is underpinned by maintaining a low annual capital and operating cost base relative to revenues. In FY2020, approximately 
72 per cent of APLNG gas volume was sold as LNG (of which 93 per cent was under long-term oil-linked contracts). The remaining 28 per 
cent was sold domestically via a mix of long-term and short-term contracts. This contracting strategy minimises our exposure to the short-
term LNG market.

Market outlook

In the near term, COVID-19 has impacted the outlook for economic growth at the macro level as well as the specific markets in which we 
operate domestically and internationally.

International oil and LNG markets are experiencing reduced demand due to COVID-19, coinciding with a period of LNG oversupply. This 
has resulted in depressed prices for both commodities in the near term.

The domestic electricity and gas markets have also experienced reduced demand due to COVID-19, with electricity demand down 
5–10 per cent over the fourth quarter of FY2020 (weather corrected). This coincides with increased supply of renewable energy and lower 
international gas prices, reducing the near-term outlook for domestic electricity and gas prices.

The impact on employment and economic conditions more generally will have implications for our customers, and will affect energy 
demand and affordability.

The path to recovery for the economy and the markets in which we operate will depend on the effectiveness of the health and community 
responses to contain the virus, and the policy response to mitigate the economic impacts.

In the longer term, we continue to expect global trends towards decarbonisation, decentralisation and digitisation will shape energy 
markets. If anything, we believe the enduring impacts of COVID-19 may accelerate the pace of change.

We expect:

•  continued increases in large- and small-scale renewable energy will maintain downward pressure on average electricity prices, but will 
also increase volatility and the need for more reliable, dispatchable (‘firming’) capacity such as flexible gas-fired generation and battery 
storage, which Origin is well placed to supply;

• 

increased electrification over time, particularly in transportation near term;

•  growth in global demand for gas in power generation, industrial heating, building heating and transportation;

•  LNG markets to remain oversupplied in the near term, but that new supply will be required from the early 2030s;

•  east coast domestic gas prices to be impacted by a number of factors, including Asian LNG and international oil prices, procurement 

and transportation costs; and

•  retail markets to remain competitive, but with improved transparency due to market reference bill requirements.

It is in this context that we continue to evolve our strategy to respond to the short-term impacts of COVID-19 and position our business to 
capture value in a future shaped by these global trends.

Operating and Financial Review18

Our strategy

“Connecting customers to the energy and technologies of the future”

Our strategy is centred 
around our core beliefs:

Decarbonisation: 
Replacement of coal by 
renewables, partnered 
with firming capacity from 
gas, pumped hydro and 
storage will support emission 
reductions.

Decentralisation: 
Technological advancement 
and consumer desire for 
greater control will result in 
an increase in distributed 
generation and storage.

Digitisation: More connected 
homes and businesses 
will change all aspects of 
operations and customer 
experience.

The right 
energy

Accelerate towards 
clean energy 

Low cost operator 
developing and growing 
gas resources

The right 
technologies

Embracing a decentralised 
and digital future

The right 
customer  
solutions

Leading customer 
experience and solutions

Underpinned by a commitment to capital discipline

The right energy

We believe our generation and fuel supply portfolios provide flexibility to adapt and prosper in 
a changing energy market. We are targeting renewables and storage to account for more than 
25 per cent of our owned and contracted generation capacity by the end of 2020, subject to 
development and commissioning timelines.

Accelerate towards
clean energy

Our renewable target is supported by Origin being the sole off-taker of the 530 MW Stockyard Hill 
Wind Farm until the end of 2030. Tower components are now on site, and 116 of the 149 turbines have 
been erected.

We own Australia’s largest peaking gas generation fleet, which is well placed to provide firming 
capacity to support renewables and supply critical peak demand periods during extreme weather 
events or baseload supply shortages.

Coal currently plays a critical role for baseload supply in Australia, but with an ageing fleet and 
growing renewables driving down average prices and increasing intra-day volatility, the role of coal 
is diminishing. As coal is retired and use of renewables increases, the market will require investment 
in reliability. We are progressing a range of brownfield generation opportunities, including fast-start 
gas and batteries, which would further improve our flexibility and capacity to support the increase in 
renewables. Subject to market signals and regulatory certainty, we could quickly implement these at 
the appropriate time.

Annual Report 202019

Our Integrated Gas business is anticipating lower short-term demand caused by COVID-19 and lower 
production accordingly. Strong field performance has enabled reduced development activity and 
provides the capability to ramp up production in response to demand, if required. APLNG continues 
to meet the needs of its customers and remains focused on key value drivers such as workover costs, 
fracture stimulation costs and horizontal wells.

Low cost operator  
developing and growing gas 
resources

Beyond APLNG, our strategy is to scale the low-cost upstream operating model to new development 
opportunities. In the Beetaloo Basin, we have a 77.5 per cent interest and operatorship of three 
exploration permits covering 18,500km2. We are currently part way through Stage 2 of a farm-in work 
program targeting two independent potentially liquids-rich shale gas plays.

We are also farming into a 75 per cent interest and operatorship of five permits located in the Cooper–
Eromanga Basin in south west Queensland. The staged farm-in work program involves the drilling 
of up to five exploration wells to be completed by the end of calendar year 2024, targeting both 
unconventional liquids and gas.

The right technologies

The energy markets around the world are rapidly transforming towards low-cost renewables and new 
digital technologies, and Australia is no exception. Continued penetration of decentralised generation 
and storage, combined with the rise of internet-enabled devices, is changing the way our customers 
interact with us and use energy at home and in their businesses. We are developing a leading digital 
platform and analytics capability to connect millions of distributed assets and data points to provide 
more personalised and value-add services to our customers, both in front of and behind the meter.

We have developed a proprietary Virtual Power Plant (VPP) platform to connect, and use artificial 
intelligence to orchestrate distributed assets such as air conditioning units, batteries, hot water systems 
and electric vehicle (EV) chargers. Through this platform, we have more than 85 MW from 11,000 
connected customers. We expect this to increase as we demonstrate the benefits to both customers 
and to the grid of optimising these distributed assets at critical times of market volatility.

We are also working with other businesses to source technical solutions and capabilities. We are 
co-founders of the Free Electrons global energy group, which brings together global utilities and 
leading start-ups looking to deploy new technology. Domestically, we sponsor EnergyLab, Australia’s 
leading platform for launching energy start-ups. Recent products include Spike (a gamified demand 
response program that rewards customers for reducing their energy use) and a portable battery 
product for the home.

Origin is also pursuing opportunities in low-carbon technologies such as hydrogen, e-mobility, small-
scale LNG and carbon-neutral LNG. In terms of hydrogen, Origin’s integrated energy position provides 
a unique advantage in producing green hydrogen and ammonia using renewables. Hydrogen and 
ammonia demand is forecast to grow, allowing countries to reduce emissions and diversify fuel supply. 
In terms of e-mobility, we provide charging solutions and infrastructure, and are partnering with a 
fleet management operator to provide an end-to-end solution that will enable businesses to make a 
seamless transition to EVs. We are also undertaking a smart charging trial aimed at optimising the value 
for EV drivers and the grid.

The right customer solutions

Origin is Australia’s largest energy retailer by number of customer accounts, and is well placed to 
harness opportunities to deliver value to customers in a changing energy landscape. Customers are 
at the heart of everything we do, and our immediate focus is to transform their experience to make it 
simple, seamless and increasingly digital.

In the near term, we are focused on delivering a superior customer experience, a market leading cost 
position and growing our product offerings, including solar, CES and broadband.

Our strategic partnership with Octopus Energy is expected to fast-track our strategy to deliver a 
superior customer experience at even lower cost, while opening up future growth opportunities.

Embracing a decentralised 
and digital future

Leading customer  
experience and solutions

Operating and Financial Review20

4. FY2021 guidance
Guidance is provided on the basis that market conditions and the regulatory environment do not materially change, adversely impacting 
on operations. Considerable uncertainty exists relating to potential ongoing impacts of COVID-19 and this guidance is subject to any 
further material impact on demand and customer affordability.

Energy Markets Underlying EBITDA

Integrated Gas – APLNG 100%
Production
Capex and opex, excluding purchases(a)
Unit capex + opex, excluding purchases(a)
Distribution breakeven(b)

Integrated Gas – Other
Oil/LNG hedging and trading (loss)/gain(c)

Corporate
Underlying costs
Capital expenditure (excluding investments)

FY20

FY21
guidance

A$m

1,459

1,150–1,300

PJ
A$m
A$/GJ
US$/boe

A$m

A$m
A$m

708
(2,482)
3.5
29

650–680
(2,000)–(2,200)
2.9–3.4
27–31

(92)

(59)
(500)

50

(75)–(85)
(420)–(470)

(a)  Operating cash costs excludes purchases and reflects royalties payable at breakeven oil prices.

(b)  FY2020 foreign exchange rate: 0.67 AUD/USD excludes Ironbark acquisition costs; FY2021 foreign exchange rate 0.69 AUD/USD.

(c)  FY2021 guidance is based on forward market prices as at 17 August 2020.

Energy Markets

We estimate Energy Markets Underlying EBITDA to be lower than FY2020 at $1,150-$1,300 million driven by:

•  Electricity Gross Profit reduction of $170-$220 million, reflecting lower wholesale electricity and renewable certificate prices flowing 

into tariffs, and increased network costs of $40 million that are not recovered in regulated tariffs;

•  Gas Gross Profit reduction of $100-$150 million, reflecting the roll-off of certain long-term supply and transport capacity sales 

contracts ($70 million) and repricing of retail and business tariffs; and

•  Cost to serve savings of approximately $70 million, in line with the target of >$100 million savings from FY2018 (subject to any 

additional material increase in bad and doubtful debts provisioning).

Integrated Gas

We estimate reduced APLNG (100 per cent) production in FY2021 of 650–680 PJ, reflecting anticipated lower demand with strong field 
capability to increase production in response to demand.

APLNG is able to further manage sales volumes through flexibility in lifted non-operated production and gas purchases.

We estimate total APLNG capex + opex of $2.0-$2.2 billion, reflecting reduced development activity with fewer drilling rigs, reduced 
workovers and lower infrastructure spend due to TOGGS being online, and lower exploration and appraisal (E&A) spend.

APLNG is targeting FY2021 distribution breakeven of US$27–31/boe including US$12/boe in project finance costs.

We estimate a net gain on Origin’s oil/LNG hedging and trading positions of $50 million based on current forward prices. Refer to 
Section 6.2.2 for details. Other Origin only costs are estimated to be similar to FY2020 and include overheads net of recoverables from 
APLNG, Beetaloo Basin and other costs.

Corporate

FY2021 Corporate costs are estimated to be $75-$85 million, reflecting higher costs associated with enterprise resource planning (ERP) 
replacement, FY2020 FX gains and Mortlake self-insurance costs not repeating.

Capital expenditure is estimated to be $420-$470 million including $65–$80 million E&A spend, primarily relating to Beetaloo appraisal. 
This excludes $90-$100 million relating to the Octopus Energy investment.

Depreciation and amortisation is estimated to be $50-$60 million higher than FY2020 driven by decommissioning retail IT systems and 
increased generation restoration provisions.

Annual Report 202021

5. Financial update

5.1 Reconciliation from Statutory to Underlying Profit

Statutory Profit/(Loss)
Items Excluded from Underlying Profit (post-tax):

Increase/(decrease) in fair value and foreign exchange movements

Oil and gas
Electricity
Foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives
Other financial assets/liabilities
Foreign exchange on foreign-denominated financing

Disposals, impairments, onerous contracts and business restructuring

Total Items Excluded from Underlying Profit (post-tax)
Underlying Profit

FY20
($m)

FY19
($m)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

 83

 1,211

(1,128)

(93)

 275
153
85
(46)
86
(3)
(1,215)

(940)
 1,023

 139
 59
(88)
(43)
 274
(63)
 44

183
 1,028

 136
 94
 173
(3)
(188)
 60
(1,259)

(1,123)
(5)

 98
 159
(197)
 7
(69)
(95)
(2,861)

(614)
(0)

Fair value and foreign exchange movements reflect fair value gains/(losses) associated with commodity hedging, interest rate swaps and 
other financial instruments. These amounts are excluded from Underlying Profit to remove the volatility caused by timing mismatches in 
valuing financial instruments and the underlying transactions they relate to.

•  Oil and gas derivatives manage exposure to fluctuations in the underlying commodity price to which Origin is exposed through its gas 

portfolio, and indirectly through Origin’s investment in APLNG. See Section 6.2.2 for details of Origin’s oil hedging carried out in relation 
to its investment in APLNG.

•  Electricity derivatives, including swaps, options and forward purchase contracts, are used to manage fluctuations in wholesale 

electricity and environmental certificate prices in respect of electricity purchased to meet customer demand.1

•  Foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives manage exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risk associated with the debt 

portfolio. A significant portion of debt is Euro-denominated and cross-currency interest rate swaps hedge that debt to AUD.

•  Other financial assets/liabilities reflects investments held by Origin including MRCPS issued by APLNG.2

•  Foreign exchange on foreign-denominated financing reflects currency fluctuations on unhedged USD debt. Debt is maintained in USD 

to offset the USD investment in MRCPS, which delivers USD distributions.

Disposals, impairments, onerous contracts and business restructuring are either non-cash or non-recurring items and are excluded from 
Underlying Profit to better reflect the underlying performance of the business. They include:

•  a non-cash impairment of $746 million relating to Origin’s carrying value of APLNG. The charge is driven by a reduction in oil price 
assumptions over the near term and a revised long-term Brent crude oil price assumption of US$60/bbl (real 2020) from FY2026, 
partially offset by cost reductions from improved field and operating performance. There is no tax impact, as any impact is offset by 
recognising part of a previously unrecognised deferred tax liability;

•  a non-cash onerous provision charge of $455 million post-tax relating to a 20-year off-take contract from Cameron LNG. The provision 
is primarily due to a reduction in JKM LNG sale price assumptions, reflecting medium-term demand and moderately lower long-term 
prices driven by expected lower US gas liquefaction fees, as well as lower US treasury bond rates; and

•  transaction costs of $8 million post-tax primarily relating to OC Energy integration and Origin restructuring costs of $6 million.

The nature of Items Excluded from Underlying Profit set out in the above table have been reviewed by our auditor for consistency with the 
description in note A1 of the Origin Energy Financial Statements.

5.2 Accounting changes

AASB 16 Leases has been adopted from 1 July 2019, which requires leases to be brought on balance sheet, resulting in a $97 million 
increase in Underlying EBITDA, more than offset by increases in depreciation and amortisation and financing costs with a net reduction 
to Underlying Profit after tax of $18 million. A lease liability of $514 million and a right-of-use (ROU) asset of $467 million have been 
recognised at 30 June 2020. Refer to Appendix 1 and the Overview section of the Origin Energy Financial Statements for details. 

From 1 July 2019, APLNG dewatering and workover costs have been expensed as incurred within Underlying EBITDA rather than 
capitalised and amortised. Following a period of embedding steady state operations, these costs are considered ongoing and operational 
in nature going forward and the change in application of accounting practice reflects this. During commissioning of the project and in 
the lead up to steady state operations, these amounts were capitalised as they represented costs incurred to bring the assets into their 
intended state of use. This results in a $107 million reduction in share of APLNG EBITDA, which is more than offset by a $152 million 
reduction in share of depreciation and amortisation from APLNG. Refer to Appendix 2 and Section 6.2.1 for further information.

There has been no change to comparative information for the above accounting changes.

1 
2 

 Under AASB 9, from 1 July 2018, Origin Energy holds MRCPS at fair value, rather than at cost.

Operating and Financial Review22

5.3 Underlying Profit

Energy Markets
Integrated Gas – Share of APLNG
Integrated Gas – Other
Corporate

Underlying EBITDA
Underlying depreciation and amortisation
Underlying share of ITDA

Underlying EBIT
Underlying interest income – MRCPS
Underlying interest income – Other
Underlying interest expense

Underlying Profit before income tax and non-controlling interests
Underlying income tax expense
Non-controlling interests’ share of Underlying Profit

Underlying Profit

FY20
($m)

 1,459
 1,915
(174)
(59)

 3,141
(509)
(1,303)

 1,329
 174
 16
(316)

 1,203
(177)
(3)

 1,023

FY19
($m)

 1,574
 2,123
(231)
(234)

 3,232
(419)
(1,504)

 1,308
 226
 8
(388)

 1,154
(123)
(3)

 1,028

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

(115)
(208)
 57
 175

(91)
(90)
 201

 21
(52)
 8
 72

 49
(54)
–

(5)

(7)
(10)
(25)
(75)

(3)
 21
(13)

 2
(23)
 100
(19)

 4
 44
–

–

Refer to Sections 6.1 and 6.2 respectively for Energy Markets and Integrated Gas analysis.

Corporate costs reduced by $175 million, reflecting the prior year non-cash remediation provision increase of $170 million not repeating 
and $17 million FX gains, primarily relating to hedging USD cash flow received from APLNG. This was partly offset by self-insurance costs 
of $7 million associated with the Mortlake electrical fault and higher costs associated with ERP replacement of $6 million.

Underlying depreciation and amortisation increased by $90 million, largely due to the impact of adopting the new leasing standard.

Underlying share of ITDA decreased $201 million, driven by lower APLNG amortisation, reflecting the change in treatment of dewatering 
and workover costs, which are now directly expensed as incurred ($152 million), and reduced interest expense on project finance due to a 
lower average interest rate from refinancing activities at APLNG partly offset by a lower AUD/USD exchange rate. Refer to Section 6.2 for 
further detail.

Underlying interest income on MRCPS reduced $52 million, driven by a lower balance following buy-backs by APLNG, partly offset by a 
lower AUD/USD exchange rate.

Underlying interest expense reduced by $72 million, $90 million after excluding the impact from adopting the leasing standard. This 
reflects a lower net debt balance and a lower average cost of debt due to refinancing activities. Refer to Section 5.6 for further detail.

Annual Report 202023

5.4 Cash flows

Operating cash flow

Underlying EBITDA
Underlying equity accounted share of EBITDA (non-cash)
Other non-cash items in Underlying EBITDA

Underlying EBITDA adjusted for non-cash items
Change in working capital

Energy Markets – excluding electricity futures collateral
Energy Markets – electricity futures collateral
Integrated Gas – excluding APLNG
Corporate

Other
Tax paid

Cash flow from operating activities

FY20
($m)

 3,141
(1,911)
 157

 1,387
(222)
 74
(340)
 29
 15
–
(215)

 951

FY19
($m)

 3,232
(2,123)
 277

 1,386
 84
 (63)
125
 17
 5
(35)
(110)

 1,325

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

(91)
 212
(120)

1
(306)
 137
(465)
 12
 10
 35
(105)

(374)

(3)
 (10)
(43)

 0
(364)
(217)
(372)
 71
 200
(100)
 95

(28)

Cash flow from operating activities decreased $374 million, primarily due to higher working capital requirements (–$306 million) and 
higher tax paid (–$105 million) associated with higher taxable income in FY2019.

Underlying share of EBITDA (non-cash) reflects share of APLNG ($1,915 million) and Octopus Energy (–$4 million). Other non-cash items 
include bad and doubtful debts (+$124 million) and share-based remuneration (+$30 million).

Working capital increased $222 million, primarily due to collateral deposited with the futures exchange (–$340 million) associated with 
forward electricity hedge positions that are expected to unwind over time, lower net payables from lower wholesale gas and electricity 
prices (–$100 million) and higher inventory (–$26 million) driven by coal, partly offset by lower green inventory (+$90 million) and lower 
Retail and Business Energy net working capital (+$93 million).

Investing cash flow

Capital expenditure
Cash distribution from APLNG
Interest received from other parties
Investments/acquisitions
Disposals

Cash flow from investing activities

FY20
($m)

(500)
 1,275
 18
(165)
 234

 862

FY19
($m)

(341)
 974
 2
(64)
 18

 589

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

(159)
 301
 16
(101)
 216

 273

 47
 31
 800
 158
 N/A

 46

FY2020 capital expenditure of $500 million comprises:

•  generation sustain ($208 million), primarily related to major overhauls at Eraring Power Station ($92 million) and Uranquinty Power 

Station ($29 million), as well as Mortlake Power Station repairs ($41 million);

•  other sustain ($115 million) including LPG ($26 million), Origin ERP system replacement ($23 million), regulatory market reforms 

($20 million) and CES ($7 million);

•  productivity/growth ($92 million) including Quarantine Power Station upgrade ($14 million), CES ($18 million), Kraken licensing costs 

($13 million), LPG ($9 million), digital spend ($8 million), solar ($7 million) and other Energy Markets projects; and

•  exploration and appraisal spend ($85 million), primarily related to the appraisal program in the Beetaloo Basin.

Cash distributions from APLNG amounted to $1,275 million, comprising $181 million of MRCPS interest (down from $229 million in 
FY2019) and $1,094 million of MRCPS buy-backs (up from $745 million in FY2019).

Interest received increased, reflecting a higher cash balance following refinancing in preparation for debt maturities.

Investments include initial payments and transaction costs for the equity interest in Octopus Energy ($128 million) and deferred 
consideration for OC Energy ($14 million). Disposals include sale of Ironbark to APLNG for $231 million.

Operating and Financial Review24

Financing cash flow

Net proceeds/(repayment) of debt
Operator cash call movements
On-market purchase of shares
Settlement of foreign currency contracts
APLNG loan repayment
Interest paid
Payment of lease principal
Dividends paid

Total cash flow from financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

FY20
($m)

(1,173)
 56
(75)
(55)
(8)
(310)
(75)
(478)

(2,118)

(1)

FY19
($m)

 185
 7
(77)
(64)
(31)
(375)
–
(165)

(520)

2

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

(1,358)
 49
 2
 9
 23
 65
(75)
(313)

(1,598)

(3)

(734)
 700
(3)
(14)
(74)
(17)
N/A
 190

 307

(150)

Repayment of debt reflects capital market debt repaid from cash held and Free Cash Flow.

Operator cash call movements represent the movement in funds held and other balances relating to Origin’s role as upstream operator of 
APLNG. On-market purchase of shares represents the purchase of shares associated with employee share remuneration schemes and the 
dividend reinvestment plan. Settlement of foreign currency contracts represents the partial closure of contracts executed in prior periods 
to monetise the value in certain cross-currency interest rate swap contracts. The value of outstanding contracts as at 30 June 2020 was 
$156 million.

Interest paid reduced by $65 million, comprising lower interest on debt due to refinancing activities ($81 million), partly offset by a 
$16 million increase in interest paid on lease liabilities.

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow represents cash flow available to pay dividends, repay debt, invest in major growth projects or return surplus cash to 
shareholders. This is prepared on the basis of equity accounting for APLNG.

The Octopus Energy investment is considered a major growth project and $141 million of associated investing cash flow from 
consideration payments and capital expenditure has been excluded from FY2020 Free Cash Flow.

($m)

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

FY19

Energy Markets

Integrated Gas – 
Share of APLNG

Integrated Gas –
 Other

Corporate

Total

Underlying EBITDA
Non-cash items
Change in working capital
Other
Tax paid

 1,459
 137
(266)
(23)
 –

 1,574
 90
 62
(20)
 –

 1,915
(1,915)
 –
 –
 –

 2,123
(2,123)
 –
 –
 –

(174)
 11
 29
 24
 –

(231)
 7
 17
(1)
 –

(59)
 13
 15
(1)
(215)

(234)
 180
 5
(15)
(110)

 3,141
(1,753)
(222)
 –
(215)

 3,232
(1,845)
 84
(35)
(110)

Operating cash flow

 1,307

 1,707

Capital expenditure
Cash distribution from APLNG
(Acquisitions)/disposals
Interest received

(395)
 –
(165)
 –

(304)
 –
(53)
 –

Investing cash flow

(560)

(357)

Interest paid

 –

 –

Free Cash Flow 
including major growth
Major growth spend

Free Cash Flow

 747
 141

 1,350
–

 888

 1,350

 –

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –

 –

 –
 –

 –

 –

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –

 –

 –
–

 –

(109)

(208)

(247)

(174)

 951

 1,325

(94)
 1,275
 234
 –

(28)
 974
 1
 –

 1,414

 946

(10)
 –
(0)
 18

 8

(9)
 –
 7
 2

 –

(500)
 1,275
 69
 18

(341)
 974
(46)
 2

 862

 589

 –

 –

(310)

(375)

(310)

(375)

 1,305
 –

 737

(549)
 –

(548)
–

 1,503
 141

 1,539
–

 1,305

 737

(549)

(548)

 1,644

 1,539

Annual Report 202025

5.5 Dividends

The Board has determined to pay an unfranked 10 cps dividend in respect of the second half of FY2020, bringing total FY2020 dividends 
to 25 cps, which represents 27 per cent of Free Cash Flow. The Board exercised discretion to set the payout ratio below the target 
30 per cent to 50 per cent of Free Cash Flow. This reflects current and expected future economic and business conditions, particularly 
lower commodity prices.

During FY2020, $141 million was incurred in respect of the strategic partnership with Octopus Energy. This has been treated as major 
growth expenditure and excluded from Free Cash Flow when measuring the dividend pay-out percentage.

The nil franking percentage reflects the current franking credit balance. A low franking balance is expected over FY2021–23 due to 
realised foreign exchange losses on debt maturities and deducting the remaining tax cost base of Browse Basin exploration permits in the 
FY2020 income tax return. Refer to Origin Energy Financial Statements note E2 for further details.

Origin will seek to pay sustainable shareholder distributions through the business cycle and will target an ordinary dividend payout range 
of 30 per cent to 50 per cent of Free Cash Flow per annum. Distributions will take the form of franked dividends, subject to the company’s 
franking credit balance. Free Cash Flow is defined as cash from operating activities and investing activities (excluding major growth 
projects), less interest paid.

Remaining cash flow after ordinary dividends will be applied to further debt reduction, value accretive organic growth and acquisition 
opportunities and/or additional capital management initiatives.

The Board maintains discretion to adjust shareholder distributions for economic and business conditions.

The Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) will operate with nil discount and will be satisfied through on-market share purchases. The DRP 
price of shares will be the average purchase price, rounded to two decimal places, bought on market over a period of 10 trading days 
commencing on the third trading day immediately following the Record Date.

5.6 Capital management

During FY2020, the following capital management initiatives were completed:

•  refinanced debt to lower rates and increase tenor:

 – raised €600 million (A$973 million) of 10-year debt at 3.2 per cent fixed interest rate;

 – raised A$300 million of eight-year debt at 2.7 per cent fixed interest rate;

 – repaid €500 million (A$939 million) 3.7 per cent effective interest rate debt;

 – redeemed €1,000 million (A$1,391 million) 7.9 per cent fixed interest rate hybrid obligation;

 – repaid NZ$141 million (A$125 million) 2.1 per cent effective interest rate debt obligation; and

 – renegotiated lower rates on a A$500 million bank guarantee facility.

•  cancelled $718 million in undrawn bank loan facilities that were surplus to requirements.

In July 2020, the maturity date of A$1.1 billion of bank debt facilities was extended from FY2023 to a later date in FY2025. Further surplus 
liquidity of $0.2 billion was cancelled as part of this transaction.

Adjusted Net Debt

Movements in Adjusted Net Debt ($m)

(951)

514

244

478

5,417

(1,267)

(69)

292

500

4,644

5,158

Decrease in Adjusted Net Debt excluding leases: $773 million

30 June 
2019 

Operating
 cash flow

Net cash 
from APLNG 

Capex

Net 
acquisitions/ 
disposals

Net interest 
payments

Dividend

FX/Other 

30 June 
2020
excl. leases

Lease 
liabilities

30 June 
2020

Operating and Financial Review26

Adjusted Net Debt excluding leases decreased $773 million, driven by strong APLNG cash distribution and operating cash flow. This was 
partially offset by capital expenditure, dividends, interest payments and foreign exchange/other impacts. After recognition of $514 million 
in lease liabilities under AASB 16 Leases, Adjusted Net Debt decreased by $259 million to $5,158 million. The increase in reported debt 
due to adopting AASB 16 will not have any material impact on the company’s credit metrics as lease liabilities were previously included in 
these metrics.

Foreign exchange/other includes on-market purchase of shares ($75 million), payment of lease liabilities ($75 million), settlement of foreign 
currency contracts ($55 million) and non-cash translation of unhedged USD debt and fees.

Origin’s objective is to maintain an Adjusted Net Debt/Adjusted Underlying EBITDA ratio of 2.0–3.0x and a gearing target of 20 per cent 
to 30 per cent. As at 30 June 2020, this ratio was 2.1x and gearing was 29 per cent, compared to 2.6x and 29 per cent, respectively, at 
30 June 2019.

Our long-term credit ratings are BBB (stable) from S&P and Baa2 (stable) from Moody’s.

Debt maturity profile post debt extension  
– excluding lease liabilities (A$b)

Debt portfolio management

Average term to maturity increased from 3.0 years at 30 June 2019 to 
3.9 years at 30 June 2020, including the bank debt facility extension 
in July 2020. The rolling 12-month average interest rate on drawn debt 
decreased from 5.9 per cent in FY2019 to 4.8 per cent in FY2020.

  2.0

As at 30 June 2020, Origin held $1.2 billion of cash and $2.9 billion 
in committed undrawn debt facilities after adjusting for the debt 
extension in July 2020. This liquidity position of $4.1 billion is held to 
meet near-term debt maturities of $1 billion by December 2020 and 
$1.9 billion maturing in October 2021, and to maintain a sufficient 
liquidity buffer.

1.5

1.0

  0.5

FY21

FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26 FY27 FY28 FY29 FY30+

  Loans and bank guarantees – undrawn 

  Loans and bank guarantees – drawn

  Capital Markets debt and term loan

APLNG funding

During construction of APLNG, shareholders contributed capital via ordinary equity and the investment in preference shares (termed 
MRCPS) issued by APLNG. APLNG distributes funds to shareholders firstly via fixed dividends of 6.37 per cent per annum on the MRCPS 
balance, recognised as interest income by Origin, and secondly via buy-backs of MRCPS (refer to Section 5.4 above). The fair value of 
MRCPS held by Origin at 30 June 2020 was A$2,109 million.

APLNG also funded construction via US$8.5 billion in project finance facilities, signed in 2012. These facilities were partially refinanced in 
FY2019. The outstanding balance at 30 June 2020 was US$6,386 million (A$9,307 million), net of unamortised debt fees of US$81 million 
(A$118 million). APLNG’s average interest rate associated with its project finance debt portfolio for FY2020 was 3.6 per cent, and FY2021 
is estimated to be approximately 3.1 per cent.

As at 30 June 2020, gearing3 in APLNG was 28 per cent, down from 30 per cent at 30 June 2019.

3  Gearing is defined as project finance debt less cash, divided by project finance debt less cash plus equity.

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
27

6. Review of segment operations

6.1 Energy Markets

Fuel Supply

•

•

Gas

Coal

Transportation  
• Flexible contracted 

gas transport 
arrangements  

Generation  
•
1 black coal generator

•

•

Australia’s largest
 gas-fired fleet

Growing contracted 
renewables

Networks  
• Regulated

Customers  
•
Retail (consumer and SME)

•

Business (commercial 
and industrial)

•

Wholesale

Energy Markets operations

Origin’s Energy Markets business comprises Australia’s largest energy retail business by customer accounts, Australia’s largest fleet of 
gas-fired peaking power stations supported by a substantial contracted fuel position, a growing supply of contracted renewable energy 
and Australia’s largest power station, the black coal–fired Eraring Power Station. Energy Markets reports on an integrated portfolio basis. 
Electricity and Natural Gas Gross Profit and retail cost to serve are reported separately, as are the EBITDA of the Solar and Energy Services, 
Future Energy and LPG divisions, and share of earnings from the 20 per cent equity holding in Octopus Energy Holdings Limited.

6.1.1 Financial summary

Underlying EBITDA/EBIT

Electricity Gross Profit
Natural Gas Gross Profit
Electricity and Natural Gas cost to serve
LPG EBITDA
Solar and Energy Services EBITDA
Future Energy costs
Share of EBITDA from Octopus Energy

Underlying EBITDA
Underlying EBIT

FY20
($m)

1,187
744
(570)
83
33
(15)
(4)

1,459
974

FY19
($m)

1,390
715
(610)
68
26
(15)
–

1,574
1,173

(110)

(67)

(26)

88

(59)

40

19

Electricity –$203 million

Gas +$29 million

1,574

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

(15)
 4
(6)
 22
30
–
N/A

(7)
(17)

(203)
 29
 40
 15
8
 –
(4)

(115)
(199)

1,459

FY19

Retail pricing
(DMO/VDO)

Volume/ 
mix

Other

Wholesale  
margin

Volume

Cost to serve

Other

FY20

Operating and Financial Review 
 
28

6.1.2 Electricity

Volume summary

Volumes sold 
(TWh)

NSW(a)
Queensland
Victoria
South Australia

Total volumes sold

FY20

FY19

Retail

Business

Total

Retail

Business

Total

 7.8
 4.1
 2.9
 1.3

 16.1

 8.7
 3.6
 3.4
 1.7

 17.4

 16.5
 7.7
 6.2
 3.1

33.5

8.4
4.6
3.1
1.3

17.4

9.4
3.5
4.0
1.9

18.8

17.8
8.1
7.1
3.2

36.2

Change
(TWh)

Change
(%)

(1.3)
(0.4)
(0.9)
(0.1)

(2.7)

(7.3)
(5.0)
(12.7)
(3.1)

 (7.5)

(a) Australian Capital Territory customers are included in New South Wales.

Gross Profit summary

Revenue ($m)
Retail (consumer and SME)
Business

Cost of goods sold ($m)
Network costs
Energy procurement costs

Gross Profit ($m)
Gross margin %

FY20

FY19

$m

$/MWh

$m

$/MWh

Change
(%)

Change
($/MWh)

 7,509
 4,569
 2,941

(6,322)
(3,142)
(3,179)

 1,187
15.8%

 224.0
 283.9
 168.8

(188.6)
(93.8)
(94.9)

 35.4

8,264
5,056
3,208

(6,874)
(3,287)
(3,587)

1,390
16.8%

228.4
290.5
170.7

(189.9)
(90.8)
(99.1)

38.4

(9)
(10)
(8)

 8
 4
 11

(15)
(6)

(4.3)
(6.8)
(1.9)

 1.3
(2.9)
 4.3

(3.0)

Electricity Gross Profit declined by $203 million4, driven by:

•  $3/MWh decrease in unit margins (–$136 million) comprising:

Sources and uses of electricity (TWh)

 – –$110 million from the introduction of the DMO and VDO regulated retail pricing tariffs 

on 1 July 2019;

 – –$21 million driven by costs associated with unplanned outages at the Eraring and 

Mortlake plants, net of insurance recoveries;

 – –$64 million reflecting higher solar feed-in tariffs and discounts to concession 

customers (–$34 million), and lower green scheme prices in Business tariffs (–$30 
million); offset by:

 – +$59 million margin improvement, including from lower wholesale procurement and 

fuel costs, and a $33 million release of a rehabilitation provision, partially offset by lower 
Business tariffs.

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

  5

•  2.7 TWh volume decline (–$67 million) relating to lower usage from milder weather, solar 
uptake and efficiency (–$33 million), COVID-19 impacts (–$26 million) and customer 
movements relating to large Business and SME tenders (–$8 million).

Owned and contracted generation of 22.5 TWh was lower by 2.1 TWh, driven primarily by 
Eraring Power Station (–2.9 TWh) due to outages and lower output in response to reduced 
customer demand from COVID-19, and Mortlake Power Station (–0.3 TWh) reflecting the 
outage in the first half. This was partially offset by Darling Downs Power Station (+1.1 TWh) 
with more gas available to generation following the roll-off of short-term wholesale gas 
trading contracts in FY2019.

Energy procurement costs decreased with lower volumes. Unit procurement costs reduced 
by $4.30/MWh, driven by lower wholesale procurement costs, contract prices and fuel 
costs, offset by higher solar feed-in tariff rates.

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

Sources

Uses

  Renewables  

  Solar FiT  

  Coal (Eraring)

  Gas  

  Other  

  Swap contracts

  Short position  

  Retail  

  Business

  Losses

4 

 Includes a $4 million benefit relating to AASB 16 Leases.

Annual Report 2020 
29

Wholesale energy costs 

Fuel cost(a)
Generation operating costs

Owned generation(a)
Net pool costs(b)
Bundled renewable PPAs(c)
Market contracts
Solar feed-in tariff
Capacity hedge contracts
Green Schemes (excl. PPAs)
Other

Energy procurement costs

FY20

FY19

TWh

$/MWh

$m

TWh

$/MWh

19.6
19.6

19.6
4.9
2.9
6.0
1.5

50.6
11.0

61.6
61.3
92.1
60.3
117.9

1,132
230

1,363
449
255
508
127
317
569
–

21.8
21.8

21.8
5.0
2.7
7.3
1.2

51.9
10.6

62.4
90.5
93.1
69.6
103.3

35.0(d)

90.9

3,587

38.0(d)

94.4

$m

992
216

1,208
303
264
362
181
342
506
14

3,179

(a) Includes volume from internal generation and contracted from Pelican Point.

(b) Net pool costs includes gross pool purchase costs net of pool revenue from generation, gross and net settled PPAs, and other contracts.

(c) Bundled PPAs includes cost of electricity and renewable certificates. Market contracts include swap and energy hedge contracts.

(d) Volume differs from sales volume due to energy losses of 1.3 TWh (FY2019: 1.8 TWh).

Electricity supply

Nameplate 
capacity
(MW)

FY20

FY19

Change

Output 

Pool revenue

Output 

Pool revenue

Output 

Pool revenue

Type(a)

(GWh)

($m) ($/MWh)

(GWh)

($m) ($/MWh)

(GWh)

($m) ($/MWh)

Eraring

Units 1–4
GT

Darling Downs
Osborne(b)
Uranquinty
Mortlake
Mount Stuart
Quarantine
Ladbroke Grove
Roma
Shoalhaven

 2,922
 2,880
 42
 644
 180
 664
 566
 423
 230
 80
 80
 240

Black Coal
OCGT
CCGT
CCGT
OCGT
OCGT
OCGT
OCGT
OCGT
OCGT
Pump/hydro

 13,634
 –
 2,067
 703
 422
 932
 4
 188
 155
 17
156

 1,065
 –
 130
 58
 75
 91
 0
 29
 19
 2
26

 79
 –
 79
 93
 125
 106
 103
 153
 123
 109
135

 16,513
 –
 931
 759
 333
 1,204
 9
 194
 157
 24
157

 1,494
 –
 92
 105
 53
 207
 1
 45
 29
 3
20

 90
 –
 98
 138
 160
 172
 132
 232
 182
 130
130

(2,879)
 –
 1,137
(56)
 89
(272)
(5)
(6)
(2)
(7)
(1)

(429)
 –
 39
(47)
 22
(116)
(1)
(16)
(10)
(1)
6

Internal generation

6,029

18,279

1,495

82

20,281

2,050

101

(2,002)

(555)

Pelican Point
Renewable PPAs

 240
1,207

CCGT
Solar/wind

1,317
2,871

1,548
2,744

(231)
 127

(11)
 –
(19)
(45)
(35)
(66)
(29)
(79)
(59)
(21)
6

(19)

Owned and 
contracted 
generation

 7,476

 22,467

 24,574

(2,106)

(a) OCGT = open cycle gas turbine; CCGT = combined cycle gas turbine.

(b) Origin has a 50 per cent interest in the 180 MW plant and contracts 100 per cent of the output.

Operating and Financial Review30

6.1.3 Natural Gas

Volume summary

Volumes sold (PJ)

Retail

Business

Total

Retail

Business

Total

FY20

FY19

NSW(a)
Queensland
Victoria
South Australia(b)

 11.0
 3.1
 25.2
 5.7

 22.8
 66.9
 58.3
 10.6

 33.8
 70.0
 83.6
 16.2

External volumes sold

 45.0

 158.6

 203.6

10.1
3.3
22.4
5.6

41.4

19.7
92.3
57.5
11.0

29.8
95.5
79.9
16.7

180.5

222.0

Internal sales (generation)

Total volumes sold

55.6

 259.2

49.4

271.3

Change
(PJ)

Change
(%)

 4.0
(25.6)
 3.7
(0.4)

(18.3)

6.2

(12.1)

 13
(27)
 5
(2)

(8)

(4)

(a) Australian Capital Territory customers are included in New South Wales.

(b) Northern Territory and Western Australia customers are included in South Australia.

Gross Profit summary

Revenue ($m)
Retail (consumer and SME)
Business

Cost of goods sold ($m)
Network costs
Energy procurement costs

Gross Profit ($m)

Gross margin %

FY20

FY19

$m

$/GJ

$m

$/GJ

Change
(%)

Change
($/GJ)

 2,835
 1,163
 1,673

(2,090)
(796)
(1,294)

 744

26.3%

 13.9
 25.8
 10.5

(10.3)
(3.9)
(6.4)

 3.7

2,926
1,064
1,862

(2,211)
(739)
(1,472)

715

24.4%

13.2
25.7
10.3

(10.0)
(3.3)
(6.6)

3.2

(3)
 9
(10)

 5
(8)
 12

 4

7

 0.7
 0.2
 0.2

(0.3)
(0.6)
 0.3

 0.4

Natural Gas Gross Profit increased $29 million, driven by:

•  $0.4/GJ margin improvement (+$88 million) primarily due to lower average procurement 

costs from oil/JKM linked supply contracts and shorter-term purchases; and

•  18.3 PJ decrease in external sales (–$59 million) due to the roll-off of short-term wholesale 
trading contracts in Queensland and expiry of C&I contracts and demand impacts from 
COVID-19 (–$10 million). This was partially offset by higher Retail volumes due to higher 
customer numbers and cooler weather in Victoria.

Sources and uses of gas (PJ)

 300

 250

 200

 150

 100

  50

FY19

FY20

FY19

FY20

Sources

Uses

  Oil/JKM linked  

  Generation

  Other fixed price  

  Business – Wholesale 

  APLNG – fixed price  

  Business – C&I

  Retail

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
31

6.1.4 Electricity and Natural Gas cost to serve

FY20

FY19

Change
 ($)

Change
(%)

Cost to maintain ($ per average customer(a))
Cost to acquire/retain ($ per average customer(a))
Electricity and Natural Gas cost to serve ($ per average customer(a))

Maintenance costs ($m)
Acquisition and retention costs(b) ($m)

Electricity and Natural Gas cost to serve ($m)

(121)
(38)

(159)

(434)
(136)

(570)

(a) Represents cost to serve per average customer account, excluding CES accounts.

(b) Customer wins (FY2020: 491,000; FY2019: 527,000) and retains (FY2020: 1,396,000; FY2019: 1,796,000).

Labour
Bad and doubtful debts
Other variable costs

Retail and Business
Wholesale
Corporate services and IT

Electricity and Natural Gas cost to serve

FY20
($m)

(150)
(113)
(125)

(388)
(51)
(131)

(570)

(126)
(43)

(169)

(455)
(155)

(610)

FY19
($m)

(173)
(80)
(158)

(411)
(62)
(136)

(610)

 5
 5

10

 21
 19

 40

(4)
(11)

(6)

(5)
(12)

(6)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

 23
(33)
 33

 23
 12
 5

 40

(13)
 41
(21)

(6)
(19)
(4)

(6)

In FY2020, we undertook a number of measures to support customers financially impacted by COVID-19, including pausing late payment 
fees, default listings and disconnections, and providing payment extensions at a cost of $5 million. Notwithstanding these measures and 
the broader government and business support in place, we recognised an increase in our bad and doubtful debt provision of $38 million5 
related to the risks associated with COVID-19.

Overall, Electricity and Natural Gas cost to serve reduced by $40 million, driven by operating cost savings of $58 million and lower 
leasing charges of $25 million associated with adopting AASB 16 Leases. This was partially offset by $43 million related to the impacts of 
COVID-19 detailed above. Bad debt expense as a percentage of total Electricity and Natural Gas revenue increased to 1.09 per cent in 
FY2020, up from 0.71 per cent in FY2019.

(19)

(34)

(5)

43

(25)

610

Transformation activities – $58 million 

Increasing digitisation

• 
•  Targeted marketing and optimised channels
•  Transforming customer journeys
•  Leaner operational structure
•  Automated processes and outsourcing
•  Corporate services and IT recontracting 

and lower headcount

570

FY19

Cost to  
acquire

Back office  
functions

Corporate  
and IT

Impacts of  
COVID-19

Leases

FY20

We are on track to deliver the target of $100 million cost reduction by FY2021 from a baseline in FY2018. Planning is underway for a 
further reduction of $100–$150 million in cash savings by FY2024 following successful implementation of the Octopus Energy’s Kraken 
platform and operating model.

5  The total increase in bad and doubtful debt provision relating to COVID-19 risks was $40 million, of which $38 million impacted electricity and gas cost to serve and the 

remainder impacted the Solar and Energy services division.

Operating and Financial Review32

Customer accounts

As at

30 June 2020

Customer
accounts (’000)(c)

Electricity

NSW(a)
Queensland
Victoria
South Australia(b)

Total

Average

 1,191
 645
 556
 239

 2,631

 2,624

Natural
Gas

 335
 181
 479
 225

 1,220

 1,204

Total

Electricity

30 June 2019

Natural
Gas

Total

Change

 1,526
 825
 1,035
 464

 3,851

 3,827

1,193
660
558
229

2,639

2,645

312
182
474
223

1,191

1,157

1,505
842
1,032
451

3,830

3,802

 22
(16)
3
 13

 21

 25

(a) Australian Capital Territory customers are included in New South Wales.

(b) Northern Territory and Western Australia customers are included in South Australia.

(c) Includes 257,000 CES customers (FY2019: 233,000).

Although price dispersion and in situ churn have reduced following the 
introduction of the DMO and VDO, the market remains highly competitive and we 
continue to take a disciplined approach to share and customer lifetime value.

Origin churn decreased to 13.4 per cent during the period, compared to market 
churn of 18.4 per cent.

Period end customers rose by 21,000 overall. Electricity customers fell by 8,000, 
reflecting a reduction in SMEs of 20,000, primarily relating to large tenders. 
This was partially offset by growth in embedded network customers as the CES 
business continues to grow. Natural Gas customers increased by 29,000, driven 
primarily by gains in New South Wales.

Broadband customer accounts increased by 12,000 during the year to a total of 
20,000 customer accounts at 30 June 2020.

30

25

20

15

10

5

–

(5)

(10)

(15)

(20)

Customer movement (’000)

6.1.5 LPG

Volumes (kT)
Revenue ($m)
Cost of goods sold ($m)

Gross Profit ($m)
Operating costs ($m)

Underlying EBITDA ($m)

NSW

QLD

VIC

SA

  Electricity 

  Gas

FY20

FY19

Change

 417
 608
(417)

 191
(108)

 83

 426
 674
(470)

 204
(136)

 68

(9)
(66)
54

(13)
28

 15

Change 
(%)

(2)
(10)
(11)

(6)
(20)

 22

Origin is one of Australia’s largest LPG and propane suppliers, procuring and distributing LPG to residential and business locations across 
Australia and the Pacific. As at 30 June 2020, Origin had 363,000 LPG customer accounts, up from 362,000 customer accounts at 
30 June 2019.

Gross Profit decreased by $13 million, driven by the impact of COVID-19 on demand, primarily in the Pacific. Both revenue and cost of 
goods sold decreased due to lower international commodity pricing, which is a key component of pricing to customers. Operating costs 
decreased $27 million, due to the impact of adopting AASB 16 Leases ($30 million). Underlying operating costs were stable.

Annual Report 202033

6.1.6 Solar and Energy Services

Revenue
CES Gross Profit
Solar Gross Profit
Other Gross Profit

Gross Profit
Operating costs

Underlying EBITDA

FY20
($m)

 298
 75
 31
 5

 111
(77)

 33

FY19
($m)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

 216
 57
 26
 6

 89
(64)

 26

 82
 18
 5
(1)

 22
(13)

 8

 38
 32
 19
(17)

 25
 20

 27

Origin provides installation of solar photovoltaic (PV) systems and batteries to residential and business customers, and ongoing support 
and maintenance services. Community Energy Services supplies both electricity and gas to apartment owners and occupiers, and body 
corporates through embedded networks and serviced hot water.

Underlying EBITDA increased by $8 million, primarily driven by growth in CES Gross Profit (+$18 million), in particular the acquisition 
of OC Energy in February 2019. This was partially offset by increased operating costs (–$14 million), driven primarily by the OC Energy 
acquisition, and includes a $3 million benefit due to the impact of adopting AASB 16 Leases.

6.1.7 Future Energy

Operating costs
Investments

FY20
($m)

(15)
(15)

FY19
($m)

(15)
(35)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

–
(20)

N/A
(56)

Future Energy is focused on new business models to connect distributed assets and data to customers. We have developed a VPP 
platform that is able to orchestrate millions of distributed assets using artificial intelligence. The VPP has more than 85 MW connected 
today from more than 11,000 customers and we expect it to grow as the benefits to customers and the grid are realised. We have also 
developed a leading digital and analytics capability and are actively investing in technology for new customer solutions, both in front of 
and behind the meter.

Operating costs remained flat during the period. The business continues to make small investments in trialling new energy solutions.

6.1.8 Octopus Energy

Origin has acquired a 20 per cent interest in Octopus Energy and a licence in Australia to its market-leading customer platform, Kraken. 
Over the next 24 to 30 months, Origin will transfer its retail electricity and gas customer accounts to the Kraken platform and adopt 
Octopus Energy’s leading operating model with targeted cash savings of $70–80 million in FY2022 increasing to $100–150 million 
annually from FY2024.

We are making good progress in customising the Kraken platform for the Australian market and are on track to have our first customer 
cohort migrated by the end of the calendar year. Base functionality for NSW is well progressed and we have moved a small group of ‘family 
and friends’ onto the platform for further testing.

Our first group of Energy Specialists have been trained on the UK Kraken platform and are supporting Octopus Energy’s UK customers. 
These Energy Specialists are gaining valuable experience in using Kraken and will be transitioning to the Australian platform as we start to 
migrate the first customer cohort.

The $4 million loss as shown in Section 6.1.1 represents our share of EBITDA from Octopus Energy from 1 May to 30 June 2020. The loss in 
these months represents warmer weather reducing gas demand and increasing net wholesale costs.

Operating and Financial Review34

6.2 Integrated Gas

Share of APLNG (see Section 6.2.1)
Integrated Gas – Other (see Section 6.2.2)

Underlying EBITDA
Underlying depreciation and amortisation
Underlying share of ITDA from APLNG

Underlying EBIT

6.2.1 Share of APLNG

FY20
($m)

 1,915
(174)

 1,741
(29)
(1,296)

 416

FY19
($m)

 2,123
(231)

 1,892
(18)
(1,504)

 370

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

(208)
 57

(151)
(11)
 208

 46

(10)
(25)

(8)
 61
(14)

 12

Exploration and 
appraisal   

Drilling and 
gathering

Processing and
transportation

Domestic 
customers

Liquefaction and 
export customers

Origin has a 37.5 per cent shareholding in APLNG, an equity accounted incorporated joint venture. APLNG operates Australia’s largest 
CSG to LNG export project (by nameplate capacity) with the country’s largest 2P CSG reserves.6 Origin is the operator of the upstream 
CSG exploration and appraisal, development and production activities. ConocoPhillips is the operator of the 9 mtpa two-train LNG 
liquefaction facility at Gladstone in Queensland.

As APLNG is an equity accounted incorporated joint venture, Integrated Gas reports its share of APLNG EBITDA. The share of APLNG 
ITDA is recorded as one-line item between EBITDA and EBIT.

APLNG acquired various CSG interests from Tri-Star in 2002 that are subject to reversionary rights and an ongoing royalty interest in 
favour of Tri-Star. These interests represent approximately 20 per cent of APLNG’s 2P CSG reserves and approximately 19 per cent of 3P 
(proved plus probable plus possible) CSG reserves (as at 30 June 2020). Refer to Section 7 for disclosure relating to Tri-Star litigation 
associated with these CSG interests.

Financial summary – APLNG

Profit and Loss

($m)

Commodity revenue and other income(a)
Operating expenses

Underlying EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation
MRCPS interest expense
Project finance interest expense
Other financing expense
Interest income
Income tax expense

Underlying ITDA(b)

Underlying Profit

FY20

FY19

APLNG 
100%

 7,100
(1,992)

 5,108

(1,863)
(463)
(372)
(102)
 40
(708)

Origin 
share

 2,662
(747)

 1,915

(699)
(174)
(140)
(37)
 15
(266)

APLNG
100%

 7,443
(1,781)

 5,662

(2,116)
(602)
(590)
(72)
 51
(699)

Origin 
share

 2,791
(668)

 2,123

(794)
(226)
(221)
(27)
 19
(262)

(3,468)

(1,301)

(4,027)

(1,510)

 1,640

 614

 1,635

613

(a)  Includes commodity revenue plus other income of $19 million (Origin share) (FY2019: $2 million) primarily related to a release of the restoration provision from the 

relinquishment of the Gilbert Gully permit during FY2020.

(b)  See Origin Financial Statement note B2.1 for details relating to a $5 million difference between APLNG ITDA and Origin’s reported share.

6 

 As per EnergyQuest Energy Quarterly, June 2020.

Annual Report 2020 
35

Origin’s share of APLNG Underlying EBITDA decreased by $208 million including a $107 million decrease relating to the change in 
accounting treatment for dewatering and workover costs (previously capitalised and now directly expensed as incurred). This was partially 
offset by a $13 million increase related to adopting AASB 16 Leases. Excluding the above accounting impacts, Origin’s share of APLNG 
Underlying EBITDA decreased $114 million, driven by:

•  commodity and other revenue decreasing by $129 million as result of a higher proportion of LNG sales into a weaker spot market as well 

as lower domestic sales volumes and lower average price; and

•  operating expenses reducing $15 million (after excluding the above accounting impacts of $94 million), primarily driven by lower 

purchases ($55 million) and other cost reductions ($15 million). This was partially offset by higher royalties and tariffs ($26 million), 
exploration write-off ($21 million) and higher downstream operating costs ($8 million). See below for further details.

The decrease in Origin’s share of depreciation and amortisation reflects the removal of amortisation related to workovers and dewatering of 
$152 million, partially offset by the impact of a lower AUD/USD exchange rate.

Origin’s share of MRCPS interest expense decreased by $52 million due to a lower MRCPS balance following buy-backs by APLNG. This 
was partially offset by the impact of a lower AUD/USD exchange rate. Project finance interest decreased by $81 million due to a lower 
average interest rate from refinancing activities, partly offset by the impact of a lower AUD/USD exchange rate. See Section 5.6 for details 
relating to APLNG funding.

APLNG volume summary

Volume and price summary

Production volumes (PJ)
Operated
Non-operated

Total production
Purchases
Changes in upstream gas inventory/other
Liquefaction/downstream inventory/other

Sales volumes (PJ)
Domestic gas sales volumes
LNG spot sales volumes
LNG contract sales volumes

Commodity revenue ($m)
Natural Gas sales
LNG sales

Realised price
Natural Gas ($A/GJ)
LNG (A$/GJ)
LNG (US$/mmbtu)

FY20

FY19

APLNG 
100%

Origin 
share

APLNG
100%

Origin 
share

 203
 62

 265
 7
(6)
(16)

 251
 70
 12
 169

 2,643
 323
 2,320

 542
 165

 708
 17
(15)
(42)

 668
 187
 32
 449

 7,049
 861
 6,188

 4.61
 12.86
 9.12

 522
 157

 679
 32
1
(36)

 676
 195
 17
 464

 7,436
 983
 6,453

 5.04
 13.42
 10.12

 196
 59

 255
 12
0
(13)

 254
 73
 7
 174

 2,789
 369
 2,420

Origin’s share of APLNG production increased 10 PJ to 265 PJ in FY2020, with improved performance across operated and non-operated 
assets driven by stronger field and facility performance and the Eurombah Reedy Creek Interconnect pipeline (ERIC) online from July 
2019, improving utilisation of processing capacity. This was partially offset by reduced operated production in the final quarter in response 
to lower demand due to COVID-19.

Origin’s FY2020 share of APLNG commodity revenue decreased 5 per cent to $2,643 million with increased production offset by 
lower purchases and building up of inventory. The average realised LNG price decreased 4 per cent to A$12.86/GJ, reflecting a higher 
proportion of spot LNG sales. The average realised domestic gas price decreased 9 per cent to $4.61/GJ, driven by reduced short-term 
sales prices.

Operating and Financial Review36

Cash flow – APLNG 100%

A$m

Underlying EBITDA
Non-cash items in underlying EBITDA
Change in working capital
Other

Operating cash flow*
Capital expenditure*
Capitalised de-watering costs*
Interest income*
Asset purchases (including Ironbark)/sale proceeds*
Loan repaid by/(advanced to) Origin
Loans paid by other shareholders

Investing cash flow
Project finance interest and transaction costs*
Repayment of project finance*
Other financing activities*
Repayment of lease liabilities*
Interest on lease liabilities*
MRCPS interest
MRCPS buy-back

Financing cash flow

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash*

Net increase/(decrease) in cash including foreign exchange movement

FY20
($m)

 5,108
 66
 64
 4

 5,242
(1,038)
 –
 40
(245)
 8
 6

(1,229)
(382)
(731)
(45)
(80)
(19)
(480)
(2,918)

(4,655)

(642)

 104

(538)

FY19
($m)

 5,662
(4)
(34)
(88)

 5,536
(1,277)
(101)
 50
 30
 31
 9

(1,258)
(513)
(808)
(85)
 –
 –
(611)
(1,987)

(4,004)

 274

 113

 387

Distributable cash flow*

 2,846

 2,945

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

(554)
 70
 98
 92

(294)
 239
 101
(10)
(275)
(23)
(3)

 29
 131
 77
 40
(80)
(19)
 131
(931)

(651)

(916)

(9)

(925)

(99)

(10)
N/A
(288)
(105)

(5)
(19)
(100)
(20)
 N/A
(74)
(33)

(2)
(26)
(10)
(47)
N/A
N/A
(21)
 47

 16

(334)

(8)

(239)

(3)

*  

Included in distributable cash flow. Distributable cash flow represents the net increase in cash including foreign exchange movements before MRCPS interest and buy-
backs and transactions with shareholders.

APLNG generated distributable cash flow of $2,846 million (Origin’s 37.5 per cent share: $1,067 million) at an effective oil price of 
US$68/bbl (FY2019: US$73/bbl) after servicing project finance interest and principal. Cash distributions to Origin were higher at 
$1,275 million in FY2020, reflecting partial draw down of cash retained at 30 June 2019. APLNG’s cash balance at 30 June 2020 was 
$1,072 million ($1,610 million at 30 June 2019).

Annual Report 202037

Operating cash costs – APLNG 100%

Purchases
Royalties and tariffs(a)
Operated opex(b)
Non-operated opex
Downstream opex
APLNG Corporate/other
Dewatering(b)
Workovers

Total operating expenses per Profit and Loss

Add capitalised de-watering costs
Other cash items

Total operating cash costs

FY20
($m)

(89)
(502)
(561)
(202)
(248)
(105)
(106)
(179)

(1,992)

 –
(63)

(2,055)

FY19
($m)

(235)
(433)
(562)
(197)
(228)
(126)
 –
 –

(1,781)

(101)
(61)

(1,943)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

 146
(69)
 1
(5)
(20)
21
(106)
(179)

(211)

 101
2

(112)

(62)
 16
(0)
 3
 9
 (17)
N/A
N/A

 12

(100)
(3)

6

(a) Reflects actual royalties paid. At break-even prices royalties and tariffs would have amounted to $96 million (FY2019: $139 million).

(b) FY2020 unit operating costs of $1.0/GJ reflects operated opex ($561 million) less pipeline and major turnaround costs ($68 million) plus operated dewatering costs 

($76 million) and 542 PJ operated production.

Operating expenses increased $211 million, of which $285 million relates to dewatering and workover costs previously capitalised. The 
remaining decrease of $74 million was primarily driven by lower purchases ($146 million), partially offset by higher royalties and tariffs 
($69 million) as a result of a higher royalty rate and increased production.

APLNG Corporate/other reduced $21 million, reflecting lower costs due to gas inventory movements ($69 million) and a benefit due to 
adopting AASB 16 Leases ($35 million). This was partially offset by the exploration write-offs ($56 million), foreign exchange impacts 
($22 million) and corporate costs and other ($5 million).

Capital expenditure – APLNG 100%

Operated upstream – Sustain
Operated upstream – Infrastructure
Exploration and appraisal
Operated stay in business (SIB)
Downstream
Non-operated
Workovers

Total capital expenditure

Working capital movement
Leases classified as financing cash flow

Total capital expenditure per cash flow

FY20
($m)

(483)
(83)
(88)
(63)
(0)
(205)
–

(922)

(164)
48

FY19
($m)

(515)
(122)
(102)
(16)
(39)
(262)
(237)

(1,293)

 16
 –

(1,038)

(1,277)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

 32
 39
 14
(47)
 39
 57
 237

 371

(180)
 48

 239

(6)
(32)
(14)
 294
(100)
(22)
(100)

(29)

(1,125)
N/A

(19)

Capital expenditure decreased by $371 million, of which $237 million relates to workover costs now expensed. The remaining $134 million 
is driven by a $71 million decrease in operated development costs with completion of the ERIC pipeline, $14 million reduced exploration, 
$57 million lower non-operated spend due to a reduced level of development activity, $39 million lower downstream spend driven by 
a $50 million benefit related to settlement of a project construction claim, partially offset by an increase in SIB of $47 million related to 
purchase of spares for maintenance.

Operated upstream – Sustain includes expenditure for drilling, completions, fracture stimulation, gathering network, surface connection, 
land access and development infrastructure, which occurs over multiple years and is directly related to sustaining production over 
the medium term. In FY2020, 260 operated wells were drilled (versus 251 in FY2019) including 239 Surat vertical wells (versus 243 in 
FY2019). 74 wells were fracture stimulated (versus 91 in FY2019) and 267 wells were brought online (vs 266 in FY2019).

Working capital increased by $164 million, primarily due to lower capex creditors as a result of lower activity in FY2020.

Operating and Financial Review38

6.2.2 Integrated Gas – Other

This segment comprises Origin Integrated Gas activities that are separate from APLNG, and includes unconventional exploration interests 
in the Beetaloo Basin, the south west Queensland Cooper–Eromanga Basin and a potential conventional development resource in the 
offshore Browse Basin. It also includes overhead costs (net of recoveries) incurred as upstream operator and corporate service provider to 
APLNG, costs associated with growth initiatives such as hydrogen and small-scale LNG, and costs incurred in managing Origin’s exposure 
to LNG pricing risk and impacts of LNG trading positions held by Origin.

Beetaloo Basin (Northern Territory)

Origin has a 77.5 per cent interest in three exploration permits over 18,500 km2 in the Beetaloo Basin. An increase of 7.5 per cent from the 
previous 70 per cent interest occurred on 7 April 2020, as part of changes to the joint venture agreement with partner Falcon Oil and Gas.

Stage 2 appraisal is underway, targeting two independent shale liquids-rich gas plays. Two horizontal appraisal wells are planned 
to be drilled, fracture stimulated and put on extended production test, with the objective of flowing liquids-rich gas to the surface. 
Work continued with the regulators and Native Title holders to ensure operations are conducted safely and with transparency around the 
necessary approvals and consents.

•  Kyalla liquids-rich gas play – The Kyalla 117 well has been drilled to a total measured depth of 3,809 metres, which includes a 
1,579-metre lateral section. Results obtained to date demonstrate good reservoir continuity, conductive natural fractures and 
continuous gas shows.

In March 2020, operations were paused in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Ensign rig has been secured and maintained 
locally and by mid-May all activities were completed on the Kyalla 117 well site.

Subject to COVID-19-related conditions, fracture stimulation of Kyalla 117 is expected to resume in Q3/Q4 calendar year 2020, with 
extended production testing of the well to follow. Results from the production test are expected by the end of the first quarter of 
calendar year 2021. These results will inform options to either further evaluate this play or commence activities in the Velkerri play.

•  Velkerri liquids-rich gas play – Construction of the Velkerri 76 well lease pad was completed in early December 2019 and 

environmental approval to drill and fracture stimulate the Velkerri Flank well was granted in late December 2019.

Cooper–Eromanga Basin (Queensland)

Origin entered into agreements with Bridgeport Energy to farm into a 75 per cent equity position and operatorship of five permits located 
in the Cooper–Eromanga Basin in south west Queensland. Origin was included on title in June 2020 and drilling of the first well (Stage 1A 
vertical) is due to commence in Q4 calendar year 2020. The staged farm-in work program involves drilling up to five exploration wells, to 
be completed by the end of 2024 targeting both unconventional liquids and gas. Origin will carry Bridgeport’s cost up to $12 million.

Financial summary

Origin only commodity hedging and trading
Other Origin only costs

Underlying EBITDA
Underlying depreciation and amortisation/ITDA
Interest income – MRCPS

Underlying Profit/(Loss)

FY20
($m)

(92)
(82)

(174)
(24)
 174

(23)

FY19
($m)

(199)
(32)

(231)
(12)
 226

(17)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

 107
(50)

 57
(12)
(52)

 6

(54)
156

(25)
 99
 (23)

(35)

Refer to the table following for a breakdown of Origin only commodity hedging and trading costs.

Other Origin only costs increased $50 million, including a benefit of $11 million from adopting AASB 16 Leases. The remaining $61 million 
increase is primarily driven by costs associated with an agreement to reduce Origin’s share of overriding royalty in the Beetaloo Basin 
($15 million), a higher proportion of non-recoverable costs, and higher insurance costs.

Annual Report 202039

FY2020 hedging and trading summary

FY2020 hedging and trading positions realised a $92 million loss compared to a $199 million loss in FY2019.

Based on open hedge and trading positions at current forward market prices7, we estimate a net gain on oil hedging and LNG trading in 
FY2021 of $50 million.

$m

Hedge premium expense
Gain/(loss) on oil hedging
Gain/(loss) on LNG hedging/trading

Total

(a)  Based on forward prices as at 17 August 2020.

Oil hedging

FY19
actual

FY20
actual

FY21

estimate(a)

(34)
(81)
(84)

(199)

(29)
8
(72)

(92)

(9)
99
(40)

50

Origin has entered into oil hedging instruments to manage its share of APLNG oil price risk based on the primary principle of protecting 
the Company’s investment grade credit rating and cash flows during volatile market periods.

For FY2021, Origin’s share of APLNG-related Japan Customs-cleared Crude (JCC) oil price exposure is estimated to be approximately 
22 mmboe. As at 31 July 2020, we estimate that 11.4 mmboe has been priced at approximately US$41/bbl before any hedging, based on 
the contract lags.

Origin has separately hedged 6.4 mmbbl primarily using swaps, producer collars and put options of which 3.7 mmbbl has been realised as 
at 31 July 2020 at an average price of approximately US$55/bbl (see table below).

Hedge instruments

Brent AUD swaps
Brent USD swaps
Brent producer collars
Brent puts

Total hedged

LNG hedging and trading

Realised as at 31 July 2020

Remaining unrealised

Volume

Average price

Volume

Average price

3.1 mmbbl
–
0.4 mmbbl
0.2 mmbbl

3.7 mmbbl

A$88/bbl
–
US$35–90/bbl
US$35/bbl

1.3 mmbbl
0.4 mmbbl
0.4 mmbbl
0.6 mmbbl

2.7 mmbbl

A$66/bbl
US$57/bbl
US$35–90/bbl
US$35/bbl

Uncontracted gas volumes produced by APLNG are sold to the domestic and spot LNG markets. To manage price risk associated with 
LNG spot volumes, Origin entered into forward fixed price hedge contracts with the hedge position fully closed out at a cost of $60 million 
in FY2020. There are no LNG hedge positions relating to APLNG’s uncontracted sales exposure beyond FY2020.

In 2013, Origin established a Henry Hub linked contract to purchase 0.25 mtpa from Cameron LNG for a period of 20 years, with the first 
cargo delivered to Origin in June 2020. In FY2020, we recognised a non-cash charge of $455 million post-tax relating to an onerous 
contract provision associated with Cameron LNG. The non-cash charge will be excluded from Underlying Profit in FY2020, with future 
realised losses or gains accounted for in Underlying Profit. In 2016, Origin established a contract with ENN Energy Trading Company 
Limited to sell 0.28 mtpa on a Brent oil-linked basis commencing in FY2019 and ending in December 2023. These contracts and 
derivative hedge contracts that manage the price risk associated with the physical LNG contracts form part of an LNG trading portfolio. 
We estimate a net loss of $40 million in FY2021 for the combined LNG trading and derivatives portfolio, based on current forward prices.7

7 

 As at 17 August 2020.

Operating and Financial Review40

7. Risks related to Origin’s future financial prospects
The scope of operations and activities means that Origin is exposed to risks that can have a material impact on our future financial 
prospects. Material risks, and the Company’s approach to managing them, are summarised below.

Risk management framework

Overseen by the Board and the Board Risk Committee, Origin’s risk management framework supports the identification, management 
and reporting of material risks. Risks are identified that have the potential to impact the delivery of business plans and objectives. Risks are 
assessed using a risk toolkit that considers the level of consequence and likelihood of occurrence using consistent risk assessment criteria.

The risk framework incorporates a ‘three lines of defence’ model for managing risks and controls in areas such as health and safety, 
environment (including climate change), finance, reputation and brand, legal and compliance, and social impacts. All employees are 
responsible for making risk-based decisions and managing risk within approved risk appetite and specific limits.

The Board reviews Origin’s material risks each quarter and assesses the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management framework 
annually, in accordance with the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations.

Three lines of defence

Line of defence

Responsibility

Primary accountability

First line
Lines of business

Second line

Oversight functions

Third line
Internal audit

Identifies, assesses, records, prioritises, manages and monitors risks. Management

Provides the risk management framework, tools and 
systems to support effective risk management.

Management

Provides assurance on the effectiveness of governance, 
risk management and internal controls.

Board, Board Committees and Management

Our risk framework supports the identification and management of emerging risks and escalating threats. During FY2020, COVID-19 
emerged as a key threat to our operational and financial performance, requiring an ongoing response and management across many of 
our existing material risks to minimise impacts. Our priorities continue to focus on the health and safety of our people, customers and the 
communities we operate in. We are ensuring continuity of our operations and supporting activities, including our supply chain, to provide 
our essential services to our customers and maintain our financial resilience in response to changes in global markets.

Material risks

The risks identified in this section have the potential to materially affect Origin’s ability to meet its business objectives and impact its future 
financial prospects. These risks are not exhaustive and are not arranged in order of significance.

Annual Report 202041

Strategic risks

Strategic risks arise from uncertainties that may emerge in the medium to longer term and, while they may not necessarily impact 
short-term profits, can have an immediate impact on the value of the Company. These strategic risks are managed through continuous 
monitoring and review of emerging and escalating risks, ongoing planning and resource allocation, and evaluation by management and 
the Board.

Risk

Consequences

Management

Competition

Origin operates in a highly competitive retail environment, 
which can result in pressure on margins and customer losses.

Competition also impacts Origin’s wholesale business, 
with generators competing for capacity and fuel and the 
potential for gas markets to be impacted by new domestic gas 
resources, LNG imports and the volume of gas exports.

Technological 
developments/ 
disruption

Distributed generation is empowering consumers to own, 
generate and store electricity, consuming less energy from 
the grid. Technology is allowing consumers to understand and 
manage their power usage through smart appliances, having 
the potential to disrupt the existing utility relationship with 
consumers.

Technology also allows customers to have increased 
awareness of the impact of when they consume energy and 
where that energy may be sourced from.

Advances in technology and the abundance of low-cost data 
acquisition, communication and control has the potential to 
create new business models and introduce new competitors.

Changes in demand 
for energy

Any decrease in energy demand driven by price, consumer 
behaviour, mandatory energy efficiency schemes, government 
policy, weather or other factors can reduce Origin’s revenues 
and adversely affect Origin’s future financial performance.

Regulatory policy

Conversely, failure to adequately prepare for any increases 
in future energy demands, including the emergence of new 
sources of demand, may restrict Origin in optimising our future 
financial opportunities.

Origin has broad exposure to regulatory policy change and 
other government interventions. Changes in these areas 
can impact financial outcomes and, in some cases, change 
the commercial viability of existing or proposed projects or 
operations. Specific areas subject to review and development 
include government subsidies for building new generation 
or transmission capacity, direct government investment in 
generation, energy market design, climate change policies, 
domestic gas market interventions, retail price and consumer 
protection regulation, and royalties and taxation policy.

•  Our strategy to mitigate the impact of this risk on our 
Retail business is to effectively manage customer 
lifetime value and build customer loyalty and trust by 
delivering simple, seamless and personalised customer 
experiences, and offering innovative and differentiated 
products and services. Partnering with Octopus Energy, 
with its proven technology, should drive a differentiated, 
market-leading customer experience.

•  We endeavour to mitigate the impact of this risk on 
our wholesale business by sourcing competitively 
priced fuel to operate our generation fleet and through 
efficient operations optimising flexibility in our fuel, 
transportation and generation portfolio.

•  Origin actively monitors and participates in 

technological developments through local and global 
start-up accelerator programs, trialling new energy 
technology and exploring investments in new products 
or business models.

•  In parallel, Origin is growing its distributed generation 
and home energy services businesses. It is working 
to mitigate the impact of this risk on its core energy 
businesses by offering superior service and innovative 
products and reducing cost to serve.

•  Origin is partially mitigating the impact of this risk 
by applying advanced data analytics capability to 
smart meter data to better predict customer demand 
and enable Origin to develop data-based customer 
propositions.

•  Our strategy of growing our gas reserves, increasing our 
supply of renewables, and investing in new technology 
supports Origin’s ability to meet future increases in 
energy demand.

•  Origin contributes to the policy process at federal, state 
and territory governments by actively participating in 
public policy debate, proactively engaging with policy 
makers and participating in public forums, industry 
associations, think tanks and research.

•  Origin advocates directly with key members of 

governments, opposition parties and bureaucrats 
to achieve sound policy outcomes aligned with our 
commercial objectives. Origin also makes formal 
submissions to relevant government policy inquiries.

•  Origin actively promotes the customer and economic 

benefits publicly that flow from our activities in 
deregulated energy markets.

Operating and Financial Review42

Risk

Consequences

Management

Climate change

Climate change impacts many parts of Origin’s business.

•  Our strategy for transitioning to a carbon–constrained 

Key risks and opportunities include:

•  those related to the transition to a low-carbon economy, 
such as the ongoing decarbonisation of energy markets, 
decreased demand for fossil fuels in some markets, 
reduced lifespan of carbon-intensive assets, changes to 
energy market dynamics caused by the intermittency of 
renewables, changing government regulation and climate 
change policy, and community demand for lower-carbon 
sources of energy; and

•  those related to the physical impact of a changing climate, 
including the impact of changing weather patterns on 
the demand for energy, and the resilience of our assets to 
changing and more severe weather conditions.

There is also increased risk of climate change-related litigation 
against Origin and/or regulatory bodies that grant licences 
or approvals to Origin, which could potentially result in more 
onerous licence/approval conditions, non-renewal of licences/
approvals or other adverse consequences.

future is focused on growth in renewables, gas 
and cleaner, smarter customer solutions. For 
Energy Markets, Origin has prepared for a range 
of decarbonisation scenarios, including scenarios 
consistent with the Paris Agreement’s goal of holding 
the rise in global temperatures to a 50 per cent chance 
of below 1.5°C.

•  Origin has committed to significantly growing its 

supply of renewable generation, including 1,200 MW 
of committed large-scale solar and wind energy since 
March 2016.

•  Origin uses the flexibility in its gas supply and peaking 
generation capacity to manage the intermittency of 
renewables.

•  Origin is using the framework recommended by the 

Financial Stability Board’s Taskforce on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) for governance oversight 
and reporting of our climate change risks.

•  Origin has committed to science-based targets to halve 
Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions and reducing 
value chain Scope 3 emissions8 by 25 per cent by 2032.

•  Origin is planning to update its existing science-based 
targets to a 1.5°C pathway with an aim to achieve net 
zero emissions by 2050.

•  Origin has committed to a new short-term emissions 
target to reduce Scope 1 emissions by 10 per cent on 
average over FY2021–23 from a FY2017 baseline.

Financial risks

Financial risks are the risks that directly impact the financial performance and resilience of Origin.

Risk

Consequences

Management

Commodity

Foreign exchange 
and interest rates

Origin has a long-term exposure to international oil, LNG 
and gas prices through the sale and purchase of domestic 
gas, LNG and LPG, and its investment in APLNG. Pricing 
can be volatile and downward price movements can impact 
cash flow, financial performance, reserves and asset carrying 
values. Some of Origin’s long-term domestic gas purchase 
agreements and APLNG’s LNG sale agreements contain 
periodic price reviews. Following each review, pricing may be 
adjusted upwards or downwards, or it may remain unchanged.

Prices and volumes for electricity that Origin sources to on-sell 
to customers are volatile and are influenced by many factors 
that are difficult to predict. Long-term fluctuations in coal 
and gas prices also impact the margins of Origin’s generation 
portfolio.

Origin has exposures through principal debt and interest 
payments associated with foreign currency and Australian 
dollar borrowings, the sale and purchase of gas, LNG and LPG, 
and through its investments in APLNG and the Company’s 
other foreign operations. Interest rate and foreign exchange 
movements could lead to a decrease in Australian dollar 
revenues or increased payments in Australian dollar terms.

•  Commodity exposure limits are set by the Board to 
manage the overall financial exposure that Origin is 
prepared to take.

•  Origin’s commodity risk management process monitors 

and reports performance against defined limits.

•  Commodity price risk is managed through a 

combination of physical positions and derivatives 
contracts.

•  For each periodic price review, a negotiation strategy 

is developed, which takes into account external market 
advice and uses both external and in-house expertise.

•  Risk limits are set by the Board to manage the 

overall exposure.

•  Origin’s treasury risk management process monitors and 

reports performance against defined limits.

•  Foreign exchange and interest rate risks are managed 

through a combination of physical positions and 
derivatives.

Liquidity and access 
to capital markets

Origin’s business, prospects and financial flexibility could be 
adversely affected by a failure to appropriately manage its 
liquidity position, or if markets are not available at the time of 
any financing or refinancing requirement.

•  Origin actively manages its liquidity position 

through cash flow forecasting and maintenance of 
minimum levels of liquidity as determined under 
Board-approved limits.

Credit and 
counterparty

Some counterparties may fail to fulfil their obligations (in 
whole or part) under major contracts.

•  Counterparty risk assessments are regularly undertaken 
and, where appropriate, credit support is obtained to 
manage counterparty risk.

8 

 Incurred within the domestic market; excluding LPG and corporate as their emissions are not material.

Annual Report 202043

Operational risks

Operational risks arise from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems, or from external events.

Risk

Consequences

Management

Safe and reliable 
operations

Origin has exposure to reliability or major accident events 
that may impact our licence to operate or financial prospects. 
This includes loss of containment, cyber-attack and security 
incidents, unsafe operations, and natural hazards, events that 
may result in harm to our people, environmental damage, 
additional costs, production loss, third-party impacts, and 
impact to our reputation.

•  Core operations are subject to a comprehensive 

framework of controls and operational performance 
monitoring to manage the design, operational and 
technical integrity of our assets and associated 
operational activities. Origin’s standards and controls 
are designed to ensure we meet regulatory and industry 
standards in all operations.

A production outage or constraint, network or IT systems 
outage, would affect Origin’s ability to deliver electricity and 
gas to its customers.

A serious incident or a prolonged outage may also damage 
Origin’s financial prospects and reputation.

An environmental incident or Origin’s failure to consider and 
adequately mitigate environmental, social and socio-economic 
impacts on communities and the environment has the potential 
to cause environmental impact, community action, regulatory 
intervention, legal action, reduced access to resources 
and markets, impacts to Origin’s reputation and increased 
operating costs.

Community concerns regarding environmental and social 
impacts associated with our activities may also give rise to 
unrest among community stakeholder groups and activists, 
which may impact the company’s reputation.

A third party’s actions may also result in delays in Origin 
carrying out its approved development and operational 
activities. NGOs, landholders, community members and 
other affected parties can seek to prevent or delay Origin’s 
activities through court litigation, preventing access to land and 
extending approval pathway timeframes.

A cyber security incident could lead to a breach of privacy, loss 
of and/or corruption of commercially sensitive data, and/or a 
disruption of critical business processes. This may adversely 
impact customers and the Company’s business activities.

Environmental 
and social

Cyber security

APLNG gas reserves, 
resources and 
deliverability

There is uncertainty about the productivity, and therefore 
economic viability, of resources and developed and 
undeveloped reserves. As a result, there is a risk that actual 
production may vary from that estimated, and in the longer 
term, that there will be insufficient reserves to supply the full 
duration and volumes to meet contractual commitments.

As at 30 June 2020, APLNG’s total resources are estimated 
to be greater than its contractual supply commitments on a 
volume basis. However, under certain scenarios of production 
and deliverability of gas over time, there is a risk that the rate of 
gas delivery required to meet APLNG’s committed gas supply 
agreements may not be able to be met for the later years in the 
life of existing contracts.

•  Origin personnel are appropriately trained and licensed 

to perform their operational activities.

•  Origin maintains an extensive insurance program 

to mitigate consequences by transferring financial 
risk exposure to third parties, where commercially 
appropriate.

•  Origin engages with communities to understand, 

mitigate and report on environmental and social risks 
associated with its projects and operations.

•  At a minimum, the management of environmental 
and social risks meets regulatory requirements. 
Where practical, their management extends to the 
improvement of environmental values and the creation 
of socio-economic benefits.

•  A dedicated Board Committee oversees health, safety 
and environment risk. The Committee receives regular 
reporting of the highest-rated environmental risks 
and mitigants, and reviews significant incidents and 
near misses.

•  Origin engages with its stakeholders prior to seeking 

relevant approvals for its development and operational 
activities, and this engagement continues through the 
life of the project and during operations.

•  A dedicated cyber risk team is responsible for 

implementing a Board-approved cyber strategy and 
continuously improving controls.

•  External cyber security specialists are regularly 

employed to assess our cyber security profile, including 
penetration testing.

•  Employees undertake compulsory cyber awareness 

training, including how to identify phishing emails and 
keep data safe; and are subject to a regular program of 
random testing.

•  APLNG employs established industry procedures to 
identify and consider areas for exploration to mature 
contingent and prospective resources.

•  APLNG monitors reservoir performance and adjusts 
development plans accordingly. APLNG continually 
takes steps to further strengthen the supply base such 
as lowering costs and identifying new plays.

•  APLNG is progressing an exploration campaign that, 

if successful, could increase long-term supply.

•  APLNG continues to review business development 
opportunities for long-term gas supply, and has the 
ability to substitute gas or LNG to meet contractual 
requirements if required.

Operating and Financial Review44

Risk

Conduct

Consequences

Management

Unlawful, unethical or inappropriate conduct that falls 
short of community expectations could result in penalties, 
reputational/brand damage, loss of customers and adverse 
financial impacts.

•  Origin’s people are trained on the laws and regulations 
that apply to their activities and operations, and on 
the processes that underpin compliance with laws and 
regulations.

Origin’s financial prospects and reputation/brand are 
underpinned by complying with laws and other regulatory 
obligations (such as privacy, competition and insider trading) 
and meeting stakeholder commitments.

Joint venture

Third-party joint venture operators may have economic or 
other business interests that are inconsistent with Origin’s own 
and may take actions contrary to the Company’s objectives, 
interests or standards. This may lead to potential financial, 
reputational and environmental damage in the event of a 
serious incident.

•  Origin’s Purpose, Values, Behaviours and Code 
of Conduct guide conduct and decision making 
across Origin.

•  All Origin’s people are trained every two years in Origin’s 
Code of Conduct, and we conduct training for insider 
trading, privacy, and competition and consumer law 
every year.

•  Conduct risk and compliance are identified as material 
risks within Origin’s risk management framework and 
are regularly reported to the Board Risk Committee. 
Business units are accountable for controls specific to 
the different parts of Origin’s business and are subject 
to assurance activities, including Internal Audit.

•  Origin applies a number of governance and 

management standards across its various joint 
venture interests to provide a consistent approach to 
managing them.

•  Origin actively monitors and participates in its joint 

ventures through participation in their respective boards 
and governance committees.

APLNG reversion

In 2002, APLNG acquired various CSG interests from Tri-Star that are subject to reversionary rights and an ongoing royalty in favour of 
Tri-Star. If triggered, the reversionary rights require APLNG to transfer back to Tri-Star a 45 per cent interest in those CSG interests for no 
additional consideration. The reversion trigger will occur when the revenue from the sale of petroleum from those CSG interests, plus any 
other revenue derived from or in connection with those CSG interests, exceeds the aggregate of all expenditure relating to those CSG 
interests plus interest on that expenditure, royalty payments and the original acquisition price.

The affected CSG interests represent approximately 19 per cent of APLNG’s 3P CSG reserves (as at 30 June 2020), and approximately 
20 per cent of APLNG’s 2P CSG reserves (as at 30 June 2020).

Tri-Star served proceedings on APLNG in 2015 (‘reversion proceeding’) claiming that reversion occurred as early as 1 November 2008 
following ConocoPhillips’ investment in APLNG, on the assertion that the equity subscription monies paid by ConocoPhillips, or a portion 
of them, was revenue for purposes of the reversion trigger. Tri-Star has also claimed in the alternative that reversion occurred in 2011 or 
2012 following Sinopec’s investment in APLNG. These claims are referred to in this document as Tri-Star’s ‘past reversion’ claims.

Tri-Star has made other claims in the reversion proceeding against APLNG including by a further amended statement of claim filed by 
Tri-Star with the leave of the court in September 2019. These relate to other aspects of the reversion trigger (including as to the calculation 
of interest, calculation of revenue and the nature and quantum of APLNG’s expenditures that can be included), the calculation of the 
royalty payable by APLNG to Tri-Star, rights in respect of infrastructure, and claims relating to gas sold by APLNG following the alleged 
reversion dates.

APLNG denies these claims and filed its initial defence and counter-claim in April 2016. APLNG filed its amended defence and counter-
claim (responding to Tri-Star’s September 2019 amended statement of claim) in May 2020.

If Tri-Star’s past reversion claims are successful, then Tri-Star may be entitled to an order that reversion occurred as early as 1 November 
2008. If the court determines that reversion has occurred, then APLNG may no longer have access to the reserves and resources that 
are subject to Tri-Star’s reversionary interests and may need to source alternative supplies of gas (including from third parties) to meet its 
contracted commitments. There are also likely to be a number of further complex issues that would need to be resolved as a consequence 
of any such finding in favour of Tri-Star. These matters will need to be determined by the court (either in the current or in separate 
proceedings) or by agreement between the parties, and they include:

•  the terms under which some of the affected CSG interests will be operated where currently there are no joint operating 

agreements in place;

•  the amount of Tri-Star’s contribution to the costs incurred by APLNG in exploring and developing the affected CSG interests 

between the date of reversion and the date of judgment, which APLNG has stated in its defence and counter-claim are in the order of 
$4.56 billion (as at 31 December 2019) if reversion occurred on 1 November 2008;

Annual Report 202045

•  the consequences of APLNG having dealt with Tri-Star’s reversionary interests between the date of reversion and the date of judgment, 

including the gas produced from them. Tri-Star has:

 – estimated the value of such gas which it has been unable to take since the alleged reversion, calculated by reference to the sale of 
gas as LNG and gas to domestic customers, to be approximately $3.37 billion (as at 31 March 2019) and approximately $1.3 billion 
per annum thereafter. In the alternative, Tri-Star claims that the value of such gas should be assessed by reference to the revenue 
derived by APLNG or its affiliates from LNG sales since the alleged reversion, being approximately $2.5 billion, (as at March 2019), or 
$2.4 billion (as at March 2019) if the proceeds from sale of LNG is determined to be calculated net of liquefaction costs; and

 – alleged that it should be paid the value of such gas or is otherwise entitled to set-off the value of such gas from any amount owing 
to APLNG arising from APLNG’s counter-claim for contribution to the costs incurred by APLNG in exploring and developing the 
affected CSG interests between the date of reversion and the date of judgment; and

• 

if reversion occurred:

 – the extent of the reversionary interests principally with respect to Tri-Star’s ownership and/or rights to use or access certain project 

infrastructure; and

 – the repayment by Tri-Star of the ongoing royalty which has been paid by APLNG since reversion, as a result of its mistake as to the 

occurrence of the reversion trigger.

If APLNG is successful in defending Tri-Star’s past reversion claims in the reversion proceeding, the potential for reversion to otherwise 
occur in the future in accordance with the reversion trigger will remain.

Tri-Star has also commenced proceedings against APLNG (‘markets proceeding’) which allege that APLNG breached three CSG joint 
operating agreements by failing to offer Tri-Star (and the other minority participants in those agreements) an opportunity to participate 
in the “markets” alleged to be constituted by certain of its LNG and domestic gas sales agreements, including the Sinopec and Kansai 
LNG sale agreements entered into by APLNG in 2011 and 2012. Tri-Star has alleged that it should have been offered participation in those 
sales agreements for its share of production from those three CSG joint ventures referable to both its small participating interests and its 
reversionary interests in those joint ventures. Tri-Star is seeking, amongst other things, damages and/or an order that APLNG offer Tri-Star 
(and the other minority participants in those CSG joint operating agreements) the opportunity to participate in those sales agreements for 
their proportionate share of production from those three CSG joint ventures.

In September 2019, Tri-Star, with the leave of the court, filed a further amended statement of claim in the markets proceeding. Tri-Star has 
in its amended statement of claim, sought additional relief in respect of:

•  the nature and scope of the obligations of APLNG as operator pursuant to the CSG joint operating agreements;

•  Tri-Star’s ownership and/or rights to use or access certain project infrastructure; and

•  APLNG’s entitlement as operator to charge (both historically and in the future) certain categories of costs under the relevant CSG joint 

operating agreements.

APLNG intends to defend the claims in both proceedings. APLNG filed its defence and counter-claim in the markets proceedings 
(responding to Tri-Star’s September 2019 amended statement of claim) in April 2020.

Tri-Star is required to file its:

•  amended reply and answer in the reversion proceeding by 30 November 2020; and

•  reply and answer in the markets proceeding by 18 December 2020.

Once the pleadings have closed, the usual court process would involve a period of document disclosure, potentially court-ordered 
mediation and then finally a hearing. The timing for each of these steps is difficult to predict at this stage. APLNG expects that the two 
proceedings will be managed in parallel.

If APLNG is not successful in defending all or some of the claims being made in the proceedings by Tri-Star, APLNG’s financial 
performance may be materially adversely impacted and the amount and timing of cash flows from APLNG to its shareholders, including 
Origin, may be significantly affected.

Operating and Financial Review46

8. Important information

Forward looking statements

This Operating and Financial Review (OFR) contains forward looking statements, including statements of current intention, statements of 
opinion and predictions as to possible future events and future financial prospects. Such statements are not statements of fact and there 
can be no certainty of outcome in relation to the matters to which the statements relate. Forward looking statements involve known and 
unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other important factors that could cause the actual outcomes to be materially different from 
the events or results expressed or implied by such statements, and the outcomes are not all within the control of Origin. Statements about 
past performance are not necessarily indicative of future performance.

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, affiliates and associated companies (or any of their respective officers, employees or 
agents) (the ‘Relevant Persons’) makes any representation, assurance or guarantee as to the accuracy or likelihood of fulfilment of any 
forward looking statement or any outcomes expressed or implied in any forward looking statement. The forward looking statements in 
this OFR reflect views held only at the date of this report and except as required by applicable law or the ASX Listing Rules, the Relevant 
Persons disclaim any obligation or undertaking to publicly update any forward looking statements, or discussion of future financial 
prospects, whether as a result of new information or future events.

Non-IFRS financial measures

This OFR and Directors’ Report refers to Origin’s financial results, including Origin’s Statutory Profit and Underlying Profit. Origin’s Statutory 
Profit contains a number of items that when excluded provide a different perspective on the financial and operational performance of 
the business. Income Statement amounts, presented on an underlying basis such as Underlying Profit, are non-IFRS financial measures, 
and exclude the impact of these items consistent with the manner in which senior management reviews the financial and operating 
performance of the business. Each underlying measure disclosed has been adjusted to remove the impact of these items on a consistent 
basis. A reconciliation and description of the items that contribute to the difference between Statutory Profit and Underlying Profit is 
provided in Section 5.1 of this OFR.

Certain other non-IFRS financial measures are also included in this OFR. These non-IFRS financial measures are used internally by 
management to assess the performance of Origin’s business and make decisions on allocation of resources. Further information 
regarding the non-IFRS financial measures is included in the Glossary of this OFR. Non-IFRS financial measures have not been subject 
to audit or review. Certain comparative amounts from the prior corresponding period have been re-presented to conform to the current 
period’s presentation.

Annual Report 202047

Appendices

Appendix 1: FY2020 impact of leasing standard

AASB 16 Leases has been adopted from 1 July 2019. The effect of this standard is to bring Origin’s leases, primarily commercial offices, 
LPG terminals, power-generating assets and fleet vehicles, on to the balance sheet.

A lease liability of $514 million and a right-of-use (ROU) asset of $467 million have been recognised in the balance sheet at 30 June 2020. 
In the profit and loss, the ROU asset is depreciated and interest expense is recognised on the lease liability. Previously, lease payments 
were expensed within Underlying EBITDA. In the cash flow, lease payments are recognised as financing cash flows, split between principal 
and interest payments. Previously, lease payments were classified as operating cash flows.

Renewable power purchase agreement treatment

A net derivative liability of $512 million associated with Origin’s renewable PPAs, previously accounted for as financial instruments and 
fair valued, has been judged to meet the lease definition under AASB 16 Leases and so has been declassified as a financial instrument. 
However, due to the variable nature of the payments, the lease liability and ROU asset are recognised at nil value and payments continue 
to be recognised as operating costs.

There has been no change to comparative information. Refer to the Overview section of the Origin Energy Financial Statements for further 
information.

The table below removes the impact of AASB 16 Leases from Origin’s FY2020 Profit and Loss for comparative purposes.

FY20
reported
($m)

Lease adj.
($m)

FY20
excl. lease adj.
($m)

FY19
reported
($m)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

Energy Markets
Integrated Gas – Share of APLNG
Integrated Gas – Other
Corporate

Underlying EBITDA
Underlying depreciation and 
amortisation
Underlying share of ITDA

Underlying EBIT
Underlying interest income – MRCPS
Underlying net financing costs – Other

Underlying Profit before income tax 
and non-controlling interests
Underlying income tax expense
Non-controlling interests’ share of 
Underlying Profit

Underlying Profit

Operating cash flow
Investing cash flow
Financing cash flow

 1,459
 1,915
(174)
(59)

 3,141
(509)

(1,303)

 1,329
 174
(300)

 1,203

(177)
(3)

 1,023

 951
 862
(2,118)

(62)(a)
(13)
(11)
(11)

(97)
80

22

 5
–
 18

22

(4)
–

 18

 91
–
(91)

 1,397
1,902
(185)
(70)

 3,044
(429)

(1,281)

 1,334
 174
(282)

 1,225

(181)
(3)

 1,574
 2,123
(231)
(234)

 3,232
(419)

(1,504)

 1,308
 226
(380)

 1,154

(123)
(3)

 1,041

 1,028

(177)
(221)
 46
 164

(188)
(10)

 223

 26
(52)
 98

 71

(58)
 –

 13

 1,042
 862
(2,209)

 1,325
 589
(520)

(283)
 273
(1,689)

(11)
(10)
(20)
(70)

(6)
 2

(15)

 2
(23)
(26)

 6

 47
 –

 1

(21)
 46
 325

(a)  LPG ($30 million), cost to serve ($25 million), Solar and Energy Services ($3 million) and Electricity ($4 million).

Operating and Financial Review48

Appendix 2: FY2020 dewatering and workover treatment – APLNG 100%

From 1 July 2019, APLNG dewatering and workover costs have been expensed rather than capitalised and amortised. Following a period 
of embedding steady state operations, these costs are considered ongoing and operational in nature going forward, the change in 
application of accounting practice reflects this. During commissioning of the project and in the lead up to steady state operations, these 
amounts were capitalised as they represented costs incurred to bring the assets into their intended state of use.

From 1 July 2019, dewatering and workover costs are recognised in the Income Statement as operating expenses within Underlying 
EBITDA. Previously, future downhole costs for dewatering and workovers were estimated and amortised on a units of production basis. 
In the cash flow, dewatering and workover costs are recognised within operating cash flow, previously recognised as capital expenditure 
within investing cash flows.

There has been no change to comparative information. The following table shows FY2019 profit and loss with the treatment change for 
comparative purposes only.

FY20
reported
($m)

FY19
reported
($m)

Dewatering
workover
adjustment
($m)

FY19
adjusted
($m)

Change
($m)

Change
(%)

Commodity and other revenue
Operating expenses(a)

Underlying EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation
Net financing costs
Income tax expense

 7,100
(1,992)

 5,108

(1,863)
(897)
(708)

 7,443
(1,781)

 5,662

(2,116)
(1,213)
(699)

Underlying ITDA from APLNG

(3,468)

(4,027)

Underlying Profit

 1,640

 1,635

Operating cash flow
Investing cash flow
Financing cash flow

 5,242
(1,229)
(4,655)

 5,536
(1,258)
(4,004)

–
(338)

(338)

 406
–
(21)

 385

 47

(338)
 338
–

 7,443
(2,119)

 5,324

(1,710)
(1,213)
(720)

(3,642)

 1,682

 5,198
(920)
(4,004)

(343)
 127

(216)

(153)
 316
 12

 174

(42)

 44
(309)
(651)

(a)  Adjustment comprises workover costs of $237 million and dewatering costs of $101 million in FY2019.

(5)
(6)

(4)

 9
(26)
(2)

(5)

(2)

 1
 34
 16

Annual Report 2020Directors’  
Report

For the year ended 30 June 2020

49

In accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth), the Directors of Origin Energy 
Limited (Company) report on the Company 
and the consolidated entity Origin Energy 
Group (Origin), being the Company and 
its controlled entities for the year ended 
30 June 2020.

The Operating and Financial Review and 
Remuneration Report form part of this 
Directors’ Report.

1. Principal activities, review 
of operations and significant 
change in state of affairs

During the year, the principal activity 
of Origin was the operation of energy 
businesses including exploration and 
production of natural gas, electricity 
generation, wholesale and retail sale of 
electricity and gas, and sale of liquefied 
natural gas. There have been no significant 
changes in the nature of those activities 
during the year and no significant changes 
in the state of affairs of the Company 
during the year.

The Operating and Financial Review, which 
forms part of this Directors’ Report, contains 
a review of operations during the year and 
the results of those operations, the financial 
position of Origin, its business strategies, 
and prospects for future financial years.

2. Events subsequent to 
balance date

4. Directors and 
Company Secretary

Other than the matters described below, no 
matters or circumstances have arisen since 
30 June 2020, which have significantly 
affected, or may significantly affect, the 
Company’s operations, the results of those 
operations or the Company’s state of affairs 
in future financial years.

The Directors of the Company at any time 
during or since the end of the financial year, 
their qualifications, experience and special 
responsibilities are set out on page 8. 
The qualifications and experience of the 
Company Secretary is also set out below:

On 2 July 2020, the Group extended 
$1.1 billion of bank debt facilities from a 
FY2023 maturity date to a new maturity 
date in FY2025. A further $0.2 billion of 
surplus liquidity was cancelled as part of 
this transaction.

Gordon Cairns
Independent Non-executive Chairman

John Akehurst
Independent Non-executive Director

Maxine Brenner
Independent Non-executive Director

On 20 August 2020, the Directors 
determined a final dividend of 10 cents per 
share, unfranked, on ordinary shares. The 
dividend will be paid on 2 October 2020.

Frank Calabria
Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer

3. Dividends

Teresa Engelhard
Independent Non-executive Director

a) Dividends paid during the year by the 
Company were as follows

Greg Lalicker
Independent Non-executive Director

15 cents per ordinary share, 
fully franked, for the half year 
ended 31 December 2019, 
paid 27 March 2020

$ million

264

Bruce Morgan
Independent Non-executive Director

Scott Perkins
Independent Non-executive Director

b) In respect of the current financial year, 
the Directors have determined a final 
dividend as follows:

10 cents per ordinary share, 
unfranked, for the year ended 
30 June 2020, payable 
2 October 2020.

$ million

176

The Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) will 
apply to this final dividend at no discount.

Steven Sargent
Independent Non-executive Director

Helen Hardy
Company Secretary

Helen Hardy joined Origin in March 2010. 
She was previously General Manager, 
Company Secretariat of a large ASX-listed 
company, and has advised on governance, 
financial reporting and corporate law at 
PwC and Freehills. Helen is a Chartered 
Accountant, Chartered Secretary and a 
Graduate Member of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors. Helen is a fellow of 
the Governance Institute of Australia and is 
the Chair of its NSW Council and a member 
of its Legislative Review Committee 
and Communication Committee. She 
holds a Bachelor of Laws and a Bachelor 
of Commerce from the University of 
Melbourne, a Graduate Diploma in Applied 
Corporate Governance and is admitted 
to legal practice in New South Wales 
and Victoria.

50

5. Directors’ meetings

The number of Directors’ meetings, including Board committee meetings, and the number of meetings attended by each Director during 
the financial year, are shown in the table below:

Board meetings

Committee meetings

Scheduled

Additional

Audit

Health, 
Safety and  
Environment  
(HSE)

Nomination

Remuneration  
& People

Risk

Directors

J Akehurst
M Brenner
G Cairns
F Calabria
T Engelhard
G Lalicker
B Morgan
S Perkins
S Sargent

H

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

A

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

H

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

A

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

H

–
4
4
–
4
–
4
4
–

A

–
4
4
–
4
–
4
4
–

H

5
–
5
5
2
–
5
2
5

A

5
–
5
5
2
–
5
2
5

H

3
3
3
–
–
–
3
3
–

A

3
3
3
–
–
–
3
3
–

H

–
–
5
–
5
–
–
5
5

A

–
–
5
–
5
–
–
5
5

H

5
5
5
–
–
–
5
5
2

A

5
5
5
–
–
–
5
5
2

H 
A 

  Number of scheduled meetings held during the time that the Director held office or was a member of the committee during the year.
  Number of meetings attended.

The Board held 10 scheduled meetings, including a one-day strategic review meeting and three additional meetings to deal with urgent 
matters. There were also four Board or Committee workshops to consider matters of particular relevance. In addition, the Board conducted 
visits of Company operations at various sites and met with operational management during the year.

6. Directors’ interests in shares, Options and Rights

The relevant interests of each Director as at 30 June 2020 in the shares and Options or Rights over such instruments issued by the 
companies within the consolidated entity and other related bodies corporate at the date of this report are as follows:

Director

G Cairns
F Calabria
J Akehurst
M Brenner
T Engelhard
G Lalicker
B Morgan
S Sargent
S Perkins

Ordinary shares held 
directly and indirectly

Options over 
ordinary shares

Deferred Share 
Rights (DSR)
over ordinary shares

Performance Share Rights
(PSR) over ordinary shares

Restricted 
shares

163,660
187,340
71,200
28,367
34,421
100,000
47,143
31,429
30,000

–
632,9951
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
110,7792
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
958,8722
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
249,9262
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Exercise price for Options and Rights:

1  231,707: $5.67; 401,288: $7.37.

2  Nil.

No Director other than the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer participates in the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan.

Securities granted by Origin

Non-executive Directors do not receive Options or Rights as part of their remuneration. The following securities were granted to the 
five most highly remunerated officers (other than Directors) of the Company during the year ended 30 June 2020:

J Briskin
G Jarvis
M Schubert
L Tremaine
A Lucas

PSRs

125,762
134,146
134,146
167,682
119,055

Restricted 
shares

46,689
164,370
52,275
95,090
53,035

Annual Report 2020 
Directors' Report 

51

Each of these awards was made in 
accordance with the Company’s Equity 
Incentive Plan as part of the relevant 
executive’s remuneration. Further details 
on Options and Rights granted during 
the financial year, and unissued shares 
under Options and Rights, are included in 
Section 7 of the Remuneration Report.

No Options or Rights were granted since 
the end of the financial year.

Origin shares issued on the exercise 
of Options and Rights

Options

No Options granted under the Equity 
Incentive Plan were exercised during or 
since the year ended 30 June 2020, so 
no ordinary shares in Origin were issued 
as a result.

Rights

1,705,133 ordinary shares of Origin were 
allocated from the Origin Energy Limited 
Employee Share Trust during the year 
ended 30 June 2020 on the vesting 
and exercise of DSRs granted under the 
Equity Incentive Plan. No amounts were 
payable on the vesting of those DSRs and, 
accordingly, no amounts remain unpaid in 
respect of any of those shares.

Since 30 June 2020, 76,202 ordinary 
shares were allocated from the Origin 
Energy Limited Employee Share Trust on 
the vesting of DSRs granted under the 
Equity Incentive Plan.

All shares in the Origin Energy Limited 
Employee Share Trust were purchased 
on market.

7. Environmental regulation 
and performance

The Company’s operations are subject 
to environmental regulation under 
Commonwealth, State, and Territory 
legislation. For the year ended 30 June 
2020, regulators were notified of a 
total of 31 environmental reportable 
non-compliances, including voluntary 
notifications. Of these, two incidents 
resulted in environmental impacts with 
a moderate short-term impact to the 
environment. All other environmental 
incidents had a minor consequence 
and were appropriately investigated. In 
FY2020, the Company received two formal 
environmental notices from a regulator 
arising from Origin’s activities. One of these 
notices resulted in a $15,000 fine for an 
infringement at the Eraring Power Station 
within the Energy Markets generation 
business. The other notice related to a 
$431 fine for a late submission of an annual 
return. Remedial actions have been taken 
or are being undertaken in response to 
the incidents and notices. All incidents are 
investigated, and lessons learned captured 
and shared across the Company.

Our Integrated Gas business is currently 
being investigated by the Queensland 
Department of Environment and Science 
for a coal seam gas residue release at our 
Ramyard and Woleebee sites in early 2020. 
Clean-up notices were issued in FY2021 but 
there have been no enforcement actions 
issued at the time of this Report. Origin is 
currently working with the regulator on the 
remediation activities.

8. Indemnities and insurance 
for Directors and Officers

Under its Constitution, the Company may 
indemnify current and past Directors and 
Officers for losses or liabilities incurred 
by them as a Director or Officer of the 
Company or its related bodies corporate 
to the extent allowed under law. The 
Constitution also permits the Company 
to purchase and maintain a Directors’ and 
Officers’ insurance policy. No indemnity has 
been granted to an auditor of the Company 
in their capacity as auditor of the Company.

The Company has entered into agreements 
with current Directors and certain former 
Directors whereby it will indemnify those 
Directors from all losses or liabilities in 
accordance with the terms of, and subject 
to the limits set by, the Constitution.

The agreements stipulate that the Company 
will meet the full amount of any such 
liability, including costs and expenses to the 
extent allowed under law. The Company 
is not aware of any liability having arisen, 
and no claim has been made against the 
Company during or since the year ended 
30 June 2020 under these agreements.

During the year, the Company has paid 
insurance premiums in respect of Directors’ 
and Officers’ liability, and legal expense 
insurance contracts for the year ended 
30 June 2020.

The insurance contracts insure against 
certain liability (subject to exclusions) of 
persons who are or have been Directors or 
Officers of the Company and its controlled 
entities. A condition of the contracts is that 
the nature of the liability indemnified and 
the premium payable not be disclosed.

10. Non-audit services

The amounts paid or payable to EY for 
non-audit services provided during the 
year was $1,075,000 (shown to the nearest 
thousand dollars). Amounts paid to EY are 
included in note G7 to the full financial 
statements.

Based on written advice received from 
the Audit Committee Chairman pursuant 
to a resolution passed by the Audit 
Committee, the Board has formed the 
view that the provision of those non-audit 
services by EY is compatible with, and did 
not compromise, the general standards 
of independence for auditors imposed 
by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). The 
Board’s reasons for concluding that the 
non-audit services provided by EY did not 
compromise its independence are:

•  all non-audit services provided were 

subjected to the Company’s corporate 
governance procedures and were either 
below the pre-approved limits imposed 
by the Audit Committee or separately 
approved by the Audit Committee;

•  all non-audit services provided did 
not, and do not, undermine the 
general principles relating to auditor 
independence as they did not involve 
reviewing or auditing the auditor’s 
own work, acting in a management 
or decision making capacity for the 
Company, acting as an advocate for the 
Company or jointly sharing risks and 
rewards; and

•  there were no known conflict of interest 
situations nor any other circumstance 
arising out of a relationship between 
Origin (including its Directors and 
Officers) and EY which may impact on 
auditor independence.

11. Proceedings on behalf of 
the Company

The Company is not aware of any 
proceedings being brought on behalf of 
the Company, nor any applications having 
been made in respect of the Company 
under section 237 of the Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth).

9. Auditor independence

12. Rounding of amounts

There is no former partner or director of 
EY, the Company’s auditors, who is or 
was at any time during the year ended 
30 June 2020 an officer of the Origin 
Energy Group. The auditor’s independence 
declaration for the financial year (made 
under section 307C of the Corporations 
Act 2001 (Cth)) is attached to and forms 
part of this Report.

The Company is of a kind referred to in 
ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/
Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 
dated 24 March 2016 and, in accordance 
with that class order, amounts in the 
financial report and Directors’ Report have 
been rounded off to the nearest million 
dollars unless otherwise stated.

13. Remuneration

The Remuneration Report forms part of this 
Directors’ Report.

52

Remuneration  
Report

For the year ended 30 June 2020

The Remuneration Report (Report) for the year ended 30 June 2020 (FY2020) forms part of the Directors’ Report. It has been prepared 
in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Act) and accounting standards, and audited as required by section 308(3C) 
of the Act.

Letter from the Chairman of the Remuneration and People Committee

On behalf of the Remuneration and People Committee (RPC) and the Board, I am pleased to present the 
Remuneration Report for FY2020.

Given the challenging economic and business 
circumstances, the annual remuneration review – which 
would have been conducted at the end of FY2020 for 
employees generally, as well as Executive KMP – was 
deferred on a Company-wide basis.

FY2020 remuneration framework

There were no changes to the basic architecture of the 
remuneration framework during the year. We:

•  strengthened and formalised processes that ensure 
alignment with our purpose, strategy, values and 
behaviours, enhancing the behavioural assessment 
mechanism to bring additional rigour to the process 
for modifying STI scorecard outcomes, up or down, 
based on the individual’s approach and behaviour;

•  reweighted STI metrics towards those influenced by 
management, which align with long-term decision 
making and lead to increased shareholder value (see 
Section 4.2 for details);

•  ensured financial and non-financial risks were 

systematically considered in the overall assessment of 
STI outcomes; and

•  took into account formal feedback from the Chairs of 
the Health, Safety and Environment (HSE), Risk, Audit 
and RPC committees in determining and approving 
final performance outcomes for Executive KMP.

There were no changes to the structure of 
Non-executive Director (NED) fees.

FY2020 remuneration outcomes

Remuneration outcomes for FY2020 reflected a 
continued improvement in operational performance 
notwithstanding the challenging external 
environment due to the COVID-19 pandemic and its 
associated economic impacts, including a decline in 
commodity prices.

The Short Term Incentive (STI) scorecard outcomes 
for the year reflected above-target results and in 
some metrics approached stretch targets. The Chief 
Executive Officer’s (CEO’s) STI outcome was 83.5 per 
cent of maximum (FY2019: 68.2 per cent) and the 
aggregate STI outcome for Executive Key Management 
Personnel (KMP) was 84.1 per cent of maximum 
(FY2019: 73.7 per cent).

No awards vested under the Long Term Incentive (LTI) 
Plan during the year. A partial vesting of FY2017 LTI 
awards is expected in FY2021.

When STI targets were set at the beginning of 
FY2020, the Company could not have foreseen 
the challenges that arose from a severe bushfire 
season and the COVID-19 pandemic. Yet the targets 
were met or exceeded even as the Executive team 
managed a rapid and effective response, maintaining 
energy supplies and supporting impacted customers; 
safeguarding employees and communities; and working 
collaboratively with all levels of government to support 
policy objectives.

During these challenges, our Executive team was 
not distracted from achieving strong operational 
performance. Our Engagement Score rose to the top 
quartile with a record high result of 75. Safety outcomes 
improved by 40 per cent as measured by the Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR). Our people’s 
safety is our primary focus and we continue to strive 
for zero harm. Over the year, we also recorded our 
highest-ever customer Strategic Net Promoter Score 
(sNPS) and reputation (RepTrak) measures. All areas of 
STI performance exceeded expectations and enabled 
Origin to maintain its dividends for shareholders.

Annual Report 202053

FY2020 remuneration levels

As foreshadowed in the 2019 Remuneration Report, 
increases in Executive KMP Fixed Remuneration (FR) 
at the beginning of FY2020 averaged 1.9 per cent 
compared with approximately 2.4 per cent for the 
broader organisation.

During FY2020, we reviewed benchmarking for our 
three operational Executive General Managers (EGM 
Energy Supply & Operations, EGM Integrated Gas 
and EGM Retail) to reflect changes in the scope and 
complexity of their roles. Our policy is to have key 
talent remunerated at the median of comparable 
roles after three years, subject to performance. The 
final phase of that process was completed during the 
year, incorporating the revised benchmarking, and 
all Executive KMP – except the CEO, see below – are 
now remunerated in line with this policy. Some of the 
Executive KMP moved to a 60 per cent STI deferral level 
during the year.

There were no changes to the policy for NED fees 
for FY2020.

FY2021 remuneration

As noted, the Company’s general annual remuneration 
review due to be conducted at the end of FY2020 
was deferred, and no standard uplifts will occur early 
in FY2021 for employees generally or for the CEO or 
Executive KMP.

In the normal course of events, the Board would have 
considered adjusting the CEO’s remuneration for 
FY2021 in order to close the policy gap referred to 
above. However, the CEO asked, and the Board has 
agreed, to defer consideration of his remuneration for 
another year. The Board considered this request very 
carefully in the light of the CEO’s strong performance 
and the Board’s commitment to remunerating in line 
with policy and agreed that, in the context of the 
broader deferral of remuneration reviews and the 
uncertain external environment, it was appropriate to 
defer the review until FY2022.

The Board, in consultation with its external advisor, 
undertook a comprehensive assessment of the 
remuneration framework during FY2020, with a 
specific focus on ensuring that the LTI Plan (LTIP) 
structure is fit for purpose. There is increasing concern 
the LTIP is not adequately achieving its objectives 
of attracting executive talent, retaining key leaders, 
aligning with shareholders’ interests and contributing 
to the generation of executive share ownership. The 
review concluded that the LTIP is not well suited to 
the commodity nature or investment profile of the 
energy industry, and that organisations facing similar 
business contexts in Australia and the UK have been 
adopting superior plans. Origin is particularly impacted 
by rapidly changing market and operating conditions 
because it has exposures to these issues in upstream 
and downstream businesses, unlike most organisations 
domestically or internationally. Furthermore, the 
review concluded that our current LTIP is failing to 
adequately achieve any of its objectives in terms of 
attracting, retaining or generating executive share 
ownership. During FY2020, the Board implemented 
special arrangements to secure and retain key talent, 
which would not have been necessary if the LTIP had 
been fit for purpose. To date, no Executive who had 
commenced with the Company in the last decade 
had received any shares through the LTIP mechanism, 
posing a fundamental challenge to the objective of 
building share ownership.

The Board considers that Long Term Share Plan (LTSP) 
models based around Restricted Shares with longer 
deferral periods are better suited to our business and 
has been evaluating the opportunities to move in this 
direction. I look forward to sharing our conclusions in 
due course.

Finally, there will be no changes to the structure or level 
of NED fees for FY2021.

Steven Sargent
Chairman, Remuneration and People Committee

Remuneration Report54

Report structure

The report is divided into the following sections:

1  Key Management Personnel

2  Remuneration link with Company performance and strategy

3  Remuneration framework details

4  Company performance and remuneration outcomes

5  Governance

6  Non-executive Director fees

7  Statutory tables and disclosures

1. Key Management Personnel

The report discloses the remuneration arrangements and outcomes for people listed below: individuals who have been determined as Key 
Management Personnel (KMP) as defined by AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures. Members of the RPC are identified in the last column.

Name

Role

Appointment

RPC

d
r
a
o
B

G Cairns

J Akehurst

M Brenner

T Engelhard

G Lalicker

B Morgan

S Perkins*

S Sargent*

F Calabria

L Tremaine

J Briskin

G Jarvis

e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e
-
n
o
N

e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E

Chairman, independent

Independent

Independent

Independent

Independent

Independent

Independent

Independent

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

23 October 2013

29 April 2009

15 November 2013

1 May 2017

1 March 2019

16 November 2012

1 September 2015

29 May 2015

19 October 2016

10 July 2017

✓

✓

✓

Chair

Executive General Manager (EGM), Retail

5 December 2016

EGM Energy Supply & Operations

5 December 2016

M Schubert

EGM Integrated Gas

1 May 2017

* Scott Perkins was Chair of the RPC until 31 December 2019; Steven Sargent became RPC Chair from 1 January 2020. Steven is also Chair of the Origin Energy Foundation.

The term ‘Other Executive KMP’ (abbreviated as ‘Other’ in tables and charts) refers to Executive KMP excluding the CEO.

‘Executive team’ is a broader reference to the Executive Leadership Team (ELT).

Annual Report 2020 
55

2. Remuneration link with Company performance and strategy

2.1 Overview of remuneration framework

Our remuneration framework is designed to support the Company’s strategy and to reward our people for its successful execution. It is 
designed around three principles, summarised in the diagram below.

Strategy

Connecting customers to the energy and technologies of the future

Leading customer experience and solutions; accelerating towards clean energy; embracing a decentralised and digital future; striving to be a 
low-cost operator; developing resources to meet growing gas demand; and maintaining disciplined capital management.

Remuneration principles

Attract and retain the right people

Pay fairly

Drive focus and discretionary effort

The framework secures high-calibre 
individuals from diverse backgrounds 
and industries, with the talent to 
execute the strategy.

The framework is market competitive. 
Outcomes are a function of Company 
performance, reflect our behavioural 
expectations and our values, and align 
with shareholder expectations.

The framework encourages Executives to 
think and act like owners and to deliver against 
long-term strategies and the short-term 
business priorities that are expected to drive 
long-term outcomes.

Element

Performance measures

Link to principles and strategy

Remuneration framework

Fixed Remuneration (FR)

Comprises cash salary, superannuation 
and benefits.

Details in Section 3.1

Variable Remuneration (VR)

The majority of remuneration is variable 
and delivered in deferred equity to 
reward performance and to align 
Executive and shareholder interests.

Details in Sections 3.2 and 3.6

Short Term Incentive (STI)

Annual incentive opportunity, 
40–50 per cent paid in cash, 
50–60 per cent paid in shares 
restricted for two years.

Details in Sections 3.3 and 3.5

Long Term Incentive (LTI)

Granted as performance share 
rights allocated at face value. 
These vest at three years and are 
deferred for a total of four years.

Details in Sections 3.4 and 3.5

Determined by the scope of the role and 
its responsibilities and benchmarked 
annually against similar roles.

Set at competitive levels to attract and retain 
the right people and to pay fairly.

Performance targets set one year 
in advance across a balanced 
scorecard (generally 60–65 per cent 
financial metrics and 35–40 per cent 
non-financial metrics) with an overriding 
conduct/behaviour assessment.

Annual targets to drive execution of business 
plans: financial performance, operating 
efficiency, customer experience, safety, 
and measures supporting the attraction and 
retention of the right people.

Performance targets set three 
years in advance, using an internal 
measure (Origin’s Return on Capital 
Employed (ROCE)) and an external 
measure (Origin’s relative total 
shareholder return).

Designed to encourage long-term focus, and 
build and retain share ownership.

Remuneration Report56

2.2 Behavioural assessment

Origin believes that observance of our values and behaviours and the quality of the relationships with our customers and the broader 
community are inextricably linked to the creation of shareholder value.

A formal behavioural assessment forms part of our performance management framework. It is based on the Behaviourally Anchored 
Rating Scale (BARS) methodology that assesses an individual’s performance against specific examples of behaviour required for different 
roles and levels, rather than against generic descriptors. This adds qualitative and quantitative information into the appraisal process. The 
behavioural assessment can result in incentive outcomes being adjusted up or down, within the prescribed maximum amount.

2.3 Minimum shareholding requirement for Executive KMP

A key objective of the remuneration framework is to promote employee share ownership and to encourage employees to think and act 
as owners. Equity is therefore a key element of remuneration, representing at least half of STI awards and the whole of LTI awards. This is 
supplemented by other share plan arrangements, including salary sacrifice, share purchase and matching plans (see Section 3.7).

Executive KMP are required to build and maintain a minimum shareholding in the Company, defined as the equivalent of two times FR 
for the CEO, and as FR for Other Executive KMP. From time to time, the Board determines the minimum shareholding requirement (MSR) 
as a number of shares based on FR and share price.1 The MSR is currently set at 620,000 shares for the CEO and 130,000 for Other 
Executive KMP.

Until the MSR is reached, disposals are prohibited except as reasonably required to meet Employee Share Scheme taxation liabilities. 
Once the MSR is reached, disposals are prohibited where they would take the holding below the MSR level, except in extraordinary 
circumstances approved by the Board. The governance mechanism is through trading restrictions over and above any other trading 
restrictions that apply.

Shares (restricted and unrestricted) and Deferred Share Rights (DSR) (without performance conditions) may be counted towards the MSR, 
but rights that are subject to performance conditions (including Performance Share Rights) may not be counted.

3. Remuneration framework details

3.1 Fixed Remuneration

FR comprises cash salary, employer contributions to superannuation and salary sacrifice benefits. It takes into account the size and 
complexity of the role, and the skills and experience required for success in the role.

FR is reviewed annually, but increases are not guaranteed. Roles are benchmarked to the median of corresponding roles in the reference 
market, currently made up of approximately 50 organisations listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX).2 In the absence of special 
factors, new or newly promoted incumbents generally commence below this reference point and move to the median over time. FR may 
be positioned above this reference point where it is appropriate for key talent retention purposes or where it is necessary to attract and 
secure key skills to fill a business-critical role. Accordingly, the median positioning may vary between approximately the 40th and 60th 
percentiles (P40 and P60) of the reference market.

3.2 Total Remuneration

Total Remuneration (TR) is the sum of FR and VR. The range of possible VR values is from nil for no award of STI or LTI to a maximum of the 
total of STI awarded at the maximum level plus the present-day values of the full face value of the LTI award, assuming that 100 per cent of 
the LTI award will vest.

Deferred equity elements (Deferred STI, and LTI) represent present-day values as it is not possible to predict future share prices, which can 
reduce or increase the ultimate value.

TR at target (TRT) includes an STI awarded at the target level (see Section 3.3) plus the present-day full face value of the LTI award, 
assuming that 50 per cent of the LTI will vest, being the ‘risked expected value’ of Origin’s LTI awards (as detailed in Section 3.4).

TR minimum

TRT

TR maximum (TRM)

=

=

=

FR

FR

FR

+

+

+

No STI awarded

STI awarded at the target level

STI awarded at the maximum level

+

+

+

No LTI awarded

Full face value awarded; assumes that 
50 per cent of the LTI will vest

Full face value awarded; assumes that 
100 per cent of the LTI will vest

TRT is benchmarked to the median of equivalent TRT in the reference market, and the remuneration ‘mix’ (see Section 3.6) makes it 
possible for TRM (outcomes at their maximum) to achieve the top quartile in the TRT reference market.

1  Generally considering the weighted average share price over the prior year.
2  By way of a guideline, these 50 organisations are the largest by average market capitalisation over two years, after excluding the six largest, Macquarie Group, and those 

of foreign domicile, and always including AGL, Oil Search, Santos and Woodside.

Annual Report 202057

3.3 FY2020 Short Term Incentive Plan details

The following is a detailed description of how the STI Plan (STIP) operates.

Parameter

Details

Award basis

The annual performance cycle is 1 July to 30 June. Individual balanced scorecards are agreed, with shared Group objectives 
and targeted divisional objectives. Objectives are set across financial categories (generally 60 to 65 per cent of the 
weightings) and non-financial categories (generally 35 to 40 per cent). The CEO’s FY2020 scorecard details and outcomes 
are shown in Section 4.2.

Scorecard operation

Individual objectives on the scorecard are referenced to three performance levels: threshold, target and stretch (with pro-
rating between each).

Threshold performance represents the lower limit of rewardable outcome for an individual objective – one that represents 
a satisfactory outcome, often achieving year-on-year improvement and contribution towards delivery of annual plans but 
short of the target level. Threshold performance corresponds to 20 per cent of maximum (33 per cent of target).

Target represents the expectation for achieving robust annual plans.

Stretch performance represents the delivery of exceptional outcomes well above expectations (the maximum, 
corresponding to 167 per cent of target).

) Maximum 100%
m
u
m
i
x
a
m

Target 60%

f
o
%

(

t
l
u
s
e
R

Threshold  20%

Minimum 0%

Threshold 

Target 

Stretch

Increasing performance level →

167%

100%

33%

)
t
e
g
r
a
t

f
o
%

(

t
l
u
s
e
R

Opportunity level

The opportunity level for all Executive KMP was set to a standard for FY2020, 
with 100 per cent FR at target and a maximum of 167 per cent FR.

FY20 STI opportunity (% of FR)

Minimum

Target

Maximum

0

100

167

Award calculation

STIP award 
($)

=

$ FR
(at 30 June)

✕

STIP  
opportunity
(% of FR)

✕

Balanced 
 scorecard 
outcome
(% )

↑
Discretionary modifier 
incorporating 
behavioural 
assessment

Assessment

Achievement and performance against each Executive’s balanced scorecard is assessed annually as part of the Company’s 
broader performance review process.

The review includes a behavioural assessment under the BARS methodology (see Section 2.2). Directors consider this 
assessment together with a broader consideration of how outcomes have been achieved, including regulatory compliance, 
and financial and non-financial risk management. This may lead to a modification of the formulaic scorecard outcome, 
downward or upward, with the opportunity maximum operating as a cap.

Remuneration Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58

Parameter

Details

Delivery and timing

40 to 50 per cent cash, paid in August to September following the end of the financial year.

50 to 60 per cent awarded in the form of Restricted Shares (RS) subject to a two-year holding lock, allocated as soon as 
practicable after Board approval, which is generally at the end of August following the end of the financial year.

Prior to FY2018, Deferred STI was awarded in the form of DSRs.

RS allocation

Number of RSs = Deferred STI amount divided by the 30-day volume weighted average price (VWAP) to 30 June, rounded 
to the nearest whole number.

Service conditions

Unless the Board determines otherwise, the whole of the STI award is forfeited if the Executive resigns or is dismissed for 
cause during the performance year, and any RSs held from prior awards are also forfeited if in their restriction period.

Release

RSs in respect of FY2020 STI awards will be released on the second trading day following the release of full-year financial 
results for FY2022, subject to the service conditions being met and the service period completed (or else as described 
under ‘Cessation of employment’ below).

Dividends

As the STI has been earned and awarded, RSs carry dividend entitlements and voting rights.

Cessation of 
employment

No STI award is made where the service conditions have not been met in full, except where the Board decides otherwise. 
Typically such cases are limited to death, disability, redundancy or genuine retirement (good leaver circumstances). In such 
circumstances an STI award in respect of the current year may be wholly in cash, and restrictions on prior RSs may be lifted.

Sourcing of RSs

The Board’s practice is to purchase shares on market but it may issue shares or make the award in alternative forms, 
including cash or deferred cash.

Governance and MSR After restrictions on RSs are lifted, trading is subject to the MSR (see Section 2.3) and to the malus and clawback provisions 

in Section 5.5.

3.4 FY2020 Long Term Incentive Plan details

The following is a detailed description of how the LTIP operates.

Parameter

Award basis

Details

LTIP awards are conditional grants of equity that may vest in the future, subject to the Company meeting or exceeding 
performance conditions, and subject also to the Executive meeting service and personal conduct and performance 
requirements. Awards are considered annually.

Opportunity and 
value range

The LTIP opportunity level reflects the capacity of the role to influence long-term sustainable growth and performance, 
and is set with reference to market benchmarks (see Section 3.2). It represents the face value of an equity award and is not 
discounted for hurdles or for dividends forgone.

An award may be granted at a face value anywhere between zero and the maximum in the table below (the Award 
Face Value).

Executive KMP

CEO

Other

Face value LTIP opportunity (% of FR)

Minimum

Maximum

0

0

180

120

The actual value of an LTIP award depends on the level of vesting and the share price at the time of vesting, neither of which 
can be determined in advance.

The minimum value is zero assuming that none of the award vests, or none is awarded.

The maximum value represents the present-day value assuming that 100 per cent of the award vests, ignoring the risks of 
achieving performance conditions and service requirements.

The target value represents the risked or expected value, taking into account the likelihood of achieving the performance 
conditions. For market-based hurdles, such as Total Shareholder Return (TSR), this can be obtained actuarially. For 
non-market hurdles, it can be obtained from operational forecasts and estimation of the degree of difficulty in achieving 
the hurdles, or sometimes from historical results. Origin has determined its vesting expectation is approximately 50 per cent 
for both its relative TSR and ROCE conditions.3

Behaviour assessment The RPC may take the behaviour assessment referred to in Section 3.3 into account when recommending LTIP awards, or 
when considering the application of the governance provisions to awards made (see Section 5.5).

3  Expected vesting is a function of the probabilities of achieving each of all possible outcomes. It is typically lower than, and should not be confused with, the probability of 

any vest occurring.

Annual Report 202059

Parameter

Details

Delivery and timing

Performance Share Rights (PSRs): A PSR is a right to a fully paid ordinary share in the Company. PSRs are granted at no cost 
because they are awarded as remuneration.

CEO: The LTIP award is submitted for approval at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) following the end of the financial year, 
and the equity grant is made as soon as practicable after shareholder approval.

Other Executive KMP: LTIP grants are made as soon as practicable after Board approval, which is generally at the end of 
August following the end of the financial year.

PSR allocation

Number of PSRs = LTIP Award Face Value divided by the 30-day VWAP to 30 June, rounded to the nearest whole number.

Performance period 
and deferral length

The performance period is three financial years (FY2020–22) which, subject to vesting, is followed by a holding lock of one 
year. The lock on any vested shares will be lifted in August 2023, on the second trading day after the release of the FY2023 
full-year results. The total deferral period from grant is approximately four years.

Service conditions

Unless the Board determines otherwise, unvested PSRs are forfeited if the Executive resigns or is dismissed for cause prior 
to the end of the relevant vesting period.

Performance 
conditions

There are two performance conditions, equally weighted.4 One, Relative Total Shareholder Return (RTSR), is an external 
hurdle; the other, ROCE, is an internal hurdle.

External performance 
condition and vesting

RTSR measures the Company’s TSR performance relative to a reference group of companies assuming reinvestment of 
dividends.

It has been chosen because it aligns Executive reward with shareholder returns. It does not reward general market uplifts; 
vesting only occurs when Origin outperforms a market reference group. The reference group is based on a group of 50 
ASX-listed companies because this represents the most meaningful group with which Origin competes for shareholder 
investment and Executive talent.5 There is an insufficient number of operationally similar competitors to provide a useful 
‘selected’ comparator group.

Share prices are determined using three-month VWAPs on the start and end of the performance period.

Vesting occurs only if Origin’s TSR over the performance period ranks it higher than the 50th percentile (P50) of the 
reference group. Half of the PSRs vest on satisfying that condition, and all of the PSRs vest if Origin ranks at or above the 
75th percentile (P75). Straight-line pro-rata vesting applies between these two points.

Internal performance 
condition and vesting

ROCE has been chosen because it is a profitability ratio that measures the efficiency of profit generation from capital 
employed. It predicts superior shareholder returns over the long term and reflects the importance of prudent capital 
allocation to generate sufficient returns.

The ROCE tranche is divided into two equally weighted parts, each its own hurdle – Energy Markets (EM) and Integrated 
Gas (IG) – recognising the differing capital characteristics, risk profiles and growth profiles of each of these businesses. The 
average ROCE over three years must equal or exceed the average of three annual targets, which are reflective of delivering 
the weighted average cost of capital for each business.

The starting point for the ROCE calculation is statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) divided by average capital 
employed for the relevant business. Statutory EBIT is adjusted for fair value and foreign exchange movements in financial 
instruments, which are highly volatile and outside the control of management. Other adjustments to the ROCE calculation 
may be made in limited circumstances where the Board considers it appropriate to do so. For example, it may be 
appropriate to adjust EBIT when it is adversely impacted by short-term factors associated with value-creating initiatives (for 
example, acquisitions).

Vesting is independent for the EM and IG parts. In each case, half of the relevant PSRs will vest if the target is met, and all of 
the relevant PSRs will vest if the target is exceeded by two percentage points or more. Straight-line pro-rata vesting applies 
between these two points. Full vesting occurs only when both targets are exceeded by two percentage points or more.

Dividends

PSRs carry no dividend entitlements or voting rights. Vested shares (including RSs) carry dividend entitlements and 
voting rights.

Cessation of 
employment

Unvested LTIP awards will lapse on the date of cessation, unless the Board determines otherwise. Typically such cases are 
limited to death, disability, redundancy or genuine retirement (good leaver circumstances).

In such circumstances, LTIP awards may be held on foot subject to their original performance conditions and other terms 
and conditions being met (except for the waived service condition), or dealt with in an appropriate manner as determined 
by the Board. The restriction on vested shares may be lifted at the date of cessation in good leaver circumstances.

Sourcing

Upon vesting of a part or all of an LTIP award, the Board’s preferred approach is to purchase shares on market, but it may 
issue shares or make the award in alternative forms, including cash or deferred cash.

Governance and MSR After restrictions are lifted on RSs arising from LTIP vesting, trading is subject to the MSR (see Section 2.3) and to the malus 

and clawback provisions in Section 5.5.

4  Where the number of PSRs to be allocated is an uneven number, the number allocated to the ROCE tranche is rounded to the nearest even number, and the balance of 

PSRs is allocated to the RTSR tranche.

5  The reference group is set at the commencement of the performance period. For FY2020, it comprised AGL, Amcor, AMP, Ampol (Caltex), ANZ, APA Group, Aristocrat 

Leisure, ASX Limited, Aurizon, BHP, Brambles, Cochlear, Coles, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Computershare, CSL Limited, Dexus, Fortescue, Goodman Group, GPT 
Group, IAG, James Hardie, Lendlease, Macquarie, Medibank Private, Mirvac, National Australia Bank, Newcrest, Oil Search, Qantas, QBE, Ramsay Health Care, Rio Tinto, 
Santos, Scentre Group, Sonic Healthcare, South32, Stockland, Suncorp, Sydney Airport, Tabcorp, Telstra, Transurban, Treasury Wine Estates, Vicinity Centres, Wesfarmers, 
Westpac Banking Corporation, Woodside and Woolworths. Companies are not replaced (for example, as a consequence of merger, acquisition or delisting) unless the 
Board determines otherwise.

Remuneration Report60

3.5 Remuneration cycle timelines

The following chart summarises the remuneration cycle and timelines.

FY2020

Jul  
2020

Oct  
2020

Aug  
2021

Aug  
2022

Aug  
2023

Aug  
2024

Aug  
2025

→

Fixed remuneration
paid through year

1 July 2019–
30 June 2020

STIP
performance against 
annual targets

→ Cash  

40–50%

1 July 2019–
30 June 2020

→

Deferred STI  
50–60% 

Restricted  
Shares  
allocated

LTIP
3-year 
performance hurdles

LTIP allocation 
confirmed; 
performance 
period starts

Performance  
Share Rights 
granted

Release after 2 years

MSR

Vest after 3 years

Holding lock

MSR

3.6 Remuneration range and mix

The following chart shows the potential remuneration range and corresponding component mix for FY2020.

 FR 

 STI cash 

 Deferred STI 

 LTI 

CEO

100%

Minimum

Other*

100%

CEO

34.5%

17.2%

17.2%

31.0%

Other*

38.4% 17.3% 21.2% 23.1%

CEO

22.4%

18.7%

18.7%

40.2%

Target

Maximum

Other*

25.8%

19.4%

23.8%

31.0%

*The average of Other Executive KMP.

TR  

($’000)

1,831

939

5,310

2,442

8,185

3,635

Deferred equity (Deferred STI plus LTI) makes up a substantial part of TR. At target outcomes, it comprises almost half  
(CEO: 48.2 per cent; Other Executive KMP: 44.2 per cent) and at maximum outcomes it is more than half (CEO: 58.9 per cent; 
Other Executive KMP: 54.7 per cent).

3.7 Other equity/share plans

The Company operates a universal Employee Share Plan in which all full-time and part-time employees can choose to be eligible for 
awards of up to $1,000 worth of Company shares annually, or else participate in a salary sacrifice scheme to purchase up to $4,800 of 
shares annually.

Under the $1,000 scheme, shares are restricted for three years or until cessation of employment, whichever occurs first. Shares purchased 
under the sacrifice scheme are restricted for up to two years or until cessation of employment, whichever occurs first.

For every two shares purchased under the salary sacrifice scheme within a 12-month cycle, participants are granted one matching share 
right at no cost. The matching share rights vest two years after the cycle began, provided that the participant remains employed by the 
Company at this time. Each matching share right generally entitles the participant to one fully paid ordinary share in the Company, or in 
certain limited circumstances a cash equivalent payment. The matching share rights do not have any performance hurdles as they have 
been granted to encourage broad participation in the scheme across the Company, and to encourage employee share ownership. All 
shares are currently purchased on market.

Annual Report 2020 
 
61

Directors are not eligible to participate in the above schemes, but may participate in the NED Share Acquisition Plan by sacrificing Board 
fees. This plan is intended to facilitate share acquisition, enabling new Directors to meet their MSR obligations. All NEDs currently meet 
their MSR and no shares were acquired under the scheme in FY2020.

Directors regularly assess the risk of the Company losing high-performing key people who manage core activities or have skills that are 
being actively solicited in the market. Where appropriate, the Board may consider the selected use of deferred payment arrangements 
to reduce the risk of such critical loss. From time to time, it may be necessary to offer sign-on equity to offset or mirror unvested equity, 
which a prospective executive must forfeit to take up employment with Origin.

4. Company performance and remuneration outcomes
This section summarises remuneration outcomes for FY2020 and provides commentary on their alignment with Company outcomes.

4.1 Five-year Company performance and remuneration outcomes

The table below summarises key financial and non-financial performance for the Company from FY2016 to FY2020, grouped and 
compared with short-term and long-term remuneration outcomes.

Five-year key performance metrics FY2016–201

Operational measures
Underlying earnings per share (EPS) (cents)
Underlying EPS (continuing activities)2 (cents)
Net cash from/(used in) operating and investing activities 
(NCOIA) ($m)
Energy Markets Underlying EBITDA ($m)
Integrated Gas Underlying EBITDA (total operations) ($m)
Adjusted net debt ($m)3
sNPS4
TRIFR5
Female representation in senior roles6 (%)
Origin Engagement Score7

STI award outcomes
Percentage of maximum8 (%)

Return measures
Closing share price at end of June ($)
Weighted average share price during the year9 ($)
Dividends10 (cents per share)
Annual TSR (%)
Three-year TSR11 (CAGR % p.a.)
Group Statutory EBIT ($m)
Group Statutory EBIT (continuing activities)2 ($m)

LTI outcomes
LTI vesting percentage in the year12 (%)

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

23.2
18.1
1,215

1,330
386
9,131
(16)
4.2
27
53

31.3
22.8
1,378

1,492
1,104
8,111
(16)
3.2
29
58

58.2
47.7
2,645

1,811
1,521
6,496
(13)
2.2
32
61

58.4
58.4
1,914

1,574
1,892
5,417
(6)
4.5
30
61

58.1
58.1
1,813

1,459
1,741
5,158
2
2.6
32
75

26.3

63.3

88.7

73.7

84.1

5.75
5.67
10.0
(42.0)
(18.5)
(411)
47

6.86
6.39
0.0
19.3
(14.2)
(1,958)
(1,746)

10.03
8.55
0.0
46.2
(2.6)
480
473

7.31
7.64
25.0
(26.1)
12.0
1,432
1,432

5.84
6.80
25.0
(17.7)
(8.0)
305
305

0

0

0

0

0

1  Except as noted in (2) below, FY2018 and prior year financials shown are those as previously reported. They have not been restated for the presentation of certain 

electricity hedge premiums, which are included in underlying profit from FY2019, or for the reclassification of futures collateral balances to operating cash flows 
(previously in financing cash flows in prior periods). A restatement for these factors for FY2018 only was provided in the FY2019 Consolidated Financial Statements at 
note A1 Segments and in the Statement of cash flows, for indicative comparison purposes only.

2  Excludes Contact Energy (FY2016) and Lattice Energy (FY2016–18).

3  Adjusted Net Debt for FY2020 includes first recognition of lease liability ($514 million) under AASB 16 Leases.

4  sNPS is measured at the business level and is an industry-recognised measure of customer advocacy.

5  TRIFR is the total number injuries resulting in lost time, restricted work duties or medical treatment per million hours worked.

6  Senior roles refers to those with Korn Ferry Hay grade classifications above a level that currently corresponds to a TRT (see Section 3.2) of approximately $180,000 p.a.

7  Employee engagement is measured as a score through an annual Company-wide survey conducted independently.

8  This is the total dollar value of STI awarded for Executive KMP as a percentage of their total maximum STI. The percentage of STI forfeited is this amount subtracted from 

100 per cent.

9  For FY2016, the weighted average share price incorporates a restatement for the bonus element of the rights issue completed in October 2015. The opening share price 

on 1 July 2015 was $10.47.

10  Dividends represent the interim plus final dividends determined for each financial year. For FY2020, this includes the final dividend determined on 20 August 2020 to be 

paid on 2 October 2020. The amounts paid within each financial year are 35c, 0c, 0c, 10c and 30c, respectively.

11  TSR calculations use the three-month VWAP share price to 30 June, reflecting the testing methodology for relative TSR ranking.

12  No LTI rights vested during FY2020. Options and rights awarded in October 2015 were all forfeited.

Remuneration Report62

The remuneration outcomes for FY2020 reflect financial performance approaching stretch levels, and are above target for non-financial 
performance.

The table shows that overall awarded STI outcomes for Executive KMP were 84.1 per cent of maximum for FY2020, and have varied 
between 26.3 per cent and 88.7 per cent of maximum over the last five years, underlining the variability of STI outcomes with Company 
performance.

No LTI vested during the year. All Options and all PSRs awarded in October 2015 were forfeited.

The specific performance metrics for the CEO scorecard, together with individual results for FY2020 STI, are provided in the table 
on page 63.

The Board has adopted governing principles to apply when considering adjustments to financial measures that are used for remuneration 
purposes. Targets set at the beginning of the year may be subject to events materially outside the course of business and outside the 
control of the current management, in which case discretion may be required to vary targets or outcomes to reflect the intended purpose 
and/or actual results and achievements. The governing principles emphasise fairness and symmetry: fairness to shareholders and 
Executives, and symmetry of treatment between favourable and unfavourable events.

In addition to delivering very good operational and financial outcomes against targets set at the beginning of the year, the executive team 
responded rapidly and performed extremely well to the series of emergency activities triggered in the second half by the bushfire and 
COVID-19 emergencies, as identified in the Letter from the Chairman at the beginning of this Report.

Annual Report 202063

4.2 STI awards and scorecard details for FY2020

STI awards are calculated on the basis of a balanced scorecard using the concepts of setting requirements at threshold, target and stretch 
achievement levels. The CEO’s FY2020 scorecard was weighted 65 per cent to financial measures and 35 per cent to non-financial 
metrics (customer, people and strategic). The details and results are set out below.

CEO FY2020 STI scorecard

Targets and results

Measure, rationale and performance

Weight

Threshold

Target

Stretch

Outcome

Origin EPS (underlying) (cps)

Measure of Origin’s earnings and profitability

Origin NCOIA ($m)

Measure of effective cash flow generation

Energy Markets EBITDA ($m)

Measure of operating performance of the Energy Markets business

APLNG production rate (PJ)

Ability to keep Australia Pacific LNG (APLNG) assets producing at 
their maximum capacity (*FY2021–22 average annual)

APLNG find and develop cost ($/GJ)

Measure of competitiveness

APLNG production unit cost ($/GJ)

Measure of competitiveness

Integrated Gas free cash flow ($m)

Measure of effective cash flow generation in Integrated Gas 
(excluding impact of oil price changes or foreign exchange)

Financial measures sub-total

Voice of the customer

15%

10%

17.5%

5.6%

5.6%

5.6%

5.7%

65%

Strategic, interaction and episodic NPS each achieved stretch targets 
at record levels

10%

Customer innovation

Measures of readiness of new customer solutions, including control 
systems/Internet of Things, Retail 2020 transformation and Business 
Energy strategy execution

Safety and People measures

Employee engagement achieved stretch (record) level, group HSE 
(preventive and safety) targets were exceeded, and the percentage of 
women in senior roles met target

Non-financial measures sub-total

TOTAL

Adjusted total6

5%

20%

35%

 100%

49.5
| 

1,055
| 

1,401
| 

680
| 

1.52
| 

2.05
| 

989
| 

33
| 

33
| 

33
| 

33
| 

33
| 

33
| 

6  On a final review of all results, management made modest downward adjustments to the final outcomes.

52.7
|

1,157
|

1,426
|

692
|

1.19
|

1.93
|

1,459

1,070
|

1,086

100
|

100
|

100
|

100
|

100
|

100
|

58.9

58.1

1,342

1,813

1,501

710

707.6

1.10

1.10

1.85

1.87

1,157

158% tgt

167% tgt

129% tgt

158% tgt

167% tgt

150% tgt

112% tgt

167

147.9% tgt

88.6% max

147.9

167

167

167

167

167

167

134

137.1

145.3

147.0

167% tgt

134% tgt

137% tgt

145.1% tgt

86.9% max

147.0% tgt

88.0% max

139.5% tgt

83.5% max

Remuneration Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64

Underlying earnings per share exceeded our target due to a stronger than target result at APLNG, driven by record production and 
favourable commodity prices, and a higher than target result from Energy Markets, driven by strong performance in our gas business. 
Strong cash generation was driven by a record cash distribution of $1,275 million from APLNG, and proceeds from the sale of Ironbark of 
$231 million.

APLNG delivered record production, reflecting improved field performance with higher well availability and facility reliability. APLNG 
production costs were better than target due to improved field performance, resulting in lower gas purchases and lower costs associated 
with well workovers.

Our sNPS score increased to +2, the highest of any Tier 1 provider. We have simplified our product suite and continue to streamline and 
digitise the customer journey. Customers are increasingly choosing to engage with us through digital channels: 68 per cent of customers 
now use e-billing, and service call volumes reduced by a further 8 per cent this year. We are on track to achieve our target of reducing 
the cost to serve by $100 million from FY2018 to FY2021, and are growing our Solar, Community Energy Services (CES) and Broadband 
businesses. We expect our acquisition of a 20 per cent stake in the fast-growing UK retailer and technology company Octopus Energy will 
further streamline and improve the customer journey.

Our personal safety improved, with our TRIFR falling from 4.4 in FY2019 to 2.6 in FY2020. Our Actual Serious Incidents and Potential 
Serious Incidents measures, which cover all aspects of HSE performance, both improved from last year.

Remuneration awards were approved after consideration of a range of other non-formulaic inputs, including advice from the Risk and 
Audit committees, providing assurance that management behaviours have been consistent with the Code of Conduct and with the 
Company’s principles, values and risk appetite (see Section 2.2).

The majority of the CEO’s scorecard objectives are shared across Other Executive KMP. However, their weightings will differ according 
to their specific divisional metrics. This will lead to a degree of variability in outcomes across Executive KMP. For FY2020, the overall 
scorecard outcomes ranged between 82.3 per cent and 86.8 per cent of maximum, as summarised below.

Executive KMP

F Calabria
L Tremaine
J Briskin
G Jarvis
M Schubert

STI award

% of maximum

% forfeited

$’000

83.5
83.7
82.3
86.8
84.9

16.5
16.3
17.7
13.2
15.1

2,554
1,421
1,237
1,333
1,304

4.3 Total pay received in FY2020

In line with general market practice, a non-AASB presentation of actual pay received in FY2020 is provided below, as a summary of real or 
‘take home’ pay. AASB statutory remuneration is presented in Table 7-1.

Executive KMP

FR received

STI cash1

DSRs 
vested2

LTI 
vested3

Actual pay 
received

F Calabria
L Tremaine

J Briskin

G Jarvis

M Schubert

1,831
1,017

835

867

867

1,277
711

495

666

522

478
688

171

191

139

0
0

0

0

0

3,586
2,416

1,501

1,724

1,528

1  STI cash represents 40 to 50 per cent of the FY2020 STI award, with the balance (50 to 60 per cent) deferred into equity.

2  DSRs vested were from Deferred STI grants awarded in 2016 and 2017. The value represents the number of shares vested multiplied by Origin’s closing share price at the 

time of vesting.

3  LTI vested represents the value of LTI awards from prior years that vested wholly or partially during the year. Options and PSRs awarded in October 2015 were forfeited 

during the year with nil vesting.

Annual Report 202065

5. Governance

5.1 Role of the Remuneration and People Committee

The RPC supports the Board by overseeing Origin’s remuneration policies and practices. It operates under a Charter (published on the 
Company’s website at originenergy.com.au). The RPC met formally five times during the reporting period.

Including its Chairman, the RPC has four members, all of whom are independent NEDs (see Section 1 for details). The RPC’s Charter 
requires a minimum of three NEDs. In addition, there is a standing invitation to all Board members to attend the RPC’s meetings. 
Management may attend RPC meetings by invitation but a member of management will not be present when their own remuneration is 
under discussion.

The following diagram sets out the role of the RPC and its operational relationships with the Board, management, stakeholders and 
external advisors.

Board

The Board approves:

•  Executive remuneration policy

•  remuneration for the CEO and ELT

•  STI and LTI targets and hurdles

•  NED fees

•  CEO and ELT succession and appointments

Remuneration and People Committee

The RPC makes recommendations to the Board on the 
matters subject to its approval (listed above). The RPC 
approves remuneration scales, movements and equity 
allocations for employees other than the CEO and ELT.

In addition, the RPC stewards and advises the Board 
and management on remuneration and people matters 
including:

•  future leader talent pipelines and 

development processes

•  people strategies and culture development

•  corporate governance and risk matters relating 

to people and remuneration (including conduct, 
diversity and gender pay equity)

•  effectiveness of the remuneration policy and its 

implementation

Management

Management provides relevant data and information 
for RPC consideration (practice insights, and 
legal, tax, accounting and actuarial advice) and 
makes recommendations to the RPC concerning 
remuneration and people matters.

Information exchange with other Board 
committees, notably the Audit and Risk 
committees, to ensure that all relevant matters are 
considered before the RPC makes remuneration 
recommendations and decisions.

Consultation with external stakeholders and 
shareholders

Regular dialogue with shareholders and 
proxy advisors.

Independent remuneration advisors

The RPC appoints an external independent advisor 
to assist it with market and governance issues, 
benchmarking, best practice observations and 
general advice.

Remuneration Report66

5.2 Remuneration advisors

The RPC engages external advisors from time to time to conduct benchmarking, advise on regulatory and market developments, and 
review proposals and reports. Protocols have been established for engaging and dealing with external advisors, including those defined as 
remuneration consultants for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Act). These protocols are to ensure independence and 
avoid conflicts of interest.

The protocols require that remuneration advisors are directly engaged by the RPC and act on instruction from its Chairman. Reports 
must be delivered directly to the RPC Chairman. The advisor is prohibited from communicating with Company management except as 
authorised by the Chairman, and even then limited to the provision or validation of factual and policy data. The advisor must furnish a 
statement confirming the absence of any undue influence from management.

The RPC generally seeks information rather than specific remuneration recommendations within the definition of the Act, and this was the 
case during FY2020. Guerdon Associates was appointed its advisor during FY2020; however, Guerdon Associates did not provide any 
remuneration recommendations as defined under the Act.

In addition, the RPC makes use of general market trend information from a variety of commercial and industry sources and has access to 
in-house remuneration professionals who provide it with guidance and analysis on request.

The recommendations that the RPC makes to the Board are based on its own independent assessment of the advice and information 
received from these multiple sources, using its experience and having careful regard to the principles and objectives of the remuneration 
framework, Company performance, shareholder and community expectations, and good governance.

5.3 Conduct, accountability and risk management

As identified in Section 2.2, a BARS methodology for behaviour and conduct assessment is an integral part of the Company’s performance 
management framework and modification of formulaic incentive calculations.

In addition to the BARS tool, the full Board consults with the Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Chief Risk Officer when it formally 
reviews ELT performance and conduct each year.

In addition to considerations of personal behaviour and conduct, the RPC is guided by a set of overarching principles to apply in assessing 
items or events that impact risk (including non-financial risk) or performance (both positive and negative). This ensures a consistent 
approach to determining whether discretionary adjustments to incentive outcomes are warranted, to achieve fairness to Executives and 
shareholders. The RPC and the Board have wide discretionary tools to prevent the award (or retention) of inappropriate benefits, including 
malus and clawback.

Malus

Malus refers to the reduction or cancellation of advised awards, or of unvested/unreleased equity or shares; or to a determination to reduce 
the level of vesting that would otherwise apply, or to extend the existing period of a holding lock or trading restriction.

The Board has, from time to time, applied malus. For example, it awarded zero STI and LTI allocations for some Executives in FY2015 
and FY2016 to ensure that outcomes were aligned with the overall circumstances of the Company, even though some of the relevant 
performance conditions had been met and preliminary award advice had been given.

Clawback

Clawback is a reference to the recovery of benefits after they have been paid, vested or released. The Board has power to exercise 
clawback to recover or cancel shares arising from equity awards, and to recover cash proceeds from the sale of such shares, or to recover 
cash awards. Recovery may be limited by law or regulation. There have been no circumstances to date in which the Board has sought to 
apply clawback.

Fraud, dishonesty, gross misconduct, negligence, breach of duties and other serious matters will have consequences additional to the 
sanctions and provisions referred to above.

5.4 Change of control

The Board may determine that all or a specified number of unvested securities will vest or cease to be subject to restrictions where there is 
a change of control event.

5.5 Capital reorganisation

On a capital reorganisation, the number of unvested share rights and Options held by participants may be adjusted in a manner 
determined by the Board, to minimise or eliminate any material advantage or disadvantage to the participant. If new awards are granted, 
they will, unless the Board determines otherwise, be subject to the same terms and conditions as the original awards.

Annual Report 202067

6. Non-executive Director fees

6.1 Remuneration policy and structure for Non-executive Directors

NED remuneration comprises fixed fees with no incentive-based payments. This ensures that NEDs are able to independently and 
objectively assess both Executive and Company performance.

Board and committee fees take into account market rates for similar positions at relevant Australian organisations (those of comparable size 
and complexity) and fairly reflect the time commitments and responsibilities involved. The aggregate cap for overall NED remuneration 
remains at $3,200,000 p.a., as approved by shareholders on 18 October 2017.

The Origin Chairman receives a single fee that includes committee activities, while other NEDs receive a NED Base Fee and separate 
fees for their roles on specific committees (other than the Nomination Committee, which is considered within the NED Base Fee). All fees 
include superannuation contributions.

The table below summarises the structure and level of NED fees. No change to the fee structure or quantum is proposed for FY2021.

NED and committee fees ($’000)

Office

Board – Chairman (inclusive of committee fees)

NED Base Fee (exclusive of committee fees)

Audit – Chairman

Audit – Member

RPC – Chairman

RPC – Member

HSE – Chairman

HSE – Member

Risk – Chairman

Risk – Member

Nomination – Chairman

Nomination – Member

Origin Foundation – Chairman

FY2020
 and FY2021

677

196

57

29

47

23.5

47

23.5

47

23.5

nil

nil

nil

6.2 Minimum shareholding requirement for Non-executive Directors

To align the interests of the Board and shareholders, NEDs are required to build and then maintain a minimum shareholding in the 
Company. The MSR reference for the Chairman is 200 per cent of the NED Base Fee, and for all other NEDs it is 100 per cent of the NED 
Base Fee. The Board sets the MSR from time to time as a number determined by reference to the NED Base Fee and share price7 (currently 
set at 28,000 shares, and 56,000 for the Chairman).

NEDs are expected to reach the MSR within three years of their appointment and maintain it thereafter while in office. At the date of this 
report, all NEDs were above the relevant MSR level. Details of NED shareholdings are included in Table 7-3.

A NED Share Plan (NEDSP) was approved by shareholders at the 2018 AGM. The NEDSP is a salary sacrifice plan that allows NEDs to 
sacrifice up to 50 per cent of their annual NED Base Fee to acquire share rights. Each share right is a right to receive a fully paid ordinary 
share in Origin, subject to the terms of the grant. The plan is intended to facilitate the acquisition of shares for new Directors to ensure they 
meet the obligations imposed under the MSR. As at the date of the report, and noting that all NEDs have met their MSR obligations, no 
share rights have been purchased and no shares allotted under the NEDSP.

7 

 Generally considering the weighted average share price over the prior year.

Remuneration Report68

7. Statutory tables and disclosures

Table 7-1: Executive KMP and NED statutory remuneration ($’000)

Short term

Long term

PEB1

FR1

Base 
salary

Super-
annuation

Non-
monetary 
3 
benefits

Cash 
STI

Leave 
6 
2  accrual

Matching 
share 
rights

Share based

Totals

Deferred STI4

LTI5

RS

DSR

Total 
accounting
remuneration

At 
risk 
(%)

Share 
based 
(%)

41

1,277

39 1,025

(65)

68

–

–

1,053

601

180

303

Executive Director

F Calabria

2020

1,768

2019

1,710

Other Executive KMP

J Briskin

G Jarvis

M Schubert8

L Tremaine

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

806

715

820

730

843

752

991

934

21

21

21

21

21

22

21

21

21

21

15

16

34

32

178

12

26

42

495

334

666

394

522

374

711

681

25

28

72

72

44

19

61

41

Executive total

2020 5,228

2019

4,841

105

106

294 3,671

141 2,808

137

228

NEDs

J Akehurst

M Brenner

G Cairns

T Engelhard

G Lalicker7

B Morgan

S Perkins

S Sargent

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

245

233

251

241

666

642

239

220

175

54

279

268

274

266

244

212

21

21

21

21

11

21

21

21

21

7

21

21

21

21

21

21

NED total

2020 2,373

2019

2,136

158

154

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

18

16

16

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.2

0.2

18

0.2

0.2

0.2

53

17

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

812

812

171

143

199

191

193

179

242

245

5,087

4,579

1,980

1,510

2,305

1,727

2,273

1,623

2,912

2,996

438

194

481

218

465

208

649

407

9

59

10

68

7

58

209

624

3,086

415

1,617

1,628

1,112 1,570

14,557

12,435

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

266

254

272

262

695

679

276

241

196

61

300

289

313

287

265

233

2,583

2,306

65

60

56

48

59

51

52

51

62

65

60

57

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

40

37

31

26

30

28

29

27

38

43

35

35

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.6

–

1.7

0.6

–

–

1.7

0.6

4

1.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1  FR comprises base remuneration and superannuation (post-employment benefit (PEB)).

2  STI cash represents one half of the STI award. STI cash is paid after the end of the financial year to which it relates but is allocated to the earning year. The balance of the 

STI award is Deferred STI.

3  Non-monetary benefits include insurance premiums and fringe benefits such as car parking and expenses associated with travel.

4  Deferred STI is that portion of the accounting value of equity granted or to be granted (RSs and/or DSRs) under the STI plan for the current and prior periods attributable 
to the reporting period. In the following reporting periods, the accumulated expense is adjusted for the number of instruments then expected to be released or vested. In 
good leaver circumstances, a bring-forward of future-period accounting expense may occur where a cessation of employment occurs before the normal vesting date.

5  LTI includes all long-term incentives (those not awarded under the STI Plan) and represents that portion of the accounting value of the awards made, or to be made, for 

the current and prior periods, which is attributable to the reporting period. See Note G3 for details on share-based remuneration accounting.

6  Movement in leave provision over the reporting period. Negative movement indicates that leave taken during the year exceeded leave accrued during the current 

year. FY2019 leave movements have been restated to include annual leave accruals for the relevant reporting period.

7  For FY2019, the pro-rata period for G Laliker was 1 March 2019 to 30 June 2019.

8  A review of prior-year fringe benefits tax returns is being undertaken as at the date of preparation of this Report, which may conclude that the accommodation benefits 

associated with travel between the Melbourne home base at the time and the Brisbane office in prior years were higher than previously reported and possibly comparable 
with the value shown here for FY2020.

Annual Report 202069

Abbreviations in tables 7-2 through 7-4

DSR – Deferred Share Rights

PSR – Performance Share Rights (with performance conditions)

PSR (TSR) – Performance Share Rights, relative TSR performance condition

PSR (ROCE) – Performance Share Rights, ROCE performance condition

RS – Restricted Shares (including those held in trust under the Deferred STI arrangements)

MR – Matching Share Rights under the Employee Share Purchase and Matching Rights Plan (see Section 3.7)

Table 7-2: Details of equity grants made during the reporting period

Equity rights and restricted shares granted to Executive KMP during the reporting period are listed below. There is nil cost to recipients.

Type

Number 
granted

Grant date
fair value ($)1

Exercise 
price ($)

Grant 
date

Vest 
date2

Expiry 
date3

Executive Director
F Calabria

Other Executive KMP
J Briskin

G Jarvis

M Schubert

L Tremaine

PSR (TSR)
PSR (ROCE)
RS

PSR (TSR)
PSR (ROCE)
RS
MR

PSR (TSR)
PSRs (ROCE)
RS
RS4
MR

PSR (TSR)
PSR (ROCE)
RS

PSR (TSR)
PSR (ROCE)
RS
MR

226,371
226,371
143,242

62,881
62,881
46,689
190

67,073
67,073
55,000
109,370
346

67,073
67,073
52,275

83,841
83,841
95,090
346

4.49
7.25
8.12

3.82
6.77
7.63
0.47

3.82
6.77
7.63
5.53
0.47

3.82
6.77
7.63

3.82
6.77
7.63
0.47

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

16-Oct-19
16-Oct-19
16-Oct-19

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
23-Aug-21

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
–

30-Aug-19
30-Aug-19
30-Aug-19
27-Sep-19

30-Aug-19
30-Aug-19
30-Aug-19
8-May-20
27-Sep-19

30-Aug-19
30-Aug-19
30-Aug-19

30-Aug-19
30-Aug-19
30-Aug-19
27-Sep-19

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
23-Aug-21
23-Aug-21

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
23-Aug-21
2021–25
31-Oct-21

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
23-Aug-21

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
23-Aug-21
31-Oct-21

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
–
–

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
–
2021–25
–

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
–

22-Aug-22
22-Aug-22
–
–

1  For MRs, the fair value is per $1 contributed by the Executive.

2  For PSRs, the expiry date is the same as the vesting date. On vesting, PSRs convert to shares with a holding lock of a further one-year period. For RSs, the vest date refers 

to the date when the trading restriction is lifted.

3  Rights may expire earlier. To the extent that they fail to meet the relevant performance conditions, they will lapse on the vesting date.

4  RSs subject to tenure conditions (see Section 3.7) vesting in five equal (by number) tranches on 30 April in each of the five years from 2021 to 2025.

Remuneration Report70

Table 7-3: Details of, and movements in, equity rights and ordinary shares of the Company

The following table summarises holdings and movements of rights and ordinary shares held (directly, indirectly or beneficially, including 
by related parties) over the reporting period (or KMP portion of the period), including grants, transactions and forfeits, by value and by 
number. See Table 7-4 for further details of the terms and conditions of those rights.

Type

Held at 
start1

Granted2/acquired3

Vested

Exercised

Forfeited5/
disposed6

Number

Value ($)

Number

Number

Value4 ($)

Number

Held 
at end1,7

Executive Director
F Calabria

Options
PSR
DSR
RS
Shares

Other Executive KMP
Options
J Briskin
PSR
DSR
RS
MR
Shares

G Jarvis

Options
PSR
DSR
RS
MR
Shares

M Schubert Options

L Tremaine

PSR
DSR
RS
Shares

Options
PSR
DSR
RS
MR
Shares

NEDs8
Shares
J Akehurst
Shares
M Brenner
G Cairns
Shares
T Engelhard Shares
Shares
G Lalicker
Shares
B Morgan
Shares
S Perkins
Shares
S Sargent

1,203,145
563,869
176,002
106,684
232,117

86,910
142,214
23,340
33,435
0
40,722

250,427
142,678
25,993
35,375
163
36,061

237,410
138,626
18,945
33,717
55,973

81,441
146,864
170,015
72,500
163
166,309

71,200
28,367
163,660
34,421
100,000
47,143
30,000
31,429

–
452,742
–
143,242
65,223

–
125,762
–
46,689
190
23,852

–
134,146
–
164,370
346
29,623

–
134,146
–
52,275
19,077

–
167,682
–
95,090
346
94,505

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

–
2,657,596
–
1,163,125
–

–
665,910
–
356,237
1,743
–

–
710,303
–
1,024,466
2,310
–

–
710,303
–
398,858
–

–
887,876
–
725,537
2,310
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0
0
65,223
0
–

0
0
23,340
0
0
–

0
0
25,993
0
0
–

0
–
18,945
0
–

0
0
93,813
0
0
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0
0
65,223
0
–

0
0
23,340
0
0
–

0
0
25,993
0
0
–

0
–
18,945
0
–

0
0
93,813
0
0
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0
0
478,085
0
–

0
0
171,082
0
–
–

0
0
190,529
0
0
–

0
–
138,867
0
–

0
0
687,649
0
0
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

570,150
57,739
0
0
110,000

0
17,090
0
0
0
0

85,500
25,976
0
0
0
–

83,250
25,292
0
0
23,636

0
0
0
0
0
50,000

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

632,995
958,872
110,779
249,926
187,340

86,910
250,886
0
80,124
190
64,574

164,927
250,848
0
199,745
509
65,684

154,160
247,480
0
85,992
51,414

81,441
314,546
76,202
167,590
509
210,814

71,200
28,367
163,660
34,421
100,000
47,143
30,000
31,429

1  The number of instruments that held at the start/end of the reporting period.

2  Rights to equity and restricted shares in the Company granted to Executive KMP during the reporting period under the Equity Incentive Plan, as listed in Table 7-2. These 

were provided at no cost to the recipients.

3  Purchases and transfers in. For Other Executive KMP this includes allotments of fully paid ordinary shares granted or acquired under the Employee Share Plan, and shares 

received upon the vesting and exercise of DSRs. Executive Directors do not participate in the General Employee Share Plan (GESP) or the MSP.

4  After vesting and after payment of any exercise price (the exercise price for DSRs is nil). The value of rights exercised is calculated as the closing market price of the 

Company’s shares on the ASX on the date of exercise, after deducting any exercise price. The exercise price for PSRs and DSRs is nil. DSRs vesting in the period were 
granted on 30 August 2016 (vested 26 August 2019), 30 August 2017 (vested 10 July 2019) and 18 October 2017 (vested 26 August 2019).

5  Forfeited Options and PSRs were granted in October 2015.

6  Sales and transfers out.

7  Rights are automatically exercised on vesting. There were no vested Options as at the end of the period. Other than rights and RSs disclosed elsewhere in this Report, no 

other equity instruments, including shares in the Company, were granted to KMP during the period.

8  NEDs are not issued shares under any incentive or equity plans. Acquisitions include purchases of shares on market, or pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment 

plan or the August 2015 Entitlement Offer.

Annual Report 202071

Table 7-4: Summary of share rights granted
The table below lists all the share rights outstanding at 30 June 2020 that have been granted to current or former employees (including 
Executive Directors and Executive KMP) under equity-based incentive plans. Equity-based incentives are not granted to NEDs. No terms 
of equity-settled share-based transactions have been altered or modified subsequent to grant. Share rights that failed to meet their 
performance hurdles on vesting dates prior to 30 June 2020 have all lapsed.

Granted

Legacy Options
30 August 2016
19 October 2016
30 August 2017
30 August 2017
18 October 2017

PSRs
30 August 2016
19 October 2016
30 August 2017
30 August 2017
18 October 2017
10 September 2018
17 October 2018
30 August 2019
16 October 2019

DSRs
30 August 2016
30 August 2017
30 August 2017
18 October 2017
18 October 2017

MRs
26 September 2018
27 September 2019

Number
 outstanding

Number
outstanding 
held by KMP

Exercise 
price

Earliest
vest date1

Last possible
expiry date2

1,421,289
450,000
81,441
905,363
401,288

1,166,540
129,558
841,583
24,415
126,866
1,355,077
312,245
1,848,417
452,742

19,667
76,202
26,057
45,556
45,556

373,806
–
81,441
263,898
401,288

143,777
– 
24,415
83,432
126,866
317,419
312,245
561,736
452,742

19,667
76,202
– 
45,556
45,556

130,065
98,476

312
570

$5.67
$5.21
$7.37
$7.37
$7.37

23 August 2021
23 August 2021
23 August 2021
22 August 2022
22 August 2022

28 August 2026
28 August 2026
28 August 2026
23 August 2027
23 August 2027

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

24 August 2020
24 August 2020
24 August 2020
23 August 2021
23 August 2021
23 August 2021
23 August 2021
22 August 2022
22 August 2022

24 August 2020
24 August 2020
24 August 2020
23 August 2021
23 August 2021
23 August 2021
23 August 2021
22 August 2022
22 August 2022

24 August 2020
10 July 2020
24 August 2020
24 August 2020
23 August 2021

24 August 2020
10 July 2020
24 August 2020
24 August 2020
23 August 2021

31 October 2020
31 October 2021

31 October 2020
31 October 2021

1  The vest date for PSRs granted since 2018 does not include the trading restriction of approximately one year that applies to the shares allocated on vesting.

2  The expiry date is the same as the vesting date where the terms of the grant apply automatic exercise on vesting. Where there is no automatic exercise on vesting, the 

expiry date is the last possible expiry. Rights and Options may expire earlier; for example, to the extent that they do not meet their performance conditions, they will lapse 
on the vesting date.

Remuneration Report72

Table 7-5: Executive service agreements

The main terms of executive service agreements at 30 June 2020 are set out in the table below.

Item

CEO

Basis of contract

Ongoing

Other Executive KMP

Ongoing

Notice period

 – 12 months by either party

 – Six months (three months for J Briskin) by either party

Termination 
benefits for cause

Termination benefits 
for resignation

Termination benefits 
for other than 
resignation or cause

 – Shorter notice may apply by agreement

 – Shorter notice may apply by agreement

 – No notice in defined circumstances1

 – No notice in defined circumstances1

Statutory entitlements only

Statutory entitlements only

Notice as above or payment in lieu of notice that is not 
worked; current-year STI forfeited; unvested equity 
lapses; and statutory entitlements.

Notice as above or payment in lieu of notice that is not 
worked; current-year STI forfeited; unvested equity lapses; and 
statutory entitlements.

Notice worked (or payment in lieu of any portion not 
worked); pro rata STI for the period worked (no deferral 
applicable); all unvested equity lapses unless held on 
foot in accordance with Equity Incentive Plan Rules2; 
and statutory entitlements.

Notice worked (or payment in lieu of any portion not worked); 
pro rata STI for the period worked (no deferral applicable); all 
unvested equity lapses unless held on foot in accordance with 
Equity Incentive Plan Rules2; and statutory entitlements.

For redundancy, payment in accordance with the Company’s 
general redundancy policy of three weeks FR per year of service, 
with a minimum of 18 weeks and a maximum of 78 weeks.

Remuneration

Remuneration is reviewed annually or as required to 
maintain alignment with policy and benchmarks.

Remuneration is reviewed annually or as required to maintain 
alignment with policy and benchmarks.

1  These circumstances include but are not limited to serious or persistent or wilful misconduct, breach of contract, or conduct likely to seriously injure the reputation of 

the Company.

2  For example, in cases of death, disability, genuine retirement or extraordinary circumstances, as approved by the Board.

Loans to KMP

No loans have been made, guaranteed or secured, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, at any time throughout 
the year, to any KMP including to a KMP related party.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of Directors.

Gordon Cairns 
Chairman

Sydney, 20 August 2020

Annual Report 2020Lead Auditor’s  
Independence Declaration

73

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation   Ernst & Young 200 George Street Sydney  NSW  2000 Australia GPO Box 2646 Sydney  NSW  2001  Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 ey.com/au  Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of Origin Energy Limited  As lead auditor for the audit of the financial report of Origin Energy Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, I declare to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:  a) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and   b) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.  This declaration is in respect of Origin Energy Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial year.     Ernst & Young     Andrew Price Partner Sydney 20 August 2020      74

Annual Report 2020

Financial Statements

30 June 2020 

75

Primary statements

Income statement

Statement of comprehensive income

C 

 Operating assets 
and liabilities

C1  Trade and other receivables

G  Other information

G1  Contingent liabilities

G2  Commitments

Statement of financial position

C2  Exploration and evaluation assets

G3  Share-based payments

Statement of changes in equity

C3  Property, plant and equipment

G4  Related party disclosures

Statement of cash flows

Notes to the financial 
statements

Overview

A  Results for the year

A1  Segments

A2  Revenue

A3  Other income

A4  Expenses

A5  Results of equity accounted investees

A6  Earnings per share

A7  Dividends

B 

 Investment in 
equity accounted 
joint ventures and 
associates

B1 

 Interests in equity accounted joint 
ventures and associates

B2 

Investment in APLNG

B3 

 Investment in Octopus Energy 
Holdings Limited

B4 

 Transactions between the Group and 
equity accounted investees

C4 

Intangible assets

C5  Trade and other payables

C6  Provisions

G5  Key management personnel

G6  Notes to the statement of cash flows

G7  Auditors’ remuneration

C7  Other financial assets and liabilities

G8  Master netting or similar agreements

G9  Deed of Cross Guarantee

G10  Parent entity disclosures

G11  Subsequent events

Directors’ declaration

Independent 
auditor’s report

D 

 Capital, funding and 
risk management

D1   Capital management

D2 

Interest-bearing liabilities

D3  Contributed equity

D4  Financial risk management

D5 

 Fair value of financial assets and 
liabilities

E  Taxation

E1  

Income tax expense

E2  Deferred tax

F  Group structure

F1  Controlled entities

F2  Business combinations

F3 

 Joint arrangements and investments in 
associates

76

Income statement
For the year ended 30 June 

Revenue
Other income
Expenses
Results of equity accounted investees
Interest income
Interest expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Profit for the year attributable to:
Members of the parent entity
Non-controlling interests

Profit for the year

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Note

A2
A3
A4
A5
A3
A4

E1

2020
$m

 13,157 
 54 
(13,514)
 608 
 190 
(316)

 179 
(93)

 86 

 83 
 3 

 86 

2019
$m

 14,727 
 26 
(13,953)
 632 
 234 
(388)

 1,278 
(64)

 1,214 

 1,211 
 3 

 1,214 

A6
A6

4.7 cents
4.7 cents

68.8 cents
68.7 cents

The income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes set out on pages 81 to 130.

Annual Report 2020Statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax
Investment valuation changes

Items that can be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax
Translation of foreign operations
Cash flow hedges:

Reclassified to income statement
Effective portion of change in fair value

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Members of the parent entity
Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the year

77

Note

2020
$m

2019
$m

86

 1,214 

E1
E1

 3 

 5 

 125 

 4 
(493)

(361)

(275)

(279)
 4 

(275)

 341 

(122)
 223 

 447 

 1,661 

 1,662 
(1)

 1,661 

The statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes set out on pages 81 to 130.

Financial Statements78

Statement of financial position
as at 30 June 

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Derivatives
Other financial assets
Income tax receivable
Assets classified as held for sale
Other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Derivatives
Other financial assets
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
Exploration and evaluation assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Payables to joint ventures
Interest-bearing liabilities
Derivatives
Other financial liabilities
Provision for income tax
Employee benefits
Provisions
Liabilities classified as held for sale

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest-bearing liabilities
Derivatives
Other financial liabilities
Employee benefits
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained earnings

Total parent entity interest
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Note

2020
$m

2019
$m

C1

D4
C7

C1
D4
C7
A5
C3
C2
C4
E2

C5

D2
D4
C7

C6

C5
D2
D4

C7
C6

D3

 1,240 
 1,959 
 164 
 630 
 479 
 89 
–
 105 

 4,666 

 18 
 528 
 2,225 
 7,360 
 4,331 
 190 
 5,420 
 315 
 40 

 1,546 
 2,324 
 137 
 472 
 318 
–
 254 
 112 

 5,163 

 7 
 962 
 3,152 
 6,960 
 3,597 
 98 
 5,381 
 380 
 43 

 20,427 

 20,580 

 25,093 

 25,743 

 1,934 
 202 
 1,401 
 466 
 237 
–
 234 
 163 
 – 

 4,637 

 193 
 5,451 
 749 
 16 
 33 
 1,313 

 7,755 

 12,392 

 12,701 

 7,145 
 716 
 4,819 

 12,680 
 21 

 12,701 

 2,006 
 204 
 948 
 384 
 308 
 160 
 189 
 45 
 23 

 4,267 

 2 
 6,648 
 1,119 
–
 31 
 527 

 8,327 

 12,594 

 13,149 

 7,125 
 1,089 
 4,915 

 13,129 
 20 

 13,149 

The statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes set out on pages 81 to 130.

Annual Report 2020Statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 

79

$m

Balance as at 
30 June 2019
Adoption of AASB 16 
(refer to Overview)

Balance as at 
1 July 2019
Profit for the year

Translation of foreign 
operations
Cash flow hedges
Investment 
valuation changes

Total other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive 
income for the year

Dividends provided 
for or paid
Movement in 
contributed equity  
(refer to note D3)
Share-based payments

Total transactions 
with owners recorded 
directly in equity

Balance as at 
30 June 2020

Balance as at 
30 June 2018
Adoption of AASB 9

Balance as at 
1 July 2018
Profit for the year

Translation of foreign 
operations
Cash flow hedges
Investment 
valuation changes

Total other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive 
income for the year

Dividends provided 
for or paid
Movement in 
contributed equity (refer 
to note D3)
Share-based payments

Total transactions 
with owners recorded 
directly in equity

Balance as at 
30 June 2019

Contributed 
equity

Share-based 
payments 
reserve

Foreign 
currency
 translation 
reserve

Hedge 
reserve

Fair 
value 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

Non-
controlling
interests

Total 
equity

 7,125 

 234 

 736 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 114 

 – 

 114 
 – 

 – 
(489)

 – 

 736 
 – 

 124 
 – 

 – 

 124 

(489)

 124 

(489)

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 7,125 
 – 

 234 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 20 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
(11)

 20 

(11)

 7,145 

 223 

 860 

(375)

 7,150 
 – 

 7,150 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 247 
 – 

 247 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(25)
 – 

 – 
(13)

(25)

(13)

 391 
 – 

 391 
 – 

 345 
 – 

 – 

 345 

 345 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 13 
 – 

 13 
 – 

 – 
 101 

 – 

 101 

 101 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 7,125 

 234 

 736 

 114 

 5 

 – 

 5 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 3 

 3 

 3 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 8 

(22)
 22 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 5 

 5 

 5 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 5 

 4,915 

 20 

 13,149 

 349 

 – 

 349 

 5,264 
 83 

 20 
 3 

 13,498 
 86 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 83 

(528)

 – 
 – 

 1 
 – 

 – 

 1 

 4 

(3)

 – 
 – 

 125 
(489)

 3 

(361)

(275)

(531)

 20 
(11)

(528)

(3)

(522)

 4,819 

 21 

 12,701 

 4,025 
(145)

 3,880 
 1,211 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,211 

(176)

 – 
 – 

 24 
 – 

 24 
 3 

(4)
 – 

 – 

(4)

(1)

(3)

 – 
 – 

 11,828 
(123)

 11,705 
 1,214 

 341 
 101 

 5 

 447 

 1,661 

(179)

(25)
(13)

(176)

(3)

(217)

 4,915 

 20 

 13,149 

The statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes set out on pages 81 to 130.

Financial Statements80

Statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Payments to suppliers and employees

Cash generated from operations
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of PP&E
Acquisition of exploration and development assets
Acquisition of other assets
Acquisition of OC Energy(1) 
Acquisition of other investments
Interest received from other parties
Net proceeds from sale of non-current assets
Australia Pacific LNG (APLNG) investing cash flows
 – Receipt of Mandatorily Redeemable Cumulative Preference Shares (MRCPS) interest
 – Proceeds from APLNG buy-back of MRCPS

Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Joint venture operator cash call movements
Settlement of foreign currency contracts
Interest paid(2)
Repayment of lease principal
Dividends paid to shareholders of Origin Energy Ltd, net of Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Repayment of Debt Service Reserve Account (DSRA) loan to equity accounted investees
Purchase of shares on market (treasury shares)

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

Note

2020
$m

2019
$m

G6

 14,766 
(13,600)

 1,166 
(215)

 951 

(290)
(85)
(125)
(14)
(151)
 18 
 234

 181 
 1,094 

 862 

 1,273 
(2,446)
 56 
(55)
(310)
(75)
(475)
(3)
(8)
(75)

(2,118)

(305)
 1,546 
(1)

 1,240 

 16,552 
(15,117)

 1,435 
(110)

 1,325 

(190)
(18)
(133)
(29)
(35)
 2 
 18

 229 
 745 

 589 

 2,063 
(1,878)
 7 
(64)
(375)
–
(162)
(3)
(31)
(77)

(520)

 1,394 
 150 
 2 

 1,546 

(1)  The Group acquired OC Energy in the prior year. The cash outflow of $14 million in the current year relates to deferred consideration on the acquisition. The prior year 

cash outflow of $29 million was net of cash acquired as part of the transaction.

(2)  Includes $16 million of interest payments on leases in the current year as a result of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases.

The statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes set out on pages 81 to 130.

Annual Report 2020 
 
81

The Group adopted AASB 16 using the 
modified retrospective approach. Under 
this approach, the cumulative effect of 
adopting the new standard was recognised 
as an adjustment to the opening balance 
of retained earnings on 1 July 2019. No 
restatement of comparative information is 
required. The Group has taken advantage of 
recognition exemptions for leases that are 
less than 12 months and leases for which 
the underlying asset is of low value.

The lease liabilities recognised on transition 
were measured at the present value of the 
remaining lease payments, discounted 
using the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate at 1 July 2019. The associated right-
of-use (ROU) assets for major commercial 
offices and certain LPG terminals were 
measured on a retrospective basis as if 
the new rules had always applied. The 
remaining ROU assets were measured at an 
amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted 
by the amount of any prepaid or accrued 
lease payments as at 30 June 2019.

The Group has applied the following 
practical expedients on transition 
to AASB 16:

•  use of a single discount rate for a 

portfolio of leases with reasonably similar 
characteristics;

•  reliance on previous onerous lease 
assessments. The initial ROU asset 
has been adjusted by the provision 
for onerous leases recognised in the 
statement of financial position at 
30 June 2019;

•  exclusion of leases with a remaining 

lease term of less than 12 months from 
1 July 2019;

•  exclusion of initial direct costs from 
measurement of the ROU asset; and

•  use of hindsight when determining the 
lease term for contracts containing 
optional periods.

Notes to the financial statements

The Group’s operating 
environment and COVID-19

The Group’s operating environment has 
been impacted by a significant reduction in 
commodity prices as well as the COVID-19 
pandemic. These factors combined 
have had wider impacts on consumers, 
businesses and the overall economy. The 
Group entered the 2020 financial year in a 
financially resilient position with significantly 
reduced upstream costs at APLNG, and 
materially reduced debt. This has enabled 
the Group to respond to the pandemic 
with a focus on safely maintaining energy 
supply and supporting customers who have 
been financially affected. To date, there has 
been no material impact on Origin’s energy 
supply operations and fuel availability.

The economic impacts of the changes in 
the Group’s operating environment due 
to oil price and COVID-19 impacts have 
implications for various line items in the 
financial statements, including revenue and 
receivables, equity accounted investments 
(APLNG), carrying value of non-current 
assets, provisions, derivatives and other 
non-financial assets/liabilities.

Use of judgements and 
estimates relating to COVID-19

In the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies, management has 
made a number of judgements and applied 
estimates in relation to changes in the 
Group’s operating environment and the 
impact of the reduction in commodity 
prices and COVID-19. The judgements and 
estimates that are material to the financial 
report are discussed in the following notes:

•  A2 – Revenue

•  B2 – Investment in APLNG

•  C1 – Trade and other receivables

•  C3 – Property, plant and equipment

•  C4 – Intangible assets

•  C6 – Provisions

Adoption of AASB 16 Leases

AASB 16 Leases became effective for the 
Group on 1 July 2019 and requires lessees 
to account for all leases under a single 
on–balance sheet model. The Group’s 
operating lease portfolio predominantly 
comprises commercial offices, LPG 
terminals, power generating assets and 
fleet vehicles.

Overview
Origin Energy Limited (the Company) is a 
for-profit company domiciled in Australia. 
The address of the Company’s registered 
office is Level 32, Tower 1, 100 Barangaroo 
Avenue, Barangaroo NSW 2000. The 
nature of the operations and principal 
activities of the Company and its controlled 
entities (the Group or Origin) are described 
in the segment information in note A1.

On 20 August 2020, the Directors resolved 
to authorise the issue of these consolidated 
general purpose financial statements for the 
year ended 30 June 2020.

Basis of preparation

The financial statements have 
been prepared:

• 

in accordance with the requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), 
Australian Accounting Standards and 
other authoritative pronouncements of 
the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board (AASB), and International 
Financial Reporting Standards as 
issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board; and

•  on a historical cost basis, except for 

derivatives and other financial assets and 
liabilities that are measured at fair value.

The financial statements:

•  are presented in Australian dollars;

•  are rounded to the nearest million 
dollars, unless otherwise stated, in 
accordance with Australian Securities 
and Investments Commission (ASIC) 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/
Directors’ Reports) Instrument 
2016/191; and

•  do not early adopt any Accounting 

Standards and Interpretations that have 
been issued or amended but are not 
yet effective.

Use of judgements 
and estimates

Preparing the financial statements in 
conformity with Australian Accounting 
Standards requires management to make 
judgements and apply estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets, liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and associated 
assumptions, which are based on 
historical experience and various other 
factors believed to be reasonable under 
the circumstances, form the basis of 
judgements about carrying values of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent from other sources. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates. 
Throughout the notes to the financial 
statements, further information is provided 
about key management judgements and 
estimates that we consider material to the 
financial statements. 

Financial Statements82

Overview (continued)

Adoption of AASB 16 Leases (continued) 

Key judgements and estimates applied on adoption of AASB 16 Leases

Management judgement has been applied in the application of AASB 16 to the Group’s renewable power purchase agreements (PPAs). 
Where the use of an asset, such as a wind or solar farm, is considered to be pre-determined, the arrangement is a lease if either the 
customer has the right to direct the operations of the asset in a manner it determines or the customer designed the asset. Management 
has determined that Origin’s decision-making rights under its PPAs give the Group the ability to direct the operations of the power 
plants and that owners are prevented from using the assets in any other way. Accordingly, the renewable PPAs through which the 
Group takes substantially all the output have been classified as leases under AASB 16.

If the renewable PPAs had not been deemed leases, net electricity derivative liabilities of $449 million would have been recognised in 
the statement of financial position at 30 June 2020. Additionally, a $63 million gain would have been treated as an item excluded from 
underlying profit, consistent with other fair value movements.

Regardless of whether the Group’s renewable PPAs are classified as leases, recognition and measurement of the realised component, 
being the amount incurred for electricity purchased during the period, is the same. Consistent with prior periods, the realised 
component is recognised in expenses (refer to note A4) within the income statement. To determine the value of the electricity 
derivatives that would be recognised were the Group’s renewable PPAs not classified as leases, significant management judgement 
is required to estimate future generation profiles and forward electricity spot prices relative to the terms of the individual contract for 
periods up to 15 years.

Payments under the Group’s leases of renewable power plants are entirely variable as they depend on the amount of energy produced 
in each period. Such leases have nil lease liability balances and thus nil ROU asset balances. All payments made under these leases are 
recognised within operating expenses as incurred.

Transition impact at 1 July 2019

The impact on the Group’s statement of financial position at 1 July 2019 is summarised below.

As at 1 July 2019

PP&E
ROU assets
Derivative assets(1)
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Lease liabilities
Derivative liabilities(1)
Provisions(2)
Retained earnings (net of tax)

$m
Debit/(credit)

(75)
 445 
(128)
(149)
(6)
(478)
 640 
 100 
(349)

(1)  Derivative assets and liabilities derecognised on adoption of AASB 16 as they relate to PPAs classified as leases under the new standard.

(2)  Onerous lease provisions are now reflected within the carrying value of ROU assets.

A reconciliation of the Group’s undiscounted operating lease commitments at 30 June 2019 to lease liabilities recognised on transition at 
1 July 2019 is set out below.

As at 1 July 2019

Operating lease commitments disclosed at 30 June 2019
Adjusted for:
Discounting at the date of initial application using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate
Different treatment of extension options
Finance lease liabilities on statement of financial position at 30 June 2019
Other

Lease liability recognised as at 1 July 2019

The Group’s weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied on 1 July 2019 was 3.1 per cent.

$m

 543 

(113)
 49 
 7 
(1)

 485 

Annual Report 202083

Items excluded from the calculation of 
underlying profit are reported to the 
Managing Director as not representing the 
underlying performance of the business 
and thus are excluded from underlying 
profit or underlying EBITDA. These items 
are determined after consideration of the 
nature of the item, the significance of the 
amount and the consistency in treatment 
from period to period.

The nature of items excluded from 
underlying profit and underlying 
EBITDA are:

•  changes in the fair value of financial 

instruments not in accounting hedge 
relationships, to remove the significant 
volatility caused by timing mismatches 
in valuing financial instruments and the 
related underlying transactions. The 
valuation changes are subsequently 
recognised in underlying earnings when 
the underlying transactions are settled;

•  realised and unrealised foreign exchange 

gains/losses on debt held to hedge 
USD-denominated APLNG MRCPS, for 
which fair value changes are excluded 
from underlying profit;

•  redundancies and other costs in relation 
to business restructuring, transformation 
or integration activities;

•  gains/losses on the sale or acquisition of 

an asset/entity;

•  transaction costs incurred in relation to 

the sale or acquisition of an entity;

• 

impairments of assets; and

•  significant onerous contracts.

A Results for the year

This section highlights the performance of 
the Group for the year, including results by 
operating segment, income and expenses, 
results of equity accounted investees, 
earnings per share and dividends.

A1 Segments

The Group’s operating segments are 
presented on a basis that is consistent 
with the information provided internally 
to the Managing Director, who is the chief 
operating decision maker. This reflects the 
way the Group’s businesses are managed, 
rather than the legal structure of the Group.

The reporting segments are organised 
according to the nature of the activities 
undertaken and are detailed below.

•  Energy Markets: Energy retailing and 

wholesaling, power generation and LPG 
operations predominantly in Australia. 
Also includes Origin’s investment in 
Octopus Energy Holdings Limited 
(Octopus Energy).

•  Integrated Gas: Origin’s investment 
in APLNG, growth assets business 
and management of LNG hedging 
and trading activities. For greater 
transparency, the investment in APLNG 
is presented separately from the residual 
component of the segment in the 
following disclosures.

•  Corporate: Various business 

development and support activities that 
are not allocated to operating segments.

Underlying profit and underlying EBITDA 
are the primary alternative performance 
measures used by the Managing 
Director for the purpose of assessing the 
performance of each operating segment 
and the Group. Underlying profit and 
underlying EBITDA are non-statutory 
(non-IFRS) measures. The objective of 
measuring and reporting underlying profit 
and underlying EBITDA is to provide a more 
meaningful and consistent representation 
of financial performance by removing 
items that distort performance or are 
non-recurring in nature.

Financial Statements84

A1 Segments (continued) 

Segment result for the year ended 30 June

Energy Markets

Share of APLNG

Other(6)

Corporate

Consolidated

Integrated Gas

$m

Ref.

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

External revenue

 12,888 

 14,293 

–

 – 

 269 

 434 

 – 

 – 

 13,157 

 14,727 

EBITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Share of ITDA of equity 
accounted investees

EBIT
Interest income(1)
Interest expense(2)
Income tax expense(3)
Non-controlling interests (NCI)

Statutory profit/(loss) 
attributable to members of the 
parent entity

Reconciliation of statutory 
profit/(loss) to segment result 
and underlying profit/(loss)
Fair value and foreign 
exchange movements
Disposals, impairments, 
onerous contracts and business 
restructuring
Tax and NCI on items excluded 
from underlying profit

 1,521 
(477)

 1,492 
(401)

 1,915 
–

 2,142 
 – 

(1,185)
(29)

(7)

 – 

(1,301)

(1,516)

 5 

 2 
(18)

 6 

 1,037 

 1,091 

 614 

 626 

(1,209)
 174 

(10)
 226 

(134)
(3)

(275)
 – 

 2,117 
 (509)

 3,361 
(419)

 – 

 – 

 (1,303)

(1,510)

(137)
 16 
(316)
(93)
(3)

(275)
 8 
(388)
(64)
(3)

 305 
 190 
 (316)
 (93)
 (3)

 1,432 
 234 
(388)
(64)
(3)

 1,037 

 1,091 

 614 

 626 

(1,035)

 216 

(533)

(722)

 83 

 1,211 

(a)

 83 

(61)

–

 – 

 384 

 271 

(73)

(11)

 394 

 199 

(b)

(20)

(21)

 – 

 13 

(1,396)

(38)

(2)

(29)

(1,418)

(75)

 84 

 9 

 59 

 19 

 84 

 59 

(940)

 183 

Total significant items

 63 

(82)

 – 

 13 

(1,012)

 233 

Segment underlying  
profit/(loss)(4)(5)

Underlying EBITDA(4)(5)

 974 

 1,173 

 614 

 613 

(23)

(17)

(542)

(741)

 1,023 

 1,028 

 1,459 

 1,574 

 1,915 

 2,123 

(174)

(231)

(59)

(234)

 3,141 

 3,232 

(1)  Interest income earned on MRCPS has been allocated to the Integrated Gas – Other segment.

(2)  Interest expense related to general financing is allocated to the Corporate segment.

(3)  Income tax expense for entities in the Origin tax consolidated group is allocated to the Corporate segment.

(4)  Underlying profit and underlying EBITDA are non-statutory (non-IFRS) measures.

(5)  Underlying EBITDA equals segment underlying profit/(loss) adjusted for: depreciation and amortisation; share of ITDA of equity accounted investees; interest income/ 

(expense); income tax expense; and NCI.

(6)  EBITDA in the Integrated Gas – Other segment in the current period includes an impairment expense of $746 million related to the Group’s equity accounted investment 

in APLNG (refer to note B2.2) and an onerous contract expense of $650 million related to the Cameron LNG purchase contract (refer to note C6).

Annual Report 202085

A1 Segments (continued) 

$m

Gross

Tax and NCI

Gross

Tax and NCI

2020

2019

(a) Fair value and foreign exchange movements
Increase/(decrease) in fair value of derivatives
Net gain from financial instruments measured at fair value
Exchange loss on foreign-denominated debt

Fair value and foreign exchange movements

(b) Disposals, impairments, onerous contracts and business restructuring

Capital tax loss recognition – Ironbark
Gain on sale of Denison – share of APLNG(1)
Gain on sale – Origin LPG (Vietnam) LLC 
Gain on sale – Energia Austral SpA
Loss on sale – Dandenong Cogent assets

Disposals

Integrated Gas impairments and impairment reversals
Impairment – APLNG equity accounted investment(2)
Impairment – Ironbark permit areas
Impairment reversal – Heytesbury permit areas

Corporate impairments
Impairment – goodwill and other intangibles on Pleiades investment in Chile

Impairments

Onerous contracts – Cameron

Onerous contracts

One-off building lease exit costs
Restructuring costs
Transaction costs
Finalisation of tax position – Lattice Energy divestment

Business restructuring

Total disposals, impairments, onerous contracts and 
business restructuring

 275 
 123 
(4)

 394 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

(746)
 – 

 – 

 – 

(746)

(650)

(650)

 – 
(9)
(13)
 – 

(22)

(83)
(37)
 1 

(119)

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 195 

 195 

 – 
 3 
 5 
 – 

 8 

(1,418)

 203 

(102)
 391 
(90)

 199 

 – 
 13 
 5 
 5 
(2)

 21 

 – 
(49)

 13 

(3)

(39)

 – 

 – 

(19)
(29)
(9)
 – 

(57)

(75)

(1)  The prior period amount is presented post-tax as the Group equity accounts for its share of net profit after tax of APLNG. Refer note B2.1. 

(2)  Refer to note B2.2.

 30 
(117)
 27 

(60)

 68 
 – 
(1)
(1)
 – 

 66 

 – 
 15 

(4)

–

 11 

 – 

 – 

 6 
 8 
 3 
 25 

 42 

 119 

Financial Statements86

A1 Segments (continued)

Segment assets and liabilities as at 30 June

Integrated Gas

Energy 
Markets

Share of 
APLNG

Other

Corporate

Total 
continuing 
operations

Total assets 
and liabilities 
held for sale

Consolidated

$m

2020

2019 2020

2019 2020

2019 2020

2019

2020

2019 2020

2019 2020

2019

 12,567   12,378 

 – 

 – 

 687 

 276 

 214 

 133 

 13,468 

 12,787 

 – 

 254 

 13,468 

 13,041 

 381 

 – 

 7,862 

 7,103 

(884)

(143)

 1 

 – 

 7,360 

 6,960 

 – 

 – 

 7,360 

 6,960 

Total assets

 12,948   12,378 

 7,862 

 7,103 

 1,912 

 3,178 

 2,371 

 2,830 

 25,093 

 25,489 

 2,109 

 3,045 

 2,156 

 2,697 

 4,265 

 5,742 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 4,265 

 5,742 

 254   25,093 

 25,743 

(3,414) (3,299)

 – 

 – 

(1,155)

(369)

(726)

(821)

(5,295) (4,489)

 – 

(23)

(5,295)

(4,512)

Assets
Segment assets 
Investments accounted 
for using the equity 
method (refer 
to note A5)
Cash, funding-related 
derivatives and 
tax assets

Liabilities
Segment liabilities
Financial liabilities, 
interest-bearing 
liabilities, funding-
related derivatives and 
tax liabilities

Total liabilities

(3,414) (3,299)

 – 

 – 

(1,155)

(369) (7,823) (8,903) (12,392) (12,571)

Net assets

 9,534 

 9,079 

 7,862 

 7,103 

 757 

 2,809  (5,452) (6,073)

 12,701 

 12,918 

Additions of non-
current assets(1)

 519 

 382 

 – 

 – 

 95 

 30 

 12 

 7 

 626 

 419 

(7,097) (8,082)

(7,097) (8,082)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(7,097)

(8,082)

(23) (12,392) (12,594)

 231 

 12,701 

 13,149 

 – 

 626 

 419 

(1)  The Energy Markets segment includes $128 million relating to the investment in Octopus Energy and $13 million relating to the build of the Kraken technology platform 

following the agreement entered into with Octopus Energy (2019: $58 million relating to the acquisition of OC Energy Pty Ltd).

Geographical information

Detailed below is revenue based on the location of the customer and non-current assets (excluding derivatives, other financial assets and 
deferred tax assets) based on the location of the assets.

For the year ended 30 June
Australia
Other

External revenue

As at 30 June
Australia
Other

Non-current assets(1)

(1)  The prior period excludes amounts that were classified as held for sale at 30 June 2019.

2020
$m

2019
$m

 13,067 
 90 

 13,157 

 14,612 
 115 

 14,727 

 17,317 
 42 

 16,050 
 36 

 17,359 

 16,086 

Annual Report 2020 
A2 Revenue

$m 
2020 

Sale of electricity
Sale of gas
Pool revenue
Other revenue

$m 
2019

Sale of electricity
Sale of gas
Pool revenue
Other revenue

Retail

 4,569 
 1,163 
 – 
 45 

 5,777 

 5,056 
 1,064 
 – 
 44 

 6,164 

Business and
 Wholesale

 2,941 
 1,673 
 1,527 
 64 

 6,205 

 3,208 
 1,862 
 2,117 
 52 

 7,239 

Solar and 
Energy 
Services

Integrated 
Gas

 81 
 99 
 – 
 118 

 298 

 34 
 90 
–
 92 

 216 

 – 
 269 
 – 
 – 

 269 

 – 
 434 
 – 
 – 

 434 

LPG

 – 
 606 
 – 
 2 

 608 

 – 
 674 
 – 
 – 

 674 

87

Total

 7,591 
 3,810 
 1,527 
 229 

 13,157 

 8,298 
 4,124 
 2,117 
 188 

 14,727 

The Group’s primary revenue streams relate to the sale of electricity and natural gas to retail (Residential and Small to Medium Enterprises), 
business and wholesale customers, and the sale of generated electricity into the National Electricity Market (NEM). 

Key judgements and estimates: The Group recognises revenue from electricity and gas sales once the energy has been consumed 
by the customer. When determining revenue for the financial period, management estimates the volume of energy supplied since a 
customer’s last bill. The estimation of unbilled consumption requires judgement and is based on various assumptions including:

•  volume and timing of energy consumed by customers;

•  allocation of estimated electricity and gas volumes to various pricing plans;

•  discounts linked to customer payment patterns; and

• 

loss factors.

Management also uses unbilled consumption volumes to accrue network expenses incurred by the Group for unread customer 
electricity and gas meters. 

The government-imposed lockdown and social distancing restrictions in response to COVID-19 have generally resulted in increased 
residential household energy consumption as more people stay at home, while businesses have reduced energy consumption in certain 
industries. Given the unprecedented operating environment, the calculation of unbilled revenue requires significant judgement in 
estimating the level of energy consumption by customers during the unbilled period to 30 June 2020. The Group uses a backcasting 
model and volume-matching process to provide a reliable estimate of unbilled revenue as at 30 June 2020. Refer to note C1 for the 
Group’s consideration of the COVID-19 impact on its cash collection of trade receivables and unbilled revenue.

Retail contracts

Retail electricity service is generally marketed through standard service offers that provide customers with discounts on published tariff 
rates. Contracts have no fixed duration, generally require no minimum consumption, and can be terminated by the customer at any time 
without significant penalty. The supply of energy is considered a single performance obligation for which revenue is recognised upon 
delivery to customers at the offered rate. Where customers are eligible to receive additional behavioural discounts, Origin considers this to 
be variable consideration, which is estimated as part of the unbilled process. 

Business and wholesale contracts

Contracts with business and wholesale customers are generally medium to long term, higher-volume arrangements with fixed or index-
linked energy rates that have been commercially negotiated. The nature and accounting treatment of this revenue stream is largely 
consistent with retail sales. Some business and wholesale sales arrangements also include the transfer of renewable energy certificates 
(RECs), which represent an additional performance obligation. Revenue is recognised for these contracts when Origin has the ‘right to 
invoice’ the customer for consideration that corresponds directly with the value of units of energy delivered to the customer. 

Pool revenue

Pool revenue relates to sales by Origin generation assets into the NEM, as well as revenue associated with gross settled PPAs. Origin has 
assessed it is acting as the principal in relation to transactions with the NEM and therefore recognises pool sales on a ‘gross’ basis. Revenue 
from these sales is recognised at the spot price achieved when control of the electricity passes to the grid.

LPG and LNG sales

Revenue from the sale of LPG (from Origin’s Energy Markets segment) and LNG (from Origin’s Integrated Gas segment) is recognised 
at the point in time that the customer takes physical possession of the commodity. Revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects the 
consideration expected to be received.

Financial Statements88

A3 Other income

Net gain on sale of assets
Fees and services, and other income(1)

Other income

Interest earned from other parties(2)
Interest earned on APLNG MRCPS (refer to note B4)

Interest income

2020
$m

 1 
 53 

 54 

 16 
 174 

 190 

2019
$m

–
 26 

 26 

 8 
 226 

 234 

(1)  The current period amount includes $39 million relating to insurance proceeds received to 30 June 2020 for the Mortlake generator asset failure in July 2019.

(2)  Interest income is measured using an effective interest rate method and recognised as it accrues.

A4 Expenses

Expenses
Cost of sales
Employee expenses(1)
Depreciation and amortisation 
Impairment of non-current assets(2)
Impairment of trade receivables (net of bad debts recovered)
(Increase)/decrease in fair value of derivatives
Net gain from financial instruments measured at fair value
Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss
Onerous contract expense(3)
Other(4)(5)

Expenses

Interest on borrowings
Interest on lease liabilities
Unwind of discounting on long-term provisions

Interest expense

2020
$m

2019
$m

 10,732 
 662 
 509 
 764 
 124 
(275)
(123)
(15)
 650 
 486 

 13,514 

 296 
 18 
 2 

 316 

 12,254 
 664 
 419 
 39 
 84 
 102 
(391)
 89 
 – 
 693 

 13,953 

 385 
–
 3 

 388 

(1)  Includes contributions to defined contribution superannuation funds of $62 million (2019: $61 million).

(2)  In the current period, a $746 million impairment was recognised relating to the Group’s equity accounted investment in APLNG (refer to note B2.2), as well as a 

$19 million impairment relating to the Mortlake generator asset write-off following the electrical fault experienced in July 2019.  This was offset by a $1 million impairment 
reversal relating to the Group’s investment in PNG Energy Development Limited joint venture. (2019: A $49 million impairment was recognised in relation to the Ironbark 
permit assets, offset by a $13 million impairment reversal in relation to the Heytesbury permit areas, following classification as held for sale. An additional $3 million 
impairment of goodwill and other intangibles on the Pleiades investment in Chile was recognised.)

(3)  Refer to note C6.

(4)  Includes $83 million of cost recoveries (2019: $124 million), which were previously netted against the cost of sales line.

(5)  The comparative amount includes operating lease rental expense of $81 million.

Annual Report 2020A5 Results of equity accounted investees

$m
2020

Octopus Energy(1)
Gasbot Pty Limited(2)

Total associates

APLNG(3)(4)
PNG Energy Developments Limited

Total joint ventures

Total 

2019

APLNG(3)(4)
PNG Energy Developments Limited

Total joint ventures

Total 

$m
as at

Octopus Energy(1)
APLNG(3)
PNG Energy Developments Limited
Gasbot Pty Limited(2)

89

Share of 
EBITDA

Share of
 ITDA

Share of net
 (loss)/profit

(4)
 – 

(4)

 1,915 
 – 

 1,915 

 1,911 

 2,142 
 – 

 2,142 

 2,142 

(7)
 – 

(7)

(1,296)
 – 

(1,296)

(1,303)

(1,510)
 – 

(1,510)

(1,510)

(11)
 – 

(11)

 619 
 – 

 619 

 608 

 632 
 – 

 632 

 632 

Equity accounted investment 
carrying amount

2020

2019

 380 
 6,978 
 1 
 1 

 7,360 

 – 
 6,960 
 – 
 – 

 6,960 

(1)  The Group acquired a 20 per cent interest in Octopus Energy effective 1 May 2020. Included in Octopus Energy’s share of net profit is $5 million (Origin share) of 

depreciation, relating to the fair value attributed to assets at the acquisition date. Refer to note B3.

(2)  During the period, the Group acquired a 35 per cent interest in Gasbot Pty Limited and has significant influence over the entity.

(3)  APLNG’s summary financial information is separately disclosed in note B2.

(4)  Included in the Group’s share of net profit is $5 million (2019: $6 million) of MRCPS interest income, in line with the depreciation of the capitalised interest in APLNG’s 
result. MRCPS interest was capitalised by APLNG during the construction period, and therefore eliminated by the Group against its equity accounted investment at 
that time. Refer to note B2.1.

Financial Statements90

A6 Earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares on issue – basic(1)
Weighted average number of shares on issue – diluted(2)

STATUTORY PROFIT
Earnings per share based on statutory consolidated profit
Statutory profit – $m
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

UNDERLYING PROFIT
Earnings per share based on underlying consolidated profit
Underlying profit – $m(3)
Underlying basic earnings per share
Underlying diluted earnings per share

2020

2019

 1,759,801,186 
 1,764,776,000 

 1,758,935,655 
 1,762,450,733 

 83 
4.7 cents
4.7 cents

 1,211 
68.8 cents
68.7 cents

 1,023 
58.1 cents
58.0 cents

 1,028 
58.4 cents
58.3 cents

(1)  The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number of shares on issue during the period excluding treasury shares held.

(2)  The diluted earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number of shares on issue during the period excluding treasury shares held and is adjusted to 

reflect the number of shares which would be issued if outstanding Options, Performance Share Rights (PSRs), Deferred Share Rights (DSRs), Restricted Shares (RSs) and 
Matching Share Rights (MSRs) were to be exercised (2020: 4,974,814; 2019: 3,515,078).  

(3)  Refer to note A1 for a reconciliation of statutory profit to underlying consolidated profit.

A7 Dividends

The Directors have determined to pay an unfranked final dividend of 10 cents per share, payable on 2 October 2020. Dividends paid 
during the year ended 30 June are detailed below.

Final dividend of 15 cents per share, in respect of FY2019, fully franked at 30 per cent, paid 27 September 2019 
(2019: Nil final dividend)
Interim dividend of 15 cents per share, in respect of FY2020, fully franked at 30 per cent, paid 27 March 2020 
(2019: 10 cents per share, fully franked at 30 per cent, paid 29 March 2019)

Total dividends provided for or paid

Dividend franking account
Franking credits available to shareholders of Origin Energy Limited for subsequent financial years are 
shown below.
Australian franking credits available at 30 per cent(1)
New Zealand franking credits available at 28 per cent (in NZD)

(1)  Franking credits will arise from tax payments during FY2021 and the franking account will not be in deficit by 30 June 2021. 

2020

$m

264

 264 

 528 

2019

$m

–

 176 

 176 

(57)
 304 

 205 
 304 

Annual Report 202091

B Investment in equity accounted joint ventures and associates

This section provides information on the Group’s equity accounted investments including financial information relating to APLNG and 
Octopus Energy.

B1 Interests in equity accounted joint ventures and associates

Joint ventures and associates

Octopus Energy(1)
APLNG(2)
KUBU Energy Resources (Pty) Limited
PNG Energy Developments Limited
Gasbot Pty Limited

Reporting date

Country of 
incorporation

2020

2019

Ownership interest (per cent)

30 April
30 June
30 June
31 December
30 June

United Kingdom
Australia
Botswana
PNG
Australia

 20.0 
 37.5 
 50.0 
 50.0 
 35.0 

–
 37.5 
 50.0 
 50.0 
 – 

(1)  Octopus Energy is a separate legal entity. The Group’s 20 per cent investment is equity accounted as a result of the Group’s active participation on the Board and the 

Group’s ability to impact decision making, leading to the assessment that significant influence exists.

(2)  APLNG is a separate legal entity. Operating, management and funding decisions require the unanimous support of the Foundation Shareholders, which includes the 

Group and ConocoPhillips. Accordingly, joint control exists and the Group has classified the investment in APLNG as a joint venture.

Of the above interests in joint ventures and associates, only APLNG and Octopus Energy have a material impact to the Group at 
30 June 2020.

B2 Investment in APLNG

This section provides information on financial information related to the Group’s investment in the equity accounted joint venture APLNG.

B2.1 Summary APLNG income statement

for the year ended 30 June

2020

2019

$m

Operating revenue
Operating expenses

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation expense
Interest income
Interest expense – MRCPS
Other interest expense
Income tax expense

ITDA

Statutory result for the year

Other comprehensive income
Statutory total comprehensive income(1)

Items excluded from segment result
Gain on sale of assets – Denison

Items excluded from segment result (net of tax)

Underlying profit for the year(2)

Underlying EBITDA for the year(2)

Total
APLNG

Origin 
interest

Total
APLNG

Origin 
interest

 7,100 
(1,992)

 5,108 

(1,863)
 40 
(463)
(474)
(708)

 7,491 
(1,781)

 5,710 

(2,116)
 51 
(602)
(662)
(711)

 1,915 

(699)
 15 
(174)
(177)
(266)

 2,142 

(794)
 19 
(226)
(248)
(267)

(3,468)

(1,301)

(4,040)

(1,516)

 1,640 

 – 

 1,640 

 – 

 – 

 1,640 

 5,108 

 614 

 – 

 614 

 – 

 – 

 614 

 1,915 

 1,670 

 – 

 1,670 

 35 

 35 

 1,635 

 5,662 

 626 

– 

 626 

 13 

 13 

 613 

 2,123 

(1)  Excluded from the above is $5 million (2019: $6 million) (Origin share) of MRCPS interest income that has been recognised by Origin in line with the depreciation of the 
capitalised interest in APLNG’s result above. MRCPS interest was capitalised by APLNG during the construction period, and therefore eliminated by Origin against its 
equity accounted investment at that time. This adjustment is disclosed under the ‘Integrated Gas – Other’ segment on the ‘share of ITDA of equity accounted investees’ 
line in note A1. 

(2)  Underlying profit and underlying EBITDA are non-statutory (non-IFRS) measures.

Income and expense amounts are converted from USD to AUD using the average rate prevailing for the relevant period.

Financial Statements92

B2.2 Carrying amount of investment in APLNG

Impact of oil prices and COVID-19 on carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity method

The carrying amount of the Group’s equity accounted investment in APLNG is reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether 
there is any indication of impairment. Where an indicator of impairment exists, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made. The 
Group’s assessment of the recoverable amount uses a discounted cash flow methodology and considers a range of macroeconomic and 
project assumptions, including oil and LNG price, AUD/USD exchange rates, discount rates and costs over the asset’s life. The principal 
change since the Group’s last assessment at 31 December 2019 is a reduction in oil price assumptions over the near term and a revised 
long-term Brent crude oil price assumption of US$60/bbl (real FY2020) from FY2026, partially offset by cost reductions from improved 
field and operating performance. As a result, the Group recognised an impairment charge of $746 million against the carrying value of its 
investment in APLNG as at 30 June 2020 (2019: $nil).

The recoverable amount of the investment requires significant judgement and is sensitive to changes in key assumptions. A change in 
assumption could result in a significantly higher or lower impairment charge recognised at 30 June 2020. The assumptions and the 
sensitivity of the investment to assumption changes are described below.

Oil prices (Brent oil nominal, US$/bbl) used by the Group in its impairment assessment are shown below.

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026(1)

30 June 2020

40

45

50

55

61

66

(1)  Escalated at 2 per cent from 2026.

Forecasts of the foreign exchange rate for foreign currencies, where relevant, are estimated with reference to observable external market 
data and forward values, including analysis of broker and consensus estimates.

The future estimated AUD/USD rates applied by APLNG are shown below.

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

30 June 2020

0.69

0.69

0.69

0.70

0.70

0.70

The post-tax discount rate applied, determined as APLNG’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for risks where appropriate, 
is 7.4 per cent (2019: 7.4 per cent).

The APLNG valuation is determined based on an assessment of fair value less costs of disposal (based on level 3 fair value hierarchy). Key 
assumptions in APLNG’s valuation are reserves, future production profiles, foreign exchange, commodity prices, operating costs and any 
future development costs necessary to produce the reserves.

Estimated unconventional reserve quantities in APLNG are based on interpretations of geological and geophysical models, and assessment 
of the technical feasibility and commercial viability of producing the reserves. Reserve estimates are prepared that conform to guidelines 
prepared by the Society of Petroleum Engineers. These assessments require assumptions to be made regarding future development and 
production cost, commodity prices, exchange rates and fiscal regimes. The estimates of reserves may change from period to period as the 
economic assumptions used to estimate the reserves can change from period to period, and as additional geological data is generated 
during the course of operations. Estimated reserve quantities include a Probabilistic Resource Assessment approach.

Estimates of future commodity prices are highly judgemental, particularly with the sudden reduction in pricing during the last quarter of 
the financial year. The reduced prices are expected to impact FY2021 due to the effect of lagged oil pricing.

The Group’s estimate as at 30 June 2020 is based on its best estimate of future market prices with reference to external industry and 
market analysts’ forecasts, current spot prices and forward curves. Future commodity prices for impairment testing are reviewed on a 
six-monthly basis. Where volumes are contracted, future prices are based on the contracted price. 

Impairment sensitivity

The Group’s assessment of the recoverable amount of its investment in APLNG is most sensitive to changes in oil price, discount rates 
and the AUD/USD foreign exchange rate. Key accounting judgements and estimates used in forming the valuation are disclosed in the 
previous section.

Reasonably possible changes in circumstances will affect assumptions and the estimated fair value of Origin’s investment in APLNG. 
These reasonably possible changes include:

•  a decrease in oil prices of USD$1/bbl, which in isolation would lead to a decrease of AU$233 million in the valuation; and

•  an increase in the discount rate of 0.3 per cent in isolation or an increase in the AUD/USD FX rate of 2 cents in isolation from the rates 

assumed in the valuation would lead to a decrease of A$233 million in the valuation.

Changes in any of the aforementioned assumptions, may be accompanied by changes in other assumptions, which may have an 
offsetting impact.

Annual Report 2020B2.3 Summary APLNG statement of financial position

100 per cent APLNG
as at 30 June
$m

Cash and cash equivalents
Assets classified as held for sale
Other assets

Current assets

Receivables from shareholders
PP&E(1)
Exploration, evaluation and development assets
Other assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Bank loans – secured
Payable to shareholders (MRCPS)
Other liabilities(2)

Current liabilities

Bank loans – secured
Payable to shareholders (MRCPS)
Other liabilities(3)

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Group’s interest of 37.5% of APLNG net assets
Group’s impairment expense
Group’s own costs
MRCPS elimination(4)

Investment in APLNG Pty Ltd(5)

93

2020

2019

 1,072 
 5 
 775 

 1,852 

 370 
 35,703 
 531 
 998 

 1,610 
 5 
 644 

 2,259 

 375 
 35,971 
 326 
 1,641 

 37,602 

 38,313 

 39,454 

 40,572 

 720 
 117 
 689 

 1,526 

 8,587 
 5,398 
 2,981 

 16,966 

 18,492 

 20,962 

 7,862 
(746)
 25 
(163)

 673 
 91 
 761 

 1,525 

 9,084 
 8,078 
 2,946 

 20,108 

 21,633 

 18,939 

 7,103 
–
 25 
(168)

 6,978 

 6,960 

(1)  Includes $429 million of ROU assets in the current period as a result of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases.

(2)  Includes $64 million of lease liabilities in the current period as a result of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases.

(3)  Includes $193 million of lease liabilities in the current period as a result of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases.

(4)  During project construction, when the Group received interest on the MRCPS from APLNG, it recorded the interest as income after eliminating a proportion of this 

interest that related to its ownership interest in APLNG. At the same time, when APLNG paid interest to the Group on MRCPS, the amount was capitalised by APLNG. 
Therefore, these capitalised interest amounts form part of the cost of APLNG’s assets and these assets have been depreciated since commencement of operations. The 
proportion attributable to the Group’s own interest (37.5 per cent) is eliminated through the equity accounted investment balance.

(5)  Includes a movement of $145 million in foreign exchange that has been recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.

Reporting date balances are converted from USD to AUD using an end-of-period exchange rate of 0.6862 (2019: 0.7012).

Financial Statements94

B2.4 Summary APLNG statement of cash flows

100 per cent APLNG
for the year ended 30 June
$m

Cash flow from operating activities
Receipts from customers
Payments to suppliers and employees

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Loan repaid by Origin
Loans repaid by other shareholders
Proceeds from sale of assets
Acquisition of non-current assets
Acquisition of PP&E
Acquisition of exploration and development assets
Other investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Payments relating to other financing activities
Repayment of lease principal
Payment of interest on lease liabilities
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Payments of transaction and interest costs relating to borrowings
Payments for buy-back of MRCPS
Payments of interest on MRCPS

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

2020

2019

 7,321 
(2,079)

 5,242 

 8 
 6 
–
(245)
(1,001)
(37)
 40 

 7,538 
(2,002)

 5,536 

 31 
 9 
 30 
 – 
(1,321)
(57)
 50 

(1,229)

(1,258)

(45)
(80)
(19)
–
(731)
(382)
(2,918)
(480)

(85)
 – 
 – 
 6,346 
(7,154)
(513)
(1,987)
(611)

(4,655)

(4,004)

(642)
 1,610 
 104 

 1,072 

 274 
 1,223 
 113 

 1,610 

Cash flow amounts are converted from USD to AUD using the exchange rate that approximates the actual rate on the date of the 
cash flows.

Annual Report 202095

B3 Investment in Octopus Energy Holdings Limited

On 1 May 2020, the Group announced the acquisition of a 20 per cent equity stake in Octopus Energy for a total cash consideration of 
£215 million ($412 million), of which £65 million was paid upfront and £150 million is deferred over two financial years. Octopus Energy 
is an energy retailer and technology company incorporated in the United Kingdom and is not publicly listed. The investment in Octopus 
Energy enables the Group to adopt Octopus Energy’s market-leading operating model and customer platform, Kraken, to fast-track 
material improvements in customer experience and costs. 

The following table summarises the financial information of Octopus Energy, as included in its financial statements, adjusted for fair value 
adjustments at acquisition and differences in accounting policies. The table also reconciles the summarised financial information to the 
carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Octopus Energy. The information for FY2020 includes the results of Octopus Energy from 1 May 
to 30 June 2020, following the acquisition of the 20 per cent equity stake.

Summary Octopus Energy income statement  
for the period from 1 May to 30 June 
$m

Statutory and underlying result for the period
Other comprehensive income

Statutory total comprehensive income(1)

2020

Total 
Octopus
Energy

(32)
–

(32)

Origin 
interest

(6)
–

(6)

(1)  Excluded from the above is $5 million (Origin share) of amortisation relating to the fair value attributed to assets at the acquisition date.

Income statement amounts are converted from GBP to AUD using the average rate prevailing for the relevant period.

Summary Octopus Energy statement of financial position  
as at 30 June 
$m 

Current assets(1)
Non-current assets
Current liabilities(2)
Non-current liabilities(2)

Net assets

Group’s interest of 20% of Octopus Energy net assets
Goodwill and fair value adjustments(3)
Group’s own costs

Group’s carrying amount of the investment in Octopus Energy(4)

(1)  Current assets includes cash and cash equivalents of $113 million.

(2)  Includes current financial liabilities and non-current financial liabilities of $237 million and $197 million respectively.

(3)  Includes goodwill and other fair value adjustments on initial recognition of the Group’s equity accounted investment in Octopus Energy.

(4)  Includes a movement of $21 million in foreign exchange that has been recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.

Reporting date balances are converted from GBP to AUD using an end-of-period exchange rate of 0.5584.

The associate has no contingent liabilities or capital commitments as at 30 June 2020.

2020

 1,040

 163

(852)

(197)

 154

 31

 344

 5

 380

Financial Statements96

B4 Transactions between the Group and equity accounted investees

APLNG

Service transactions

The Group provides services to APLNG including corporate services, upstream operating services related to the development and 
operation of APLNG’s natural gas assets, and marketing services relating to coal seam gas (CSG). The Group incurs costs in providing 
these services and charges APLNG for them in accordance with the terms of the contracts governing those services.

Commodity transactions

Separately, the Group has entered agreements to purchase gas from APLNG (2020: $339 million; 2019: $475 million) and sell gas to 
APLNG (2020: $32 million; 2019: $69 million). At 30 June 2020, the Group’s outstanding payable balance for purchases from APLNG was 
$33 million (2019: $45 million) and outstanding receivable balance for sales to APLNG was $1 million (2019: $3 million).

Funding transactions

The Group has invested in USD MRCPS issued by APLNG. The MRCPS are the mechanism by which the funding for the CSG to LNG 
Project has been provided by the shareholders of APLNG in proportion to their ordinary equity interests. The MRCPS have a 6.37 per cent 
fixed-rate dividend obligation based on the relevant observable market interest rates and estimated credit margin at the date of issue. 
Dividends are paid twice per year and recognised as interest income as they accrue (refer note A3). During the year Origin’s share of the 
MRCPS balance reduced to US$1.4 billion following APLNG share buy-backs of US$0.7 billion. The mandatory redemption date for the 
MRCPS is 30 June 2026.

The MRCPS are measured at fair value through profit and loss in Origin’s financial statements as disclosed in note C7. The carrying value 
was $2,109 million as at 30 June 2020 (2019: $3,045 million) reflecting the Group’s view that APLNG will utilise cash flows generated 
from operations to redeem the MRCPS for their full issue price prior to their mandatory redemption date. In APLNG’s financial statements 
the related liability is carried at amortised cost.

Octopus Energy

As part of a broader partnership with Octopus Energy, the Group has entered into an agreement to obtain a licence to utilise Octopus 
Energy’s market-leading customer platform, Kraken, in Australia. The total fixed consideration under the agreement is £25 million 
($48 million), of which £5 million ($9 million) was paid on execution of the agreement and £20 million (A$38 million) is deferred over two 
financial years. The fixed consideration has been recognised as an intangible asset by the Group at 30 June 2020. A further £25 million 
($48 million) could also become payable under the agreement but is contingent on the achievement of certain milestones. The contingent 
consideration will be capitalised when it becomes payable in the future once the relevant performance criteria have been achieved.

The Group has entered into a further agreement to provide a financial guarantee to Octopus Energy’s financiers in respect of a 
working capital facility entered into by Octopus Energy. Under this agreement, Octopus Energy is required to pay a monthly fee to 
the Group in respect of the guarantee facility. The guarantee has been accounted for as a Financial Guarantee Contract under AASB 9 
Financial Instruments and has been initially recognised at fair value (refer to note C7). During the year, $1 million has been recognised 
within other income in respect of the financial guarantee income.

There were no other transactions between the Group and Octopus Energy during the year ended 30 June 2020.

Annual Report 202097

C Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information on the assets used to generate the Group’s trading performance and the liabilities incurred as a result.

C1 Trade and other receivables

The following balances are amounts due from the Group’s customers and other parties.

Current
Trade receivables net of allowance for impairment
Unbilled revenue net of allowance for impairment
Other receivables

Non-current
Trade receivables
Other receivables

2020
$m

 618 
 1,072 
 269 

 1,959 

 8 
 10 

 18 

2019
$m

 735
 1,226
 363

 2,324

 7
–

 7

Trade and other receivables are initially recorded at the amount billed to customers or other counterparties. Unbilled receivables represent 
estimated gas and electricity supplied to customers since their previous bill was issued. The carrying value of all receivables (including 
unbilled revenue) reflects the amount anticipated to be collected.

Key judgements and estimates

Recoverability of trade receivables: Judgement is required in determining the level of provisioning for customer debts. Impairment 
allowances take into account the age of the debt, historic collection trends and expectations about future economic conditions.

Unbilled revenue: Unbilled gas and electricity revenue is not collectable until customers’ meters are read and invoices issued. Refer to 
note A2 for judgement applied in determining the amount of unbilled energy revenue to recognise.

Credit risk and collectability

The Group minimises the concentration of credit risk by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers from across a broad 
range of industries. Credit approval processes are in place for large customers and all customers are required to pay in accordance with 
agreed payment terms. Depending on the customer segment, settlement terms are generally 14 to 30 days from the date of the invoice. 
For some debtors, the Group may also obtain security in the form of deposits, guarantees, deeds of undertaking or letters of credit which 
can be called upon if the counterparty defaults.

Debtor collectability is assessed on an ongoing basis and any resulting impairment losses are recognised in the income statement. The 
Group applies the simplified approach to providing for trade receivable and unbilled revenue impairment, which requires the ‘expected 
lifetime credit losses’ to be recognised when the receivable is initially recognised. To measure expected lifetime credit losses, trade 
receivables and unbilled revenue balances have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and ageing profiles. A debtor 
balance is written off when recovery is no longer assessed to be possible.

With the emergence of COVID-19, the government introduced lockdowns and other restrictions to combat the spread of the virus, which 
has led to job losses and business shutdowns in certain industries. This has placed increased pressure on businesses’ ability to absorb these 
impacts, and on consumer budgets. Collectively this impacts the Group’s debt collection performance and any expected credit losses. 
In April 2020, the Group announced a disconnection freeze for its residential and small business customers, including a freeze on default 
listing of customers in financial stress, and the waiving of all late payment fees during the period. At the date of this report, the Group has 
not experienced a significant impact on its debt collection as a result of COVID-19.

Despite this, there remains future credit risk associated with trade receivable amounts due to:

•  the impact of the Australian Government stimulus packages and other relief measures coming to an end, including other organisations 

such as financial institutions recommencing collection activities;

•  the end of the COVID-19 disconnection freeze introduced by the Group, and the length of time for any impacts to be realised in the 

customer accounts; and

•  more broadly, the unprecedented nature of this event, such that historical performance cannot be used in isolation as an indicator of 

the future. The impacts seen in other countries are not comparable due to different consumer patterns, demographics and responses to 
COVID-19, including the nature and quantum of government stimulus.

Financial Statements98

C1 Trade and other receivables (continued) 

The Group has performed an assessment of its provision for bad and doubtful debts in accordance with AASB 9 Financial Instruments 
considering:

•  current collection performance, including the COVID-19 period when lockdown restrictions and government stimulus measures were in 

place, and expected credit default frequencies;

•  regulatory and economic outlook, including forecast unemployment rates and the timing and quantum of government stimulus 

packages and other relief measures provided by banks and landlords; and

•  risk profile of customers and industry-specific risk assessments based on actual and forecasted volumes as a measure for credit risk.

These considerations require significant judgement. To ensure a more accurate assessment, the Group has increased the segmentation 
of its SME and large business customers in its modelling of the expected credit loss as at 30 June 2020 by customer type and industry 
group. Each segment has been reviewed and a credit risk weighting has been applied depending on the extent COVID-19 has impacted 
the industry group and the level of significantly aged receivables outstanding. Where possible, publicly available information, such 
as expected default rates, has been applied. For residential customers, a higher allowance for impairment is included for those with 
significantly aged receivables, including any recent debt associated with those customers.

As at 30 June 2020, the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables and unbilled revenue is $162 million (2019: $135 million), 
with $40 million of this amount reflecting the increased potential impact of COVID-19.

The average age of trade receivables is 20 days (2019: 21 days). Other receivables are neither past due nor impaired, and relate principally 
to generation and hedge contract receivables. The ageing of trade receivables and unbilled revenue at the reporting date is detailed below. 

$m

Unbilled revenue
Not yet due
Less than 30 days
31–60 days past due
61–90 days past due
Greater than 91 days

2020

2019

Gross

 1,092 
 387 
 102 
 46 
 40 
 185 

 1,852 

Impairment 
allowance

(20)
(14)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(104)

(162)

Gross

 1,233 
 497 
 102 
 65 
 32 
 167 

Impairment 
allowance

(7)
(7)
(7)
(7)
(9)
(98)

 2,096 

(135)

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables and unbilled revenue during the year is shown below.

Balance as at 1 July
Adoption of AASB 9
Impairment losses recognised
Amounts written off

Balance as at 30 June

 135 
 – 
 124 
(97)

 162 

 114
 21
 84
(84)

 135

Annual Report 2020C2 Exploration and evaluation assets 

Balance as at 1 July 
Additions
Exploration expense
Net impairment loss(1)
Transfers to held for sale(2)

Balance as at 30 June(3)

99

2019
$m

 363
 33
(2)
(49)
(247)

 98

2020
$m

 98 
 92 
–
–
–

 190 

(1)  Prior period amount related to impairment of the Ironbark permit areas.

(2)  The prior period closing balance excludes $247 million in relation to Ironbark permit areas.

(3)  The current period closing balance primarily relates to the Group’s 77.5 per cent share in the Beetaloo Basin joint venture with Falcon Oil & Gas (Beetaloo asset). 

The Group acquired an additional 7.5 per cent interest in the joint venture on 7 April 2020, in exchange for increasing its carry of Falcon’s share of costs by $25 million 
over the coming years.

The Group holds a number of exploration permits that are grouped into areas of interest according to geographical and geological 
attributes. Expenditure incurred in each area of interest is accounted for using the successful efforts method. Under this method all 
general exploration and evaluation costs are expensed as incurred except the direct costs of acquiring the rights to explore, drilling 
exploratory wells and evaluating the results of drilling. These direct costs are capitalised as exploration and evaluation assets pending 
the determination of the success of the well. If a well does not result in a successful discovery, the previously capitalised costs are 
immediately expensed.

The carrying amounts of exploration and evaluation assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether any of the following 
indicators of impairment are present:

•  the right to explore has expired, or will expire in the near future, and is not expected to be renewed;

•  further exploration for and evaluation of resources in the specific area is not budgeted or planned for; 

•  the Group has decided to discontinue activities in the area; or

•  there is sufficient data to indicate the carrying value is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or by sale.

Where an indicator of impairment exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. If it is concluded that the carrying value of an 
exploration and evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered by future exploitation or sale, an impairment is recognised in the income 
statement for the difference.

Key judgement

Recoverability of exploration and evaluation assets: Assessment of the recoverability of capitalised exploration and evaluation 
expenditure requires certain estimates and assumptions to be made as to future events and circumstances, particularly in 
relation to whether economic quantities of reserves have been discovered. Such estimates and assumptions may change as new 
information becomes available.

Upon approval of the commercial development of a project, the exploration and evaluation asset is classified as a development asset. 
Once production commences, development assets are transferred to PP&E.

Financial Statements100

C3 Property, plant and equipment

Owned

Right of use

Plant and
 equipment

Land and 
buildings

Capital work
 in progress

Plant and
 equipment

Land and 
buildings

$m

2020
Cost(1) 
Accumulated depreciation(1)

Balance as at 30 June 2019

Adoption of AASB 16 Leases(2)

Balance as at 1 July 2019

Additions   
Disposals
Modifications to lease terms
Depreciation/amortisation
Impairment(3)
Transfers within PP&E
Effect of movements in foreign 
exchange rates

 5,774 
(2,331)

 3,443 

 3,268 

(44)

 3,224 

 267 
(1)
 – 
(295)
(19)
 267 

 – 

 194 
(51)

 143 

 141 

 – 

 141 

 1 
 – 
 – 
(4)
 – 
 5 

 – 

Balance as at 30 June 2020

 3,443 

 143 

2019
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation

Balance as at 1 July 2018
Additions
Additions through acquisition of entities
Depreciation/amortisation 
Impairment reversal(4)
Transfers within PP&E
Transfers to intangibles
Transfers to held for sale
Effect of movements in foreign 
exchange rates

Balance as at 30 June 2019

 5,447 
(2,179)

 3,268 

 3,284 
 122 
 21 
(289)
 13 
 148 
(3)
(29)

 1 

 3,268 

 204 
(63)

 141 

 149 
 – 
 – 
(2)
 – 
 – 
 – 
(6)

 – 

 141 

 278 
 – 

 278 

 188 

(31)

 157 

 393 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(272)

 – 

 278 

 188 
 – 

 188 

 263 
 96 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(148)
(23)
 – 

 – 

 188 

 155 
(47)

 108 

 – 

 127 

 127 

 20 
(1)
 8 
(46)
 – 
 – 

 – 

 108 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

–

 407 
(48)

 359 

 – 

 318 

 318 

 1 
 – 
 78 
(40)
 – 
 – 

 2 

 359 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

–

Total

 6,808 
(2,477)

 4,331 

 3,597 

 370 

 3,967 

 682 
(2)
 86 
(385)
(19)
 – 

 2 

 4,331 

 5,839 
(2,242)

 3,597 

 3,696 
 218 
 21 
(291)
 13 
 – 
(26)
(35)

 1 

 3,597 

(1)  A fixed asset review during the year resulted in a write-off of certain assets which have a remaining book value of nil and determined to not have any future economic 

benefit to the Group. Consequently, $104 million was written off relating to plant and equipment and $16 million relating to land and buildings.

(2)  For further information relating to the adoption of AASB 16 Leases, refer to the Overview.

(3)  Impairment relating to the Mortlake generator asset write-off following an electrical fault.

(4)  Reversal of the Heytesbury impairment of $13 million.

Owned PP&E

PP&E is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and impairment charges. Cost includes the estimated 
future cost of required closure and rehabilitation.

The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed to determine if there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s 
recoverable amount is estimated and if required, an impairment is recognised in the income statement.

Annual Report 2020101

C3 Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis so as to write off the cost of each asset over its expected useful life. Leasehold 
improvements are amortised over the period of the relevant lease or estimated useful life, whichever is shorter. Land and capital work in 
progress are not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives used in the calculation of depreciation are shown below.

Buildings, including leasehold improvements 

10 to 50 years

Plant and equipment 

3 to 30 years

At 30 June 2020, the Group reassessed the carrying amounts of its non-current assets for indicators of impairment.

Estimates of recoverable amounts are based on an asset’s value-in-use or fair value less costs to sell, whichever is higher. The recoverable 
amount of these assets is most sensitive to those assumptions highlighted in the key judgements and estimates below.

Leased PP&E

The Group’s leased assets include commercial offices, power stations, LPG terminals and shipping vessels, motor vehicles and other items 
of equipment.

ROU assets are recognised at commencement of a lease. ROU assets are initially valued at the corresponding lease liability amount 
adjusted for any payments already made, lease incentives received, or initial direct costs incurred when entering into the lease. Where the 
Group is required to restore the ROU asset at the end of the lease, the cost of restoration is also included in the value of the ROU asset.

ROU assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the ROU asset. The carrying 
amounts of ROU assets are reviewed to determine if there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s 
recoverable amount is estimated, and if required, an impairment is recognised in the income statement.

Payments under the Group’s leases of renewable power plants are entirely variable as they depend on the amount of energy produced 
each period. Such leases have nil lease liability balances and thus nil ROU asset balances. All payments made under these leases are 
disclosed as variable lease expense within note A4.

Refer to note D2 for discussion of the recognition and measurement of associated lease liability balances.

Key judgements and estimates

During the year, management reviewed the recoverable amount of its non-current assets, including assessing the impacts of COVID-19. 
Significant judgement is required in determining the following key assumptions used to calculate the value-in-use, which has been 
updated to reflect the increase in uncertainty and the current risk environment:

•  oil prices

•  discount rates

•  domestic gas prices

•  future cash flows

•  foreign exchange rates

•  expected useful life

•  electricity pool prices

Noting this uncertainty, the Group considers the assumptions used in the value-in-use models are appropriate for the purposes of 
estimating the recoverable amount of non-current assets as at 30 June 2020.

Recoverability of carrying values: Assets are grouped together into the smallest group of individual assets that generate largely 
independent cash inflows (cash generating unit or CGU). A CGU’s recoverable amount comprises the present value of the future 
cash flows that will arise from use of the assets. Assessment of a CGU’s recoverable amount requires estimates and assumptions to 
be made about highly uncertain external factors such as future commodity prices, foreign exchange rates, discount rates, regulatory 
policies, and the outlook for global or regional market supply-and-demand conditions. Such estimates and assumptions may change as 
new information becomes available. If it is concluded that the carrying value of a CGU is not likely to be recovered by use or sale, the 
relevant amount will be written off to the income statement.    

Estimation of commodity prices: The Group’s estimate of future commodity prices is made with reference to internally derived 
forecast data, current spot prices, external market analysts’ forecasts and forward curves. Where volumes are contracted, future prices 
reflect the contracted price. Future commodity price assumptions impact the recoverability of carrying values and are reviewed at least 
twice annually.

Estimation of useful economic lives: A technical assessment of the operating life of an asset requires significant judgement. Useful 
lives are amended prospectively when a change in the operating life is determined.

Restoration provisions: An asset’s carrying value includes the estimated future cost of required closure and rehabilitation activities. 
Refer to note C6 for a judgement related to restoration provisions.

Lease term: Where lease arrangements contain options to extend the term or terminate the contract, the Group assesses whether it is 
‘reasonably certain’ that the option to extend or terminate will be exercised. Consideration is given to all facts and circumstances that 
create an economic incentive to extend or terminate the contract. Lease liabilities and ROU assets are measured using the reasonably 
certain contract term.

Financial Statements102

C4 Intangible assets

Goodwill
Software and other intangible assets(1)
Accumulated amortisation(1)

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of intangible asset are set out below.

$m

Balance as at 1 July 2019
Additions(2)
Disposals
Amortisation expense

Balance as at 30 June 2020

Balance as at 1 July 2018
Additions
Additions through acquisition of entities
Transfers from PP&E
Disposals
Net impairment loss(3)
Amortisation expense

Balance as at 30 June 2019

2020
$m

 4,818 
 1,494 
(892)

 5,420 

Goodwill

Software
 and other 
intangibles

 4,818 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 4,818 

 4,820 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(2)
 – 

 4,818 

 563 
 171 
(2)
(130)

 602 

 508 
 119 
 43 
 26 
(4)
(1)
(128)

 563 

2019
$m

 4,818
 1,407
(844)

 5,381

Total

 5,381 
 171 
(2)
(130)

 5,420 

 5,328 
 119 
 43 
 26 
(4)
(3)
(128)

 5,381 

(1)  An intangible asset review during the year resulted in a write-off of certain assets which have a remaining book value of nil and determined to not have any future 

economic benefit to the Group. Consequently, $81 million was written off relating to software and other intangible assets.

(2)  Additions during the period include amounts relating to the build of the Kraken technology platform following the agreement entered into with Octopus Energy, along 

with amounts relating to the implementation of a new Enterprise Resource Planning system for the Group.

(3)  Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles on the Pleiades investment in Chile.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is not amortised. Software and other intangible assets are stated at 
cost less any accumulated impairment losses and accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is recognised as an expense on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets.

The average amortisation rate for software and other intangibles (excluding capital work in progress) was 10 per cent (2019: 11 per cent).

Key judgements and estimates

The Group’s goodwill balance relates exclusively to the Energy Markets segment. The recoverable amount of the Energy Markets 
goodwill has been determined using a value-in-use model that includes an appropriate terminal value. The value-in-use calculation is 
sensitive to a number of key assumptions requiring management judgement, including future commodity prices, regulatory policies, and 
the outlook for the market supply-and-demand conditions. Any impacts of COVID-19 have also been considered in formulating these 
assumptions. Management does not believe that any reasonably possible changes in these assumptions would result in an impairment. 
More information about the key inputs and assumptions in the value-in-use calculation are set out below. 

Key inputs/assumptions
Long-term growth rates

Energy Markets
Cash flows are projected for the life of each generation asset or up to 15 years depending on the relevant 
business unit.
The Energy Markets business is considered a long-term business and as such projections of long-term cash 
flows is appropriate for a more accurate forecast. The growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond 
the initial period projected averages 2.5 per cent.

Customer numbers

This is based on a review of actual customer numbers and historical data regarding levels of customer 
churn. The historical analysis is considered against current and expected market trends and competition for 
customers.

Gross margin and 
operating costs

This is based on a review of actual gross margins and cost per customer, and consideration of current and 
expected market movements and impacts.

Discount rate

The pre-tax discount rate is 9.6 per cent (2019: 9.7 per cent).

Annual Report 2020C5 Trade and other payables

Current
Trade payables and accrued expenses
Deferred consideration(1)
Other payables

Non-current
Deferred consideration(1)

Other payables

103

2019
$m

 2,005
–
 1

 2,006

 –

 2

 2

2020
$m

 1,827 
 107 
 – 

 1,934 

 193 

 – 

 193 

(1)  Relates to the £150 million deferred cash consideration for the shares acquired in Octopus Energy on 1 May 2020 (refer to note B3) and £20 million deferred cash 

consideration for the Kraken licence agreement with Octopus Energy (refer to note B4). Both amounts are payable over the next two financial years.

C6 Provisions

$m

Balance as at 30 June 2019
Adoption of AASB 16 (refer to Overview)

Balance as at 1 July 2019
Provisions recognised
Provisions released
Payments/utilisation
Unwinding of discounting
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates

Balance as at 30 June 2020

Current

Non-current

Total provisions

Restoration(1)

Onerous 
contracts

Other(2)

Total

 428 
 – 

 428 
 274 
(39)
(4)
 2 
 – 

 661 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 650 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(9)

 641 

 144 
(100)

 44 
 141 
(1)
(10)
 – 
 – 

 174 

 572 
(100)

 472 
 1,065 
(40)
(14)
 2 
(9)

 1,476 

 163 

 1,313 

 1,476 

(1)  The closing balance includes amounts relating to the restoration of the Eraring Power Station site and other generation gas power station locations. Also included within 

this balance are rehabilitation provisions for contamination at existing and legacy operating sites.

(2)  The closing balance of other provisions primarily relates to costs for compliance with safety standard requirements relating to the Eraring ash dam wall, costs associated 

with the new Myuna Bay Recreation Centre facility, and a make good provision relating to existing property leases. 

Restoration provisions are initially recognised at the best estimate of the costs to be incurred in settling the obligation. Where restoration 
activities are expected to occur more than 12 months from the reporting period, the provision is discounted using a risk-free rate 
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. The unwinding of the discount is recognised in each period as 
interest expense. 

At each reporting date, the restoration provision is remeasured in line with changes in discount rates, and changes to the timing or amount 
of costs to be incurred, based on current legal requirements and technology. Any changes in the estimated future costs associated with:

•  restoration and dismantling are added to or deducted from the related asset;

•  environmental rehabilitation are expensed in the current period.

Key estimate: Restoration, rehabilitation and dismantling costs

The Group estimates the cost of future site restoration activities at the time of installation or construction of an asset, or when an 
obligation arises. Restoration often does not occur for many years and thus significant judgement is required as to the extent of work, 
cost and timing of future activities.

Financial Statements104

C6 Provisions (continued) 

Onerous contracts

All contracts in which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations exceed the economic benefits are deemed onerous and require a 
provision to be recognised up front.

As at 30 June 2020, an onerous contract provision of $641 million (US$440 million)(1) pre-tax was recognised in respect of the Cameron 
LNG purchase contract, as the forecast sales revenue from the onward supply being estimated to be less than the purchase cost. This is 
primarily driven by a weaker demand outlook in the short and medium term as a result of the economic slowdown caused by COVID-19, 
and a lower long-term equilibrium price as a result of more competitive US export project economics. The onerous contract provision 
is sensitive to a number of key assumptions requiring management judgement, including: future commodity prices, inflation and the 
US Treasury risk-free bond rate. The provision valuation as at 30 June 2020 includes a long-term JKM LNG price of US$7.15/mmbtu (real 
FY2020) from FY2026, a long-term Henry Hub gas price of US$2.60/mmbtu (real FY2020) from FY2026, and a range of US Treasury 
risk-free bond rates that average approximately 0.81 per cent over the term of the contract. 

A US$1.00/mmbtu increase in the spread between Henry Hub and JKM prices results in a A$213 million (US$146 million) post-
tax reduction in the charge. A 1 per cent increase applied to the relevant inflation and discount rate would result in a A$79 million 
(US$54 million) post-tax reduction in the charge.

The Group will review the provision at each reporting date, and any future increases or decreases in the provision will be recognised 
within the Group’s income statement. The non-cash charge during the year ended 30 June 2020 is recognised within statutory profit but 
excluded from underlying profit. Future realised losses or gains will be recognised within underlying profit.

(1)  The balance sheet onerous contracts provision of US$440 million was converted from USD to AUD using the end-of-period exchange rate of 0.6862. The onerous 

contract expense of $650 million in note A4 is US$440 million converted from USD to AUD using the average rate of 0.676 prevailing for the relevant period.

C7 Other financial assets and liabilities

$m

Current

Non-current

Current

Non-current

2020

2019

Other financial assets
Measured at fair value through profit or loss
MRCPS issued by APLNG
Settlement Residue Distribution Agreement units
Environmental scheme certificates
Investment fund units
Debt securities
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Equity securities
Measured at amortised cost
Futures collateral

Other financial liabilities
Measured at fair value through profit or loss
Environmental scheme surrender obligations
Measured at amortised cost
Futures collateral
Financial guarantees(1)

 44 
 34 
 103 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 298 

 479 

 234 

 3 
 – 

 237 

 2,065 
 26 
 – 
 55 
 17 

 62 

 – 

 2,225 

 – 

 – 
 16 

 16 

 34 
 24 
 244 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 16 

 318 

 241 

 67 
 – 

 308 

 3,011
 30
 – 
 57
 2

 52

 – 

 3,152

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

(1)  Financial guarantee contracts are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequently they are measured at either the amount of any determined loss allowance or at the 

amount initially recognised less any cumulative income recognised, whichever is larger. The above financial guarantee relates to the working capital facility entered into 
by Octopus Energy with its financiers, as referred to in note B4, for which the Group has provided a guarantee.

Annual Report 2020105

D Capital, funding and risk management

This section focuses on the Group’s capital structure and related financing costs. Information is also presented about how the Group 
manages capital, and the various financial risks to which the Group is exposed through its operating and financing activities.

D1 Capital management

The Group’s objective when managing capital is to make disciplined capital allocation decisions between debt reduction, investment in 
growth and distributions to shareholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure while maintaining access to capital. Management 
believes that a strong investment-grade credit rating (BBB/Baa2) and an appropriate level of net debt are required to meet these 
objectives. The Group’s current credit rating is BBB (stable outlook) from Standard & Poor’s, and Baa2 (stable outlook) from Moody’s.

Key factors considered in determining the Group’s capital structure and funding strategy at any point in time include expected operating 
cash flows, capital expenditure plans, the maturity profile of existing debt facilities, the dividend policy, and the ability to access funding 
from banks, capital markets and other sources.

The Group monitors its capital requirements through a number of metrics including the gearing ratio (target range of approximately 20 to 
30 per cent) and an adjusted net debt to adjusted underlying EBITDA ratio (target range of 2.0x to 3.0x). These targets are consistent with 
attaining a strong investment-grade rating. Underlying EBITDA is a non-statutory (non-IFRS) measure.

The gearing ratio is calculated as adjusted net debt divided by adjusted net debt plus total equity. Net debt, which excludes cash held by 
Origin to fund APLNG-related operations, is adjusted to take into account the effect of FX hedging transactions on the Group’s foreign 
currency debt obligations. The adjusted net debt to adjusted underlying EBITDA ratio is calculated as adjusted net debt divided by 
adjusted underlying EBITDA (Origin’s underlying EBITDA less Origin’s share of APLNG underlying EBITDA plus net cash flow from APLNG) 
over the relevant rolling 12-month period.

The Group monitors its current and future funding requirements for at least the next five years and regularly assesses a range of funding 
alternatives to meet these requirements in advance of when the funds are required.

Borrowings
Lease liabilities

Total interest-bearing liabilities
Less: Cash and cash equivalents excluding APLNG-related cash(1)

Net debt
Fair value adjustments on FX hedging transactions

Adjusted net debt
Total equity

Total capital
Gearing ratio 
Ratio of adjusted net debt to adjusted underlying EBITDA

2020
$m

 6,338 
 514 

 6,852 
(1,164)

 5,688 
(530)

 5,158 
 12,701 

 17,859 
 29% 
2.1x

2019
$m

 7,590
 6

 7,596
(1,512)

 6,084
(667)

 5,417
 13,149

 18,566
 29%
2.6x

(1)  This balance excludes $76 million (2019: $34 million) of cash held by Origin, as Upstream Operator, to fund APLNG-related operations.

Significant funding transactions

The Group undertook a number of capital management activities during the year ended 30 June 2020. These activities have strengthened 
the capital profile by:

•  refinancing existing capital market borrowings to extend the weighted average tenor of the Group’s debt portfolio; and

•  reducing or cancelling surplus committed undrawn syndicated bank loan facilities.

A summary of these transactions is shown below.

Debt refinancing

16 September 2019 – repaid the €1 billion hybrid Capital Securities at the first call date. The instrument had a swap value of 
A$1,391 million.

17 September 2019 – issued a €600 million 10-year note under the Euro Medium Term Note (EMTN) program. These notes were swapped 
to A$973 million.

11 October 2019 – repaid the €500 million seven-year note under the EMTN program. The notes had been swapped to US$646 million 
(A$939 million).

11 November 2019 – issued a A$300 million eight-year note under the EMTN program. 

28 June 2020 – repaid the NZ$141 million 15-year US Private Placement note. The note was swapped to A$125 million.

Financial Statements106

D1 Capital management (continued) 

Bank loan and guarantee facilities

8 November 2019 – renegotiated the existing A$500 million Bank Guarantee Facility and Reimbursement Agreement to new three-year 
A$375 million and five-year A$125 million facilities. The renegotiation also resulted in lower commitment and usage fees.

20 November 2019 – cancelled A$150 million and US$385 million of undrawn syndicated debt facilities.

D2 Interest-bearing liabilities

Current
Capital market borrowings – unsecured

Total current borrowings
Lease liabilities – secured

Total current interest-bearing liabilities

Non-current
Bank loans – unsecured
Capital market borrowings – unsecured(1)

Total non-current borrowings
Lease liabilities – secured

Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities

2020
$m

 1,328 

 1,328 
 73 

 1,401 

 535 
 4,475 

 5,010 
 441 

 5,451 

2019
$m

 947

 947
 1

 948

 525
 6,117

 6,642
 6

 6,648

(1)  The prior period includes €1 billion Capital Securities that were redeemed at their first call date of 16 September 2019.

Interest-bearing liabilities are initially recorded at the amount of proceeds received (fair value) less transaction costs. After that date, the 
liability is amortised to face value at maturity using an effective interest rate method. 

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of future lease payments discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. 
Where a lease includes termination and/or extension options, the impact of these options on the amount of future payments is included 
where exercise of such options is considered reasonably certain to occur. Interest expense is charged on outstanding lease liabilities that 
reduce over time as periodic payments are made.

The lease liability is remeasured when certain events occur, including changes in the lease term or changes in future lease payments 
such as those resulting from inflation-linked indexation or market rate rent reviews. On remeasurement of lease liabilities, a corresponding 
adjustment is made to the ROU asset.

Payments under the Group’s leases of renewable power plants are entirely variable as they depend on the amount of energy produced 
each period. Such leases have nil lease liability balances and payments totalling $22 million for energy generation have been recognised 
within expenses in the financial period. Additionally, $1 million of payments for leases of low-value assets have also been recognised 
within expenses.

The contractual maturity of lease liabilities are disclosed within the liquidity table in note D4.

The contractual maturities of non-current borrowings are as set out below.

One to two years
Two to five years
Over five years

Total non-current borrowings

2020
$m

 2,069 

 356 

 2,585 

 5,010 

2019
$m

 1,325

 2,405

 2,912

 6,642

Some of the Group’s borrowings are subject to terms that allow the lender to call on the debt in the event of a breach of covenants. As at 
30 June 2020, these terms had not been triggered.

Annual Report 2020 
 
107

D3 Contributed equity

Ordinary share capital
Opening balance(1)
Shares issued in accordance with the DRP
Shares issued in accordance with incentive plans

Less treasury shares:
Opening balance(1)
Shares purchased on market
Utilisation of treasury shares on vesting of employee share  
schemes and DRP

2020

2019

2020

2019

Number of shares

$m

 1,761,211,071 
 – 
 – 

 1,759,156,516 
 1,769,296 
 285,259 

 1,761,211,071 

 1,761,211,071 

(4,809,617)
(12,291,634)

–
(9,611,526)

 13,888,321 

 4,801,909 

(3,212,930)

(4,809,617)

 7,163 
 – 
 – 

 7,163 

(38)
(75)

 95 

(18)

 7,150
 13
–

 7,163

–
(77)

 39

(38)

Closing balance

 1,757,998,141 

 1,756,401,454 

 7,145 

 7,125

(1)  The sum of the opening balances of share capital and treasury shares is $7,125 million (2019: $7,150 million) as noted in the statement of changes in equity.

Ordinary shares

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as determined from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at 
shareholders’ meetings. In the event of the winding up of the Group, ordinary shareholders rank after creditors, and are fully entitled to any 
proceeds of liquidation. The Group does not have authorised capital or par value in respect of its issued shares.

Treasury shares

Where the Group or other members of the Group purchase shares in the Company, the consideration paid is deducted from the total 
shareholders’ equity and the shares are treated as treasury shares until they are subsequently sold, reissued or cancelled. Treasury shares 
are purchased primarily for use on vesting of employee share schemes and the DRP. Shares are accounted for at a weighted average cost.

D4 Financial risk management

Overview

The Group’s day-to-day operations, new investment opportunities and funding activities introduce financial risks, which are actively 
managed by the Board Risk Committee. These risks are grouped into the following categories:

•  Credit: The risk that a counterparty will not fulfil its financial obligations under a contract or other arrangement.

•  Market: The risk that fluctuations in commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and interest rates will adversely impact the 

Group’s result. 

•  Liquidity: The risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.

Risk

Credit

Sources

Risk management framework

Financial exposure

Sale of goods and 
services and hedging 
activities

The Board approves credit risk management policies 
that determine the level of exposures it is prepared to 
accept. It also allocates credit limits to counterparties 
based on publicly available credit information from 
recognised providers where available. 

Notes C1, C7 and D4 disclose the carrying amounts 
of financial assets, which represent the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date. 
The Group utilises International Swaps and Derivative 
Association (ISDA) agreements to limit exposure to 
credit risk by netting amounts receivable from and 
payable to individual counterparties (refer to note G8).

See below for further discussion of market risk.

Analysis of the Group’s liquidity profile as at the 
reporting date is presented at the end of this section.

Market

Purchase and sale 
of commodities and 
funding risks

Liquidity

Ongoing business 
obligations and 
new investment 
opportunities

The Board approves policies that ensure the Group 
is not exposed to excess risk from market volatility. 
These policies include active hedging of price and 
volume exposures within prescribed Profit at Risk and 
Value at Risk limits. 

The Group centrally manages its liquidity position 
through cash flow forecasting and maintenance 
of minimum levels of liquidity determined by the 
Board. The debt portfolio is periodically reviewed to 
ensure there is funding flexibility and an appropriate 
maturity profile.

Financial Statements108

D4 Financial risk management (continued)

Market risk

The scope of the Group’s operations and activities exposes it to multiple markets risks. The table below summarises these risks by nature of 
exposure and provides information about the risk mitigation strategies being applied.

Nature

Sources of financial exposure

Risk management strategy

Commodity  
price

Future commercial transactions and 
recognised assets and liabilities exposed 
to changes in electricity, oil, gas, coal or 
environmental scheme certificate prices

Due to vertical integration, a significant portion of the Group’s spot electricity 
purchases from the National Electricity Market (NEM) are naturally hedged by 
generation sales into the NEM at spot prices. 

Foreign  
exchange

Foreign-denominated borrowings and 
investments (e.g. APLNG MRCPS) and future 
foreign currency-denominated commercial 
transactions

The Group manages its remaining exposure to commodity price fluctuations beyond 
Board-approved limits using a mix of commercial contracts (such as fixed-price 
purchase contracts) and derivative instruments (described below).

The Group limits its exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates through forward 
foreign exchange contracts and cross-currency interest rate swaps.

In certain circumstances, borrowings are left in a foreign currency, or swapped from 
one foreign currency to another, to hedge expected future business cash flows in 
that currency. Significant foreign-denominated transactions undertaken in the normal 
course of operations are managed on a case-by-case basis.

Interest  
rate

Variable-rate borrowings (cash flow risk) and 
fixed-rate borrowings (fair value risk)

Interest rate exposures are kept within an acceptable range as determined by the 
Board. Risk limits are managed through a combination of fixed-rate and fixed-to-
floating interest rate swaps.  

Derivatives to manage market risks

Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from an underlying price index (or other variable) that require little or no initial 
net investment, and that are settled at a future date.

The Group uses the following types of derivative instruments to mitigate market risk.

Forwards

A contract documenting the underlying reference rate (such as benchmark price or exchange rate) to be paid or received on a 
notional principal obligation at a future date.

Futures

An exchange-traded contract to buy or sell an asset for an agreed price at a future date. Futures are net-settled in cash without 
physical delivery of the underlying asset.

Swaps

A contract in which two parties exchange a series of cash flows for another (such as fixed-for-floating interest rate).

Options

A contract in which the buyer has the right, but not the obligation, to buy (a call option) or sell (a put option) an instrument at a fixed 
price in the future. The seller has the corresponding obligation to fulfil the transaction if the buyer exercises the option.

Structured  
electricity  
products

A non-standardised contract, generally with an energy market participant, to acquire long-term capacity. These contracts typically 
contain features similar to swaps and call options.

Derivatives are carried on the balance sheet at fair value. Movements in the price of the underlying variables, which cause the value of the 
contract to fluctuate, are reflected in the fair value of the derivative.

The method of recognising changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated in an ‘accounting’ hedge relationship. 
Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges are referred to as ‘economic’ hedges.

Fair value gains and losses attributable to economic hedges are recognised in the income statement and resulted in a $292 million gain for 
the year ended 30 June 2020 (2019: $107 million loss). Fair value gains and losses attributable to accounting hedges are discussed in the 
Hedge Accounting section. 

Annual Report 2020109

D4 Financial risk management (continued)

$m

Current

Non-current

Current

Non-current

Assets

Liabilities

2020
Economic hedges
Commodity contracts
Foreign exchange and interest rate contracts

Accounting hedges
Commodity contracts
Foreign exchange and interest rate contracts

2019
Economic hedges
Commodity contracts
Foreign exchange and interest rate contracts

Accounting hedges
Commodity contracts
Foreign exchange and interest rate contracts

 247 
 2 

 249 

 98 
 283 

 381 

 630 

 69 
 6 

 75 

 160 
 237 

 397 

 472 

 258 
 – 

 258 

 43 
 227 

 270 

 528 

 315 
–

 315 

 119 
 528 

 647 

 962 

(170)
(72)

(242)

(224)
 – 

(224)

(466)

(220)
(107)

(327)

(57)
 – 

(57)

(173)
(124)

(297)

(402)
(50)

(452)

(749)

(848)
(219)

(1,067)

(52)
 –

(52)

(384)

(1,119)

Hedge accounting

The Group currently uses two types of hedge accounting relationships as detailed below.

Fair value hedge

Cash flow hedge

Objective 
of hedging 
arrangement

To hedge our exposure to changes in the fair value 
of a recognised asset or liability or unrecognised firm 
commitment, caused by interest rate or foreign currency 
movements.

To hedge our exposure to variability in the cash flows of a 
recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast 
transaction caused by commodity price, interest rate, and 
foreign currency movements.

Effective 
hedge portion

The following are recognised in profit or loss at the 
same time:

 – all changes in the fair value of the underlying item relating 

to the hedged risk; and

 – the change in fair value of derivatives.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives 
designated as cash flow hedges are recognised in the 
hedge reserve.

Hedge 
ineffectiveness

Certain determinants of fair value, such as credit charges included in derivatives or mismatches between the timing of 
the instrument and the underlying item in the hedge relationship, can cause hedge ineffectiveness. Any ineffectiveness is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss as a change in the fair value of derivatives.

Hedged item 
sold or repaid

The unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts accumulated in the hedge reserve are transferred 
immediately to profit or loss.

Hedging instrument 
expires, is sold, 
terminated or no 
longer qualifies for 
hedge accounting

The unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised in profit 
or loss when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss. 
This may occur over time if the hedged item is amortised 
over the period to maturity.

The amount previously deferred in the hedge reserve is only 
transferred to profit or loss when the hedged item is also 
recognised in profit or loss.

Financial Statements110

D4 Financial risk management (continued)

Set out below are the fair values of derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships at reporting date.

2020
$m

Fair value hedges
Cash flow hedges

Accounting hedges

Fair value hedges

Assets

Liabilities

Current

Non-current

Current

Non-current

 283 
 98 

 381 

 175 
 95 

 270 

 – 
(224)

(224)

 – 
(452)

(452)

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRSs) have been designated as fair value hedges of the Group’s euro-denominated debt.

CCIRSs

Nominal hedge volumes

Hedge rates

Timing of cash flows

Carrying amounts

Hedging instrument(1)
Hedged debt(2)

Fair value increase/(decrease)

Hedging instrument
Hedged debt

Hedge ineffectiveness(3)

FX and interest

EUR 1,550m

AUD/EUR

0.69–0.79; 

BBSW

Up to Oct 2021

$m

 458 
(2,575)

$m

(17)
 14 

(3)

(1)  Hedging instruments are included in the derivatives balance on the statement of financial position.

(2)  Hedged items are included in Interest-bearing liabilities on the statement of financial position. Included in this value are $38 million of accumulated fair value 

hedge adjustments. 

(3)  Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised within expenses in the income statement as a change in fair value of derivatives.

Cash flow hedges

A number of derivative contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges of the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange, interest rate and 
commodity price fluctuations. Designated derivatives include swaps, options, futures and forwards.

The Group’s structured electricity products, though important to the overall risk management strategy, do not qualify for hedge 
accounting. As such, they are not represented in the summary information below.

2020

FX & interest

Electricity

Crude oil

Propane

Nominal hedge volumes

EUR 750m

12.3 TWh

10,955k
barrels

150k mt

Hedge rates

$32–$175

US$44–US$72 US$265–US$476

AUD/EUR
0.62–0.81; 

Fixed 
3.2%–6.6% 

Timing of cash flows – up to

 Sep 2029

Dec 2023

Jun 2023

 Dec 2022

Annual Report 2020D4 Financial risk management (continued)

Hedge accounting (continued)

Carrying amounts – $m

FX & interest

Electricity

Crude oil

Propane

Hedging instrument(1) – assets
Hedging instrument(1) – liabilities
Hedge reserve(2)

Fair value increase/(decrease) – $m

Hedging instrument
Hedged item

Hedge ineffectiveness(3)

Reconciliation of hedge reserve – $m

Effective portion of hedge gains/(losses)
Transfer of deferred losses/(gains) to:

 – Cost of sales
 – Finance costs
 – Foreign exchange

Tax on above items

Change in hedge reserve (post-tax)

 52 
(50)
 67 

(63)
 64 

 1 

(63)

 – 
 2 
 11 
 15 

(35)

 34 
(289)
 255 

(394)
 394 

–

(394)

(30)
 – 
 – 
 128 

(296)

 105 
(326)
 203 

(246)
 240 

(6)

(240)

 15 
 – 
 – 
 68 

(157)

 2 
(11)
 9 

(9)
 8 

(1)

(8)

 7 
 – 
 – 
 – 

(1)

111

Total

 193 
(676)
 534 

(712)
 706 

(6)

(705)

(8)
 2 
 11 
 211 

(489)

(1)  Hedging instruments are included in the derivatives balance on the statement of financial position.

(2)  No hedges have been discontinued or de-designated in the current period.

(3)  Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised within expenses in the income statement as a change in fair value of derivatives.

Residual market risk

After hedging, the Group’s financial instruments remain exposed to changes in market pricing. The following is a summary of the 
Group’s residual market risk and the sensitivity of financial instrument fair values to reasonably possible changes in market pricing at the 
reporting date.

Risk

Residual exposure

Relationship to financial instruments value

USD exchange rate

 – MRCPS financial asset

 – USD debt

 – Euro debt and related USD CCIRSs

 – FX and commodity derivatives with USD pricing

Euro exchange rate

 – Currency basis on the CCIRSs swapping euro 

debt to AUD

Interest rates

 – Interest rate swaps

 – Long-term derivatives and other financial assets/

liabilities for which discounting is significant

Electricity forward price

 – Commodity derivatives including structured 

electricity products

Oil forward price

 – Commodity derivatives

REC forward price

 – REC forwards

 – Environmental scheme certificates

 – Environmental scheme surrender obligations

A 10 per cent increase/decrease in the USD exchange 
rate would decrease/increase fair value by $19 million 
(June 2019: $25 million).

A 10 per cent increase/decrease in the euro exchange 
rate would decrease/increase fair value by $17 million 
(June 2019: $22 million).

A 100 basis point increase/decrease in interest rates 
would impact fair value by ($43)/$38 million (June 2019: 
($14)/$11 million).

A 10 per cent increase/decrease in electricity 
forward prices would increase/decrease fair value by 
$93/($95) million (June 2019: $264 million).

A 10 per cent increase/decrease in oil forward prices 
would decrease/increase fair value by $54/(52) million 
(June 2019: $3 million).

A 10 per cent increase/decrease in renewable energy 
certificate forward prices would increase/decrease fair 
value by $1 million (June 2019: $16 million).

Financial Statements112

D4 Financial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk

The table below sets out the timing of the Group’s payment obligations, as compared to the receipts expected from the Group’s financial 
assets, and available undrawn facilities. Amounts are presented on an undiscounted basis and include cash flows not recorded on the 
statement of financial position such as interest payments for borrowings.

2020
$m

Bank loans and capital markets borrowings
Lease liabilities
Net other financial assets/liabilities

Derivative liabilities
Derivative assets

Less than
one year

One to 
two years

Two to 
five years

Over 
five years

(1,522)
(99)
 82 

(1,539)

(782)
 918 

 136 

(2,183)
(84)
 395 

(1,872)

(379)
 325 

(54)

(589)
(166)
 1,494 

 739 

(200)
 143 

(57)

 682 

(2,840)
(313)
 – 

(3,153)

(71)
 30 

(41)

(3,194)

Net liquidity exposure

(1,403)

(1,926)

The amount of cash and committed undrawn floating rate borrowing facilities expiring beyond one year is $4,059 million.

2019 
$m

Bank loans and capital markets borrowings
Lease liabilities
Net other financial assets/liabilities

Derivative liabilities
Derivative assets

Net liquidity exposure

Less than
one year

One to 
two years

Two to 
five years

Over 
five years

(2,692)
(1)
 1,321 

(1,372)

(582)
 708 

 126 

(1,246)

(1,526)
(1)
 1,194 

(333)

(360)
 518 

 158 

(175)

(2,724)
(4)
 1,287 

(1,441)

(233)
 459 

 226 

(1,508)
(4)
–

(1,512)

(471)
 304 

(167)

(1,215)

(1,679)

The amount of cash and committed undrawn floating rate borrowing facilities expiring beyond one year is $5,301 million.

D5 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are grouped into the following categories based on the level of observable market data 
used in determining that fair value:

•  Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as exchange-traded derivatives and RECs) is the quoted 

market price at the end of the reporting period. These instruments are included in level 1.

•  Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (such as over-the-counter derivatives) is 

determined using valuation techniques that maximise the use of observable market data. If all significant inputs required to fair value an 
instrument are observable, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices), the instrument is included in level 2.

•  Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs required to fair value an instrument is not based on observable market data, the 

instrument is included in level 3.

Annual Report 2020D5 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

2020

Derivative financial assets
Other financial assets at fair value

Financial assets carried at fair value

Derivative financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities at fair value

Financial liabilities carried at fair value

2019

Derivative financial assets
Other financial assets at fair value

Financial assets carried at fair value

Derivative financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities at fair value

Financial liabilities carried at fair value

Note

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

D4
C7

D4
C7

20
163

 183 

(202)
(234)

(436)

 1,004 
 72 

 1,076 

(944)
 – 

(944)

Note

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

D4
C7

D4
C7

 131 
 298 

 429 

(30)
(241)

(271)

 1,088 
 57 

 1,145 

(763)
–

(763)

Level 3
$m

134
 2,171 

 2,305 

(69)
 – 

(69)

Level 3
$m

 215 
 3,099 

 3,314 

(710)
–

(710)

The following table shows a reconciliation of movements in the fair value of level 3 instruments during the period.

Balance as at 1 July 2019
PPAs derecognised on adoption of AASB 16 Leases (refer to Overview)
New instruments recognised in the period
Instruments transferred out of level 3
Net cash settlements paid/(received)
Gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss:
 – Change in fair value
 – Cost of sales
 – Interest income

Balance as at 30 June 2020

Valuation techniques used to determine fair values

113

Total
$m

 1,158 
 2,406 

 3,564 

(1,215)
(234)

(1,449)

Total
$m

 1,434
 3,454

 4,888

(1,503)
(241)

(1,744)

$m

 2,604 
 512 
 5 
(2)
(1,214)
 6 

 192 
(42)
 175 

 2,236 

The various techniques used to value the Group’s financial instruments are summarised in the following table. To the maximum extent 
possible, valuations are based on assumptions that are supported by independent and observable market data. For instruments that settle 
more than 12 months from the reporting date, cash flows are discounted at the applicable market yield, adjusted to reflect the credit risk of 
the specific counterparty. 

Instrument

Fair value methodology

Financial instruments traded in 
active markets

Interest rate swaps and CCIRS

Quoted market prices at reporting date

Present value of expected future cash flows based on observable yield curves and forward exchange rates 
at reporting date

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Present value of future cash flows based on observable forward exchange rates at reporting date

Electricity, oil and other commodity 
derivatives (not traded in 
active markets)

Present value of expected future cash flows based on observable forward commodity price curves (where 
available). The majority of the Group’s level 3 instruments are commodity contracts for which further detail 
on the significant unobservable inputs is included below

Other financial instruments

Discounted cash flow analysis

Long-term borrowings

Present value of future contract cash flows

Financial Statements114

D5 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

The following is a summary of the Group’s level 3 financial instruments, the significant inputs for which market observable data is 
unavailable, and the sensitivity of the estimated fair values to the assumptions applied by management. 

Instrument(1)

Unobservable inputs

Relationship to fair value

Electricity derivatives

 – Forward electricity spot market price curve

 – Forward electricity cap price curve 

 – Forecast REC prices

 – Contract volumes

 – Generation operating costs 

A 10 per cent increase/decrease in the unobservable inputs would 
increase/decrease fair value by $68 million (2019: $299 million).

Oil derivatives

 – Forward Japanese Customs-cleared Crude 

(JCC) price curve

A 10 per cent increase/decrease in the JCC price would decrease/
increase fair value by $2 million (2019: $15 million).

MRCPS issued by APLNG

 – Forecast APLNG free cash flows

A 10 per cent improvement/deterioration in the level of APLNG 
forecast cash flows would impact fair value by $1 million (2019: 
$3/($4) million.

(1)   Excludes $63 million (June 2019: $52 million) of unlisted equity securities, and associated share warrants, for which management has assessed the investment cost to be 

a reasonable reflection of fair value at reporting date.

Day 1 fair value adjustments

For certain complex financial instruments, such as the structured electricity products, the fair value that is determined at inception of the 
contract using unobservable inputs does not equal the transaction price. When this occurs, the difference is deferred to the statement 
of financial position and recognised in the income statement over the life of the contract in a manner consistent with the valuation 
methodology initially applied.

Reconciliation of net deferred gain
Balance as at 1 July 2019
Value recognised in the income statement
Value derecognised in the period(1)
New instruments

Balance as at 30 June 2020

Location of net deferred gain
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities

Balance as at 30 June 2020

$m

 573 
(55)
(492)
 76 

 102 

 86 
 16 

 102 

(1)  Net deferred gains derecognised on adoption of AASB 16 as they relate to PPAs classified as leases under the new standard. Refer to the Overview.

Financial instruments measured at amortised cost

Except as noted below, the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost are reasonable approximations 
of their fair values due to their short-term nature.

Carrying value

Fair value
 hierarchy level

2020
$m

2019
$m

Fair value

2020
$m

Liabilities
Bank loans – unsecured
Capital markets borrowings – unsecured

Total(1)

2
2

 535 
 4,475 

 5,010 

 525 
 6,117 

 6,642 

 557 
 4,678 

 5,235 

2019
$m

 559 
 6,392 

 6,951 

(1)  Non-current interest-bearing liabilities in the statement of financial position include $5,010 million (June 2019: $6,642 million) as disclosed above, and lease liabilities of 

$441 million (June 2019: $6 million).

The fair value of these financial instruments reflects the present value of expected future cash flows based on market pricing data for the 
relevant underlying interest and foreign exchange rates. Cash flows are discounted at the applicable credit-adjusted market yield.

Annual Report 2020115

E Taxation

This section provides details of the Group’s income tax expense, current tax provision, deferred tax balances and tax accounting policies.

E1 Income tax expense

Income tax
Current tax expense(1)
Adjustments to current tax expense for previous years(1)
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)

Total income tax expense

Reconciliation between tax expense and pre-tax net profit
Profit before income tax
Income tax using the domestic corporation tax rate of 30 per cent (2019: 30 per cent)
Prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax accounting profit:
 – at Australian tax rate of 30 per cent
 – adjustment for difference between Australian and overseas tax rates

Income tax expense on pre-tax accounting profit at standard rates

Increase/(decrease) in income tax expense due to:
Share of results of equity accounted investees 
Impairment of investment in APLNG
Capital loss recognition
Temporary differences no longer expected to be realised
Other

Over provided in prior years

Total income tax expense

Deferred tax movements recognised directly in other comprehensive income  
(including foreign currency translation)
Financial instruments at fair value
Other items 

2020
$m

 3 
 (34)
124

 93 

2019
$m

 208 
(49)
(95)

 64 

 179 

 1,278

 54 
(1)

 53 

(182)
 224 
 – 
 – 
 4 

 46 
(6)

 93 

(211)
 3 

(208)

 383
(1)

 382

(188)
 – 
(68)
(29)
(12)

(297)
(21)

 64 

 45
–

 45

(1)  For comparability purposes, the prior year amounts have been reclassified between these two line items to align with the presentation of the current year.

The Company and its wholly owned Australian resident entities that met the membership requirements formed a tax-consolidated group 
with effect from 1 July 2003. The head entity within the tax-consolidated group is Origin Energy Limited. Tax funding arrangement 
amounts are recognised as inter-entity amounts.

Income tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense. Current tax expense represents the expected tax 
payable on the taxable income for the year, using current tax rates and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Deferred 
tax expense reflects the temporary differences between the accounting carrying amount of an asset or liability in the statement of financial 
position and its tax base.

Key judgements

Tax balances: Tax balances reflect a current understanding and interpretation of existing tax laws. Uncertainty arises due to the 
possibility that changes in tax law or other future circumstances can impact the tax balances recognised in the financial statements. 
Ultimate outcomes may vary.

Deferred taxes: The recognition of deferred tax balances requires judgement as to whether it is probable such balances will be utilised 
and/or reversed in the foreseeable future.

Financial Statements116

E1 Income tax expense (continued)

Income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income

$m

Investment valuation changes

Cash flow hedges:
Reclassified to income statement
Effective portion of change in fair value
Translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income 
for the year

E2 Deferred tax

2020

2019

Gross

 6 

 5 
(705)
 125 

Tax 

(3)

(1)
 212 
–

Net

 3 

 4 
(493)
 125 

Gross

 5 

(172)
 318 
 341 

(569)

 208 

(361)

 492 

Tax 

 – 

 50 
(95)
 – 

(45)

Net

 5 

(122)
 223 
 341 

 447 

Deferred tax balances arise when there are temporary differences between accounting carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities, other than where:

•  the difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects 

neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss;

•  temporary differences relate to investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint arrangements, to the extent the Group is 
able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable 
future; and

•  temporary differences arise on initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realised or the 
liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset 
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced if it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Movement in temporary differences during the year

Asset/(liability) 
$m

1 July 
2018

Adoption of 
AASB 9

Recognised 
in income

Recognised 
in equity

30 June 
2019

Adoption of 
AASB 16

Recognised 
in income

Recognised 
in equity

30 June 
2020

Employee benefits
Provisions 
Tax value of carry-forward 
tax losses recognised
PP&E
Exploration and 
evaluation assets
Financial instruments 
at fair value
APLNG MRCPS 
elimination (refer 
to note B2.1)
Business-related 
costs (deductible 
under s.40-880 ITAA97)
ROU assets
Lease liabilities
Other items

 61 
 146 

 – 
(417)

 51 

 – 
 6 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 309 

 47 

 52 

 53 
 – 
 2 
 20 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Net deferred tax assets

 277 

 53 

 4 
 56 

 1 
 11 

 69 

(26)

(2)

(10)
 – 
 – 
(8)

 95 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 65
 208

 1
(406)

 120

 – 
(30)

 – 
 23 

 – 

(45)

 285

(154)

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 50

 43
 – 
 2 
 12

(45)

 380

 – 

 – 
(134)
 144 
 2 

(149)

 14 
 310 

 45 
(120)

(174)

(175)

(1)

(16)
(6)
 8 
(9)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 79 
 488 

 46 
(503)

(54)

 211 

 167 

 – 

 49 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(3)

 27 
(140)
 154 
 2 

 315 

(124)

 208 

Annual Report 2020E2 Deferred tax (continued) 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items:
Revenue losses – non-Australian
Capital losses
Petroleum resource rent tax, net of income tax
Acquisition transaction costs
Investment in joint ventures
Intangible assets

Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised in respect of the following items:
Investment in APLNG(1)

117

2019
$m

 32
 213
 131
 57
 67
 8

 508

(1,611)

(1,611)

2020
$m

 26 
 216 
 118 
 57 
 67 
 8 

 492 

(1,615)

(1,615)

(1)  A deferred tax liability has not been recorded in respect of the investment in APLNG as the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference 

through its voting rights and it is not expected that the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. It is possible that the temporary difference could reverse 
partly or in full at some point in the future, if and when unfranked dividends or capital returns are expected to be paid, or if the investment is expected to be disposed of.

Uncertain tax positions

In calculating the taxable profit for the year to 30 June 2020, Origin has included a $468 million tax depreciation claim for the remaining 
tax base of the Browse Basin exploration permits.  A tax ruling application has been submitted to the Australian Taxation Office to confirm 
the appropriateness of the tax treatment.  Should the outcome of the ruling be unfavourable and the depreciation claim revert to the 
annual claim of $46 million over 15 years, the Origin Tax Consolidated Group would have a taxable profit of $272 million instead of a tax 
loss of $150 million. This is because the deferred tax asset balance would increase while the current income tax receivable balance would 
decrease by $82 million ($272 million at 30 per cent).

Financial Statements118

F Group structure

The following section provides information on the Group’s structure and how this impacts the results of the Group as a whole, including 
details of joint arrangements, associates, controlled entities, transactions with non-controlling interests, and changes made to the Group 
structure during the year.

F1 Controlled entities

The financial statements of the Group include the consolidation of Origin Energy Limited and controlled entities. Controlled entities are the 
following entities controlled by the parent entity (Origin Energy Limited).

2020
Ownership 
interest
per cent

2019
Ownership 
interest
per cent

Incorporated in

  Origin Energy Limited 

  Origin Energy Finance Limited 

  Huddart Parker Pty Limited < 

FRL Pty Ltd < 

  B.T.S. Pty Ltd < 

  Origin Energy Power Limited < 

  Origin Energy SWC Limited < 

  BESP Pty Ltd   

  Origin Energy Eraring Pty Limited <  

  Origin Energy Eraring Services Pty Limited <  

  Origin Energy Upstream Holdings Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy B2 Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Browse Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy CSG 2 Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy ATP 788P Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy C5 Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Upstream Operator Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Holdings Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Retail Limited < 

  Origin Energy (Vic) Pty Limited < 

  Gasmart (Vic) Pty Ltd < 

  Origin Energy (TM) Pty Limited <  

  Cogent Energy Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Retail No. 1 Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Retail No. 2 Pty Limited 

  Horan & Bird Energy Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Electricity Limited < 

Eraring Gentrader Depositor Pty Limited 

Sun Retail Pty Ltd < 

  OE Power Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Uranquinty Power Pty Ltd < 

  OC Energy Pty Ltd < 

  Origin Energy International Holdings Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Mortlake Terminal Station No. 2 Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy PNG Ltd # 

  Origin Energy PNG Holdings Limited # 

  Origin Energy Tasmania Pty Limited < 

The Fiji Gas Co Ltd  

  Origin Energy Contracting Limited < 

  Origin Energy LPG Limited < 

  Origin (LGC) (Aust) Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy SA Pty Limited < 

  Hylemit Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy LPG Retail (NSW) Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy WA Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Services Limited < 

  OEL US Inc. 

  Origin Energy NSW Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Asset Management Limited < 

NSW

Vic 

Vic 

WA 

WA 

SA 

WA 

Vic 

NSW 

NSW 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Qld 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

SA 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Qld 

Vic 

Vic 

Qld 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

PNG 

PNG 

Tas 

Fiji 

Qld 

NSW 

NSW 

SA 

Vic 

NSW 

WA 

SA 

USA 

NSW 

SA 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

– 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

66.7 

100 

100 

51 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

66.7

100

100

51

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
119

2020
Ownership 
interest
per cent

2019
Ownership 
interest
per cent

Incorporated in

NT 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Solomon Islands 

Cook Islands 

Vanuatu 

Western Samoa 

American Samoa 

Singapore 

SA 

SA 

Qld 

SA 

SA 

SA 

Qld 

Qld 

Vic 

Singapore 

Singapore 

NSW 

Vic 

NSW 

NZ 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Singapore 

Vic 

Netherlands 

Netherlands 

Netherlands 

NSW 

Vic 

NSW 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Chile 

Chile 

Chile 

100 

100 

100 

100 

80 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

– 

– 

100 

100 

100 

– 

– 

– 

100 

100 

100

100

100

100

80

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

F1 Controlled entities (continued) 

  Origin Energy Pipelines Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Pipelines (SESA) Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Pipelines (Vic) Holdings Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Pipelines (Vic) Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Solomons Ltd  

  Origin Energy Cook Islands Ltd 

  Origin Energy Vanuatu Ltd 

  Origin Energy Samoa Ltd 

  Origin Energy American Samoa Inc 

  Origin Energy Insurance Singapore Pte Ltd 

  Angari Pty Limited < 

  Oil Investments Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Southern Africa Holdings Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Zoca 91-08 Pty Limited < 

Sagasco NT Pty Ltd < 

Sagasco Amadeus Pty Ltd < 

  Origin Energy Amadeus Pty Limited < 

  Amadeus United States Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Vietnam Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Singapore Holdings Pte Limited 

  Origin Energy (Song Hong) Pte Limited 

  Origin Future Energy Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Rewards Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Metering Coordinator Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Resources NZ (Rimu) Limited 

  Origin Energy VIC Holdings Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy Capital Ltd < 

  Origin Energy Finance Company Pty Limited < 

  OE JV Co Pty Limited < 

  Origin Energy LNG Holdings Pte Limited  

  Origin Energy LNG Portfolio Pty Ltd < 

  Origin Energy Australia Holding BV # 

  Origin Energy Mt Stuart BV # 

  OE Mt Stuart General Partnership # 

  Parbond Pty Limited 

  Origin Education Foundation Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Foundation Ltd 

  Origin Renewable Energy Investments No 1 Pty Ltd 

  Origin Renewable Energy Investments No 2 Pty Ltd 

  Origin Renewable Energy Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Geothermal Holdings Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Geothermal Pty Ltd 

  Origin Energy Chile Holdings Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Chile S.A. # 

Origin Energy Geothermal Chile Limitada # 

Pleiades S.A 

  Origin Energy Geothermal Singapore Pte Limited 

Singapore 

  Origin Energy Wind Holdings Pty Ltd 

  Crystal Brook Wind Farm Pty Limited 

  Wind Power Pty Ltd 

  Wind Power Management Pty Ltd 

Tuki Wind Farm Pty Ltd 

  Dundas Tablelands Wind Farm Pty Limited 

  Origin Energy Hydro Bermuda Limited 

  Origin Energy Hydro Chile SpA # 

Vic 

NSW 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Vic 

Bermuda 

Chile 

<   Entered into ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 and related Deed of Cross Guarantee with Origin Energy Limited.

#  Controlled entity has a financial reporting period ending 31 December.

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
120

F1 Controlled entities (continued) 

Changes in controlled entities

2020

Origin Energy ATP 788P Pty Limited was sold on 5 August 2019.(1)

Origin Energy Geothermal Singapore Pte Limited was deregistered on 27 August 2019.

Origin Foundation Limited changed its name to Origin Energy Foundation Ltd on 23 September 2019.

Pleiades S.A was sold on 25 September 2019.

Wind Power Management Pty Ltd was deregistered on 26 November 2019.

Tuki Wind Farm Pty Ltd was deregistered on 26 November 2019.

Dundas Tablelands Wind Farm Pty Ltd was deregistered on 26 November 2019.

Origin Energy Mortlake Terminal Station No. 1 Pty Limited changed its name to Origin Energy International Holdings Pty Limited on 
21 April 2020.

(1)  On 5 August 2019 Origin sold its Ironbark asset to APLNG for $231 million. Net nil profit or loss was realised in the period ending 30 June 2020.

F2 Business combinations

2020

There were no significant business combinations during the period.

2019

Acquisition of OC Energy Pty Ltd

On 1 March 2019, the Group acquired 100 per cent of the formerly privately held OC Energy Pty Ltd under a Share Sale Agreement. 
Finalisation of the purchase price accounting was completed within the 12-month measurement period, resulting in no significant changes 
to the provisional fair values presented in the 30 June 2019 Financial Statements. The fair value of the net assets acquired as part of the 
business combination was $59 million.

Purchase consideration of $33 million was paid on the completion date. Considering the acquired cash balance ($4 million), the net cash 
impact of the acquisition at the reporting date was $29 million. Further payments of $25 million in total were expected to be made after 
the acquisition date. On 28 February 2020, the Group made a payment of $14 million and expects to pay the remaining holdback amount 
of $11 million once certain conditions are met. The total consideration is still estimated to be $59 million and the net cash impact after 
excluding the acquired cash balance to be $55 million.

F3 Joint arrangements and investments in associates

Joint arrangements are entities over whose activities the Group has joint control, established by contractual agreement and requiring the 
consent of two or more parties for strategic, financial and operating decisions. The Group classifies its interests in joint arrangements as 
either joint operations or joint ventures, depending on its rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities of the arrangements.

Associates are entities, other than partnerships, for which the Group exercises significant influence, but no control, over the financial and 
operating policies, and which are not intended for sale in the near future.

Of the Group’s interests in joint arrangements and associates, only APLNG and Octopus Energy have a material impact to the Group at 
30 June 2020. Refer to Section B.

Interests in unincorporated joint operations

The Group’s interests in unincorporated joint operations are brought to account on a line-by-line basis in the income statement and 
statement of financial position. These interests are held on the following assets whose principal activities are oil and/or gas exploration, 
development and production; power generation; and geothermal power technology:

•  Beetaloo Basin

•  Browse Basin

• 

Innamincka Deeps Geothermal

On 7 April 2020, the Group acquired an additional 7.5 per cent interest in the Beetaloo Basin through a farm-in arrangement with Falcon 
Oil and Gas Australia Limited. This transaction also involved a renegotiation of the Joint Operating Agreement in place, which effectively 
gives the Group control over key decisions relating to these permits. The Beetaloo Basin is the only material unincorporated joint operation 
as at 30 June 2020.

Annual Report 2020121

G Other information

This section includes other information to assist in understanding the financial performance and position of the Group, and items required 
to be disclosed to comply with accounting standards and other pronouncements.

G1 Contingent liabilities

Discussed below are items where either it is not probable that the Group will have to make future payments or it is not possible to reliably 
measure the amount of future payments.

Joint arrangements and associates

As a participant in certain joint arrangements, the Group is liable for its share of liabilities incurred by these arrangements. In some 
circumstances the Group may incur more than its proportionate share of such liabilities, but will have the right to recover the excess 
liability from the other joint arrangement participants.

The Group continues to provide parent company guarantees in excess of its 37.5 per cent shareholding in APLNG, in respect of certain 
historical domestic contracts.

In October 2018, Origin and the other APLNG shareholders agreed to indemnify one of APLNG’s long-term LNG customers (following 
that customer’s election to defer delivery of 30 cargoes over six years (2019–24)) should APLNG fail to supply make-up cargoes to that 
customer prior to the expiry of the LNG supply contract. The customer will pay APLNG for the deferred cargoes and APLNG expects to 
resell the gas to other customers, and deliver the deferred cargoes to the long-term LNG customer between 2025 and the end of the 
LNG supply contract. The indemnity was provided severally in accordance with each shareholder’s proportionate shareholding in APLNG. 
At the inception of the agreement, any obligation or liability on the part of the shareholders will only be confirmed by the occurrence or 
non-occurrence of future events, and cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

The Group has entered into a further agreement to provide a financial guarantee to Octopus Energy’s financiers in respect of a working 
capital facility entered into by Octopus Energy. Under this agreement, the Group is required to make a payment to Octopus Energy’s 
financiers should Octopus Energy not make payments under the working capital facility. In return, Octopus Energy is required to pay a 
monthly fee to the Group in respect of the guarantee facility. The guarantee has been accounted for as a Financial Guarantee Contract 
under AASB 9 and has been initially recognised at fair value (refer to note C7) with reference to the guarantee amount in the facility 
agreement. During the year, $1 million has been recognised within other income in respect of the financial guarantee income.

Legal and regulatory

Certain entities within the Group (and joint venture entities, such as APLNG) are subject to various lawsuits and claims as well as audits 
and reviews by government, regulatory bodies or other joint venture partners. In most instances it is not possible to reasonably predict the 
outcome of these matters or their impact on the Group. Where outcomes can be reasonably predicted, provisions are recorded.

A number of sites owned/operated (or previously owned/operated) by the Group have been identified as potentially contaminated. For 
sites where it is likely that a present obligation exists, and it is probable that an outflow of resource will be required to settle the obligation, 
such costs have been expensed or provided for.

Warranties and indemnities have also been given and/or received by entities in the Group in relation to environmental liabilities for certain 
properties divested and/or acquired.

Capital expenditure

As part of the acquisition of Browse Basin exploration permits in 2015, the Group agreed to pay cash consideration of US$75 million 
contingent upon a project Final Investment Decision (FID), and US$75 million contingent upon first production. The Group will pay further 
contingent consideration of up to US$50 million upon first production if 2P reserves, at the time of the FID, reach certain thresholds. These 
obligations have not been provided for at the reporting date as they are dependent upon uncertain future events not wholly within the 
Group’s control.

Bank guarantees

There are no contingent liabilities arising from bank guarantees held by the Group required to be disclosed as at the reporting date, as 
these have either been provided for in the accounts or an outflow of economic benefits is considered remote.

The Group’s share of guarantees for certain contractual commitments of its joint ventures is shown at note G2.

Financial Statements122

G2 Commitments

Detailed below are the Group’s contractual commitments that are not recognised as liabilities as there is no present obligation. On 
1 July 2019, the Group adopted AASB 16 Leases, with operating leases now recognised on balance sheet. Refer to the Overview section.

Capital expenditure commitments
Joint venture commitments(1)
Operating lease commitments(2)

2020
$m

 109 
 340 
–

2019
$m

 63
 459
 543

(1)  Includes $269 million in relation to the Group’s share of APLNG’s capital and joint venture commitments. (2019: $386 million in relation to the Group’s share of APLNG’s 

capital, joint venture and operating lease commitments.)

(2)  Refer to the Overview for a reconciliation of the lease liability at the transition date of 1 July 2019 relating to AASB 16.

The Group leases PP&E under operating leases. The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are 
shown below.

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

G3 Share-based payments

2020
$m

–
–
–

–

2019
$m

 90
 223
 230

 543

This section sets out details of the Group’s share-based remuneration arrangements, including details of the Company’s Equity Incentive 
Plan and Employee Share Plan.

The table below shows share-based remuneration expenses that were recognised during the year.

Equity Incentive Plan
Employee Share Plan

Equity Incentive Plan

2020
$m

30
4

34

2019
$m

 21
 5

 26

Eligible employees are granted share-based remuneration under the Origin Energy Limited Equity Incentive Plan. Participation in the plan 
is at the Board’s discretion and no individual has a contractual right to participate or to receive any guaranteed benefits. Equity incentives 
granted prior to 18 October 2018 were offered in the form of Options and/or Share Rights. Since that date equity incentives are granted in 
the form of Share Rights and/or Restricted Shares (RSs). Share Rights do not carry dividend or voting entitlements and RSs do.

(i) Short Term Incentive

Short Term Incentive (STI) includes the award of RSs, which are unrestricted if the employee remains employed with satisfactory 
performance for a set period (generally after two years). Once unrestricted, the shares are transferred into the employee’s name at no cost. 
The face value of RSs measured at grant date is recognised as an employee expense over the related service period. RSs are forfeited if the 
service and performance conditions are not met.(1)

(ii) Long Term Incentive

Long Term Incentive (LTI) includes the award of Performance Share Rights (PSRs), which will only vest if certain company performance 
conditions and personal performance standards are met. The PSR grants made in FY2020 have a performance period of three years. Half 
of each LTI award is subject to a market hurdle, namely Origin’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to a Reference Group of ASX-listed 
companies identified in the relevant Remuneration Report. The remaining half of each LTI award is subject to an internal hurdle, namely 
Return on Capital Employed (ROCE), as set out in the relevant Remuneration Report.

The number of awards that may vest depends on performance against each hurdle, considered separately. For awards subject to the 
relative TSR hurdle, vesting only occurs if Origin’s TSR over the performance period ranks higher than the 50th percentile of the Reference 
Group. Half of the PSRs vest if that condition is satisfied. All the PSRs vest if Origin ranks at or above the 75th percentile of the Reference 
Group. Straight-line pro-rata vesting applies in between these two points.

(1)  The Equity Incentive Plan Rules set out exceptional circumstances, such as death, disability, redundancy or genuine retirement, under which RSs vest at cessation unless 

the Board determines otherwise. Prior to FY2018, the equity component of STI was awarded in the form of Deferred Share Rights (DSRs). 

Annual Report 2020123

G3 Share-based payments (continued)

For awards granted in FY2017 and FY2018 that are subject to the ROCE hurdle, vesting only occurs if two conditions are satisfied:

•  the average of the actual annual ROCE outcomes over the performance period meets or exceeds the average of the annual targets set 

in advance by the Board (Gate 1); and

•  the actual ROCE in either of the last two years of the performance period meets or exceeds Origin’s pre-tax weighted average cost of 

capital (WACC) (Gate 2).

Half of the relevant PSRs will vest if Gate 1 is met and Origin’s pre-tax WACC is met under Gate 2. All the PSRs will vest if Gate 1 is met and 
Origin’s pre-tax WACC is exceeded by two percentage points or more under Gate 2. Straight-line pro-rata vesting applies in between.

For awards granted in FY2019 and FY2020 that are subject to the ROCE hurdle, half of the ROCE tranche will be allocated to Energy 
Markets and the other half will be allocated to Integrated Gas. Each tranche will be tested separately and vest separately. Vesting for each 
tranche only occurs if the average actual annual ROCE outcomes over the performance period for the relevant business meets or exceeds 
the average of the annual ROCE targets, which are reflective of delivering WACC for the relevant business. Half of the relevant PSRs will 
vest if the ROCE target is met. All the relevant PSRs will vest if the ROCE target is exceeded by two percentage points or more. Straight-
line pro-rata vesting applies in between.

As there is no exercise price for PSRs, once vested they are exercised automatically. When exercised, a vested award is converted into 
one fully paid ordinary share that is subject to a post-vesting holding lock for a set period (generally one year) and also carries voting and 
dividend entitlements.

The fair value of the awards granted is recognised as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the vesting 
period. In exceptional circumstances(1) unvested PSRs may be held ‘on foot’ subject to the specified performance hurdles and other plan 
conditions being met, or dealt with in an appropriate manner determined by the Board. For PSRs subject to the relative TSR condition, fair 
value is measured at grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model that takes into account the exercise price, share price at grant date, 
price volatility, dividend yield, risk-free interest rate for the term of the security, and the likelihood of meeting the TSR market condition. 
The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over a period similar to the life of the options is indicative of 
future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual 
number of awards that vest except where due to non-achievement of the TSR market condition. Set out below are the inputs used to 
determine the fair value of the PSRs granted during the year. For PSRs subject to the ROCE condition, the initial fair value at grant date 
is the market value of an Origin share less the discounted value of dividends forgone, and the recognised expense is trued up at each 
reporting period to the expected outcome as assessed at that time.

(1)   The Equity Incentive Plan Rules provide that Rights and RSs are forfeited on cessation of employment unless the Board determines otherwise. The offer terms 

provide guidance for the exercise of that discretion, specifically that the Rights and RSs will not normally be forfeited in cases of ‘good leavers’ (such as those ceasing 
employment due to death, disability, redundancy or genuine retirement).

Set out below is a summary of PSRs issued during the financial year.

Grant date
Grant date share price
Exercise price
Volatility
Dividend yield(2)
Risk-free rate(3)
Grant date fair value (per award)

PSRs

30 Aug 2019
$7.63
Nil
27%
4.0%
–
$6.77

30 Aug 2019
$7.63
Nil
27%
4.0%
0.70%
$3.82

16 Oct 2019(1)

16 Oct 2019(1)

$8.12
Nil
26%
4.0%
–
$7.25

$8.12
Nil
26%
4.0%
0.70%
$4.49

(1)  These PSR tranches relate to specific Key Management Personnel awards required to be approved by shareholder resolution at the time of the Annual General Meeting.

(2)  Dividend yield assumptions are based on the average dividend yield rate over the vesting period of three years.

(3)  Where the risk-free rate is nil, these PSR tranches are ROCE-tested; therefore, the risk-free rate is not relevant to their valuation.

Financial Statements124

G3 Share-based payments (continued)

Equity Incentive Plan awards outstanding

Set out below is a summary of awards outstanding at the beginning and end of the financial year.

Outstanding at 1 July 2019
Granted
Exercised/released
Forfeited

 Weighted
 average
 exercise 
price

PSRs

DSRs

RSs

$6.51
 – 
 – 
 – 

 5,126,670 
 2,346,098 
 – 
 1,229,301 

 1,920,849 
 – 
 1,705,133 
 2,678 

 1,867,476 
 3,005,423 
 256,173 
 93,153 

Options

 5,565,803 
 – 
 – 
 2,306,422 

Outstanding at 30 June 2020

 3,259,381 

$6.33

 6,243,467 

 213,038 

 4,523,573 

Exercisable at 30 June 2020

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Outstanding at 1 July 2018
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

 7,475,601 
 – 
 – 
 1,909,798 

$8.84
–
 – 
$15.65

 4,086,642 
 1,793,349 
 – 
 753,321 

 4,402,736 
 – 
 2,380,513 
 101,374 

 – 
 2,059,842
 121,425
 70,941

Outstanding at 30 June 2019

 5,565,803 

$6.51

 5,126,670 

 1,920,849 

 1,867,476

Exercisable at 30 June 2019

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

The weighted average share price during 2020 was $6.80 (2019: $7.64). The options outstanding at 30 June 2020 have an exercise price 
in the range of $5.21 to $7.37 (2019: $5.21 to $7.37) and a weighted average contractual life of 6.6 years (2019: 7.1 years). 

For more information on these share plans and performance rights issued to Key Management Personel, refer to the Remuneration Report.

Employee Share Plan

Under the Employee Share Plan (ESP), all eligible employees have a choice of either participating in the $1,000 General Employee Share 
Plan (GESP) or the Matching Share Plan (MSP). 

Under the GESP, all employees of the Company who are based in Australia and have been continuously employed as at 1 March of the 
performance year, are granted up to $1,000 of fully paid Origin shares conditional on Board approval. The shares are granted for no 
consideration. Shares awarded under the GESP are purchased on market, registered in the name of the employee, and are restricted for 
three years, or until cessation of employment, whichever occurs first. 

Under the MSP, all eligible employees may elect to purchase shares via a salary sacrifice arrangement, which commences on 1 October of 
the performance year. The shares under this plan are allotted quarterly and are subject to trading restriction for a set period (generally two 
years) or until cessation of employment. The Company matches the purchased shares on a one-for-two basis with allocation of additional 
Matching Share Rights (MRs) which vest at the same time when the restriction is lifted for the purchased shares. Vesting of MRs is 
conditional on the employee remaining in continuous employment at that time. MRs are forfeited if the service conditions are not met.(1)

(1)  The Equity Incentive Plan Rules provide that Rights and Restricted Shares are forfeited on cessation of employment unless the Board determines otherwise. The offer 
terms provide guidance for the exercise of that discretion, specifically that the Rights and RSs will not normally forfeit in cases of ‘good leavers’ (such as those ceasing 
employment due to death, disability, redundancy or genuine retirement).

Details of the shares awarded under the GESP during the year are set out below.

2020

2019

Grant date

Shares 
granted

Cost per 

share(1)

Total cost 
$’000

3 Sep 2019

 528,264 

$7.55

 528,264 

5 Sep 2018

 561,126 

$8.12

 561,126 

 3,988 

 3,988 

 4,556

 4,556

(1)  The cost per share represents the weighted average market price of the Company’s shares on the grant date.

Annual Report 2020G3 Share-based payments (continued)

Set out below is a summary of MRs outstanding at the beginning and end of the financial year.

Outstanding at 1 July 2019
Granted
Exercised/released
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at 30 June 2020

Exercisable at 30 June 2020

G4 Related party disclosures

125

MRs

 73,999 
 170,353 
 9,120 
 6,691 
–

 228,541 

–

The Group’s interests in equity accounted entities and details of transactions with these entities are set out in notes B1 and B4.

Certain Directors of Origin Energy Limited are also directors of other companies that supply Origin Energy Limited with goods and 
services or acquire goods or services from Origin Energy Limited. Those transactions are approved by management within delegated 
limits of authority, and the Directors do not participate in the decisions to enter into such transactions. If the decision to enter into 
those transactions should require approval of the Board, the Director concerned will not vote upon that decision nor take part in the 
consideration of it.

G5 Key management personnel

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Other long-term benefits
Share-based payments

2020
$

2019
$

 11,619,739 
 262,538 
 136,474 
 5,124,047 

 9,941,352 
 255,313 
 182,927 
 4,311,013 

 17,142,798 

 14,690,605 

Loans and other transactions with key management personnel

There were no loans with key management personnel during the year.

Transactions entered into during the year with key management personnel are normal employee, customer or supplier relationships 
and have terms and conditions that are no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances on an arm’s length basis. These 
transactions include:

•  the receipt of dividends from Origin Energy Limited or participation in the DRP;

•  participation in the ESP, Equity Incentive Plan and Non-executive Director Share Plan;

•  terms and conditions of employment or directorship appointment;

•  reimbursement of expenses incurred in the normal course of employment; and

•  purchases of goods and services.

Financial Statements126

G6 Notes to the statement of cash flows

Cash includes cash on hand, at bank and in short-term deposits, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

The following table reconciles profit to net cash provided by operating activities.

Profit for the period

Adjustments for non-cash ITDA
Depreciation and amortisation
Net financing costs
Tax expense
Non-cash share of ITDA of equity accounted investees

Adjustments for other non-cash items
(Increase)/decrease in fair value of derivatives
Increase in fair value of financial instruments
Unrealised foreign exchange loss
Impairment of assets
Gain on sale of assets
Impairment losses recognised – trade and other receivables
Non-cash share of EBITDA of equity accounted investees
Exploration expense
Executive share-based payment expense

Changes in assets and liabilities:
 – Receivables
 – Inventories
 – Payables
 – Provisions
 – Other
 – Futures collateral
Tax paid

Total adjustments

Net cash from operating activities

Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities

$m

Balance as at 30 June 2019
Adoption of AASB 16 Leases

Balance as at 1 July 2019

Proceeds from borrowings
Modifications to the lease terms
Repayment of borrowings/other liabilities
Foreign exchange adjustments
Reclassification
Other non-cash movements

Balance as at 30 June 2020

Liabilities from financing activities

Current
 borrowings

Non-current
 borrowings

Lease
 liabilities

 948 
 – 

 948 

 – 
 – 
(946)
 – 
 1,326 
 – 

 1,328 

 6,648 
 – 

 6,648 

 1,273 
 – 
(1,608)
 22 
(1,326)
 1 

 5,010 

 – 
 478 

 478 

 – 
 111 
(75)
–
 – 
 – 

 514 

Other
 financial
 (assets)/
liabilities

(645)
 – 

(645)

 – 
 – 
 108 
(6)
 – 
 103 

(440)

2020
$m

2019
$m

86

 1,214

 509 
 126 
 93 
 1,303 

(275)
(123)
 – 
 764 
(1)
 124 
(1,911)
 3 
 30 

 217 
(26)
(180)
 663 
 104 
(340)
(215)

 865 

 951 

 419
 154
 64
 1,510

 102
(391)
 80
 39
–
 84
(2,142)
 2
 21

 207
 58
(175)
 179
(115)
 125
(110)

 111

 1,325

Total

 6,951 
 478 

 7,429 

 1,273 
 111 
(2,521)
 16 
 – 
 104 

 6,412 

Annual Report 2020127

G7 Auditors’ remuneration

During the year, the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related practices and 
non-related audit firms.

Amounts received or due and receivable by the auditor  
of the Parent Company and any other entity in the Group for:
Auditing the statutory financial report of the Parent Company covering the Group
Auditing the statutory financial reports of any controlled entities

Fees for other assurance and agreed-upon-procedures services under other legislation or contractual 
arrangements
Fees for other services
Tax compliance(2)
Cyber security
Advisory services
Other

Amounts received or due and receivable by affiliates of the auditor of the Parent Company for:
Auditing the statutory financial reports of any controlled entities

Fees for other services
Tax compliance
Advisory services
Other

Total fees to overseas member firms of the Parent Company auditor

Total remuneration to Parent Company auditor

Auditing of statutory financial reports of any controlled entities by other auditors
Total auditors’ remuneration

2020(1)
$’000

2019(1)

$’000

 1,750

 173

 9

 767

 155

 140

 4

 1,639

 69

 136

 10

 –

 181

 15

 2,998

 2,050

 69

 –

 –

 –

 69

 204

 68

 4

 7

 283

 3,067

 2,333

 247

 3,314

 96

 2,429

(1)  Amounts in 2019 relate to KPMG, which was the statutory auditor of the Origin Group including controlled entities. EY was appointed on 16 October 2019 at the last 

Annual General Meeting and have been statutory auditor for the 2020 financial year.

(2)  This amount relates to the Group’s share of tax compliance work billed. An amount of $701k has been recharged to APLNG in respect of its share and is excluded from 

this amount.

Financial Statements128

G8 Master netting or similar agreements

The Group enters into derivative transactions under ISDA master netting agreements. In general, under such agreements, the amounts 
owed by each counterparty on a single day in respect of all transactions outstanding in the same currency are aggregated into a net 
amount payable by one party to the other.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position, where the Group has a legally 
enforceable right to offset recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously. The Group has also entered into arrangements that do not meet the criteria for offsetting, but still allow for the related 
amounts to be offset in certain circumstances, such as a loan default or the termination of a contract.

The following table presents the recognised financial instruments that are offset, or subject to master netting arrangements but not 
offset, as at the reporting date. The net amount column shows the impact on the Group’s statement of financial position if all set-off rights 
were exercised.

2020
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities

2019
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities

Amount
offset in the
 statement
of financial 
position
$m

Amount 
in the 
statement
 of financial 
position
$m

Related 
amount
 not offset
$m

(385)
 385 

(320)
 320 

 1,158 
(1,215)

 1,434 
(1,503)

(650)
 650 

(398)
 398 

Gross 
amount
$m

 1,543 
(1,600)

 1,754 
(1,823)

Net 
amount
$m

 508 
(565)

 1,036
(1,105)

G9 Deed of Cross Guarantee

The parent entity has entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee through which the Group guarantees the debts of certain controlled entities 
in the event that one of those entities is wound up. The controlled entities that are party to the Deed are shown in note F1.

The following consolidated statement of comprehensive income and retained profits, and statement of financial position, cover the 
Company and its controlled entities that are party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee after eliminating all transactions between parties 
to the Deed.

For the year ended 30 June

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income and retained profits
Revenue
Other income
Expenses
Share of results of equity accounted investees
Impairment
Interest income
Interest expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Retained earnings at the beginning of the year
Adjustments for entities entering the Deed of Cross Guarantee

Retained earnings at the beginning of the year
Impact of AASB 9 adoption 
Impact of AASB 16 adoption 
Dividends paid

Retained earnings at the end of the year

2020
$m

2019
$m

 13,000 
 47 
(12,314)
 619 
(765)
 189 
(356)

 420 
(72)

 348 
 – 

 348 

 5,433 
 2 

 5,435 
 – 
 349 
(528)

 5,604 

 14,510
 26
(13,606)
 632
(360)
 234
(453)

 983
(119)

 864
–

 864

 4,890
–

 4,890
(145)
–
(176)

 5,433

Annual Report 2020129

2020
$m

2019
$m

 1,042 
 2,916 
 152 
 510 
 479 
 89 
 104 

 5,292 

 2,711 
 525 
 1,842 
 6,979 
 4,060 
 5,394 
 360 
 40 

 21,911 

 27,203 

 2,273 
 202 
 74 
 448 
 204 
 2 
 153 
 153 

 1,455
 2,950
 126
 454
 318
–
 110

 5,413

 2,135
 962
 3,161
 6,960
 3,337
 5,309
 227
 43

 22,134

 27,547

 2,120
 204
 137
 381
 275
 160
 132
 56

 3,509 

 3,465

 7,204 
 1,001 
 729 
 21 
 1,269 

 10,224 

 13,733 

 13,470 

 7,145 
 721 
 5,604 

 8,227
 605
 1,115
 21
 484

 10,452

 13,917

 13,630

 7,125
 1,072
 5,433

 13,470 

 13,630

G9 Deed of Cross Guarantee (continued)

As at 30 June

Statement of financial position
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Derivatives
Income tax receivable
Other financial assets
Other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Derivatives
Other financial assets(1)
Investments accounted for using the equity method
PP&E(2)
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Payables to joint ventures
Interest-bearing liabilities(3)
Derivatives
Other financial liabilities
Provision for income tax
Employee benefits
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest-bearing liabilities(4)
Derivatives
Employee benefits
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

(1)  Includes investment in subsidiaries relating to entities outside the Deed of Cross Guarantee.

(2)  Includes $454 million of ROU assets in the current period as a result of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases. Refer to the Overview.

(3)  Includes $68 million of lease liabilities in the current period as a result of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases. Refer to the Overview.

(4)  Includes $433 million of lease liabilities in the current period as a result of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases. Refer to the Overview.

Financial Statements130

G10 Parent entity disclosures

The following table sets out the results and financial position of the parent entity, Origin Energy Limited.

Origin Energy Limited

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Financial position of the parent entity at year end
Current assets
Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Contributed equity
Share-based payments reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve
Hedge reserve
Retained earnings(1)

Total equity

2020
$m

 1,167 
 108 

 1,275 

 1,307 
 19,084 

 20,391 

 2,683 
 5,171 

 7,854 

 7,145 
 223 
 863 
(47)
 4,353 

2019
$m

 1,118
 342

 1,460

 2,668
 20,560

 23,228

 4,677
 6,770

 11,447

 7,125
 234
 720
(12)
 3,714

 12,537 

 11,781

(1)  Refer to note A7 for details of dividends provided for or paid of $528 million.

The parent entity has entered into a deed of indemnity for the cross-guarantee of liabilities of a number of controlled entities. 
Refer to note F1.

G11 Subsequent events

Other than the matters described below, no item, transaction or event of a material nature has arisen since 30 June 2020 that 
would significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group, in future 
financial periods.

Bank debt facility extension

On 2 July 2020, the Group extended A$1.1 billion of bank debt facilities from a FY2023 maturity date to a new maturity date in FY2025. 
A further $0.2 billion of surplus liquidity was cancelled as part of this transaction.

Dividends

On 20 August 2020, the Directors determined an unfranked final dividend of 10 cents per share on ordinary shares. The dividend will be 
paid on 2 October 2020.

The financial effect of this dividend has not been brought to account in the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020 and will 
be recognised in subsequent financial statements.

Annual Report 2020131

Directors’ Declaration

1 

 In the opinion of the Directors of Origin Energy Limited (the Company):

(a)   the consolidated financial statements and notes are in accordance with the 

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), including:

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group as at  

30 June 2020 and of its performance, for the year ended on that date; and

(ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian 
Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001 (Cth).

(b)   the consolidated financial statements also comply with International Financial 

Reporting Standards as disclosed in the Overview of the consolidated financial 
statements; and

(c)   there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its 

debts as and when they become due and payable.

2 

 There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the controlled entities 
identified in note F1 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they 
are or may become subject to by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between the 
Company and those controlled entities pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned 
Companies) Instrument 2016/785.

3 

 The Directors have been given the declarations required by section 295A of the 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) from the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2020.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors:

Gordon Cairns  
Chairman Director

Sydney, 20 August 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
132

Independent Auditor’s Report

Annual Report 2020      Ernst & Young200 George StreetSydney NSW  2000 AustraliaGPO Box 2646 Sydney NSW  2001Tel: +61 2 9248 5555Fax: +61 2 9248 5959ey.com/auIndependent Auditor's Report to the Members of Origin Energy Limited Report on the Audit of the Financial Report Opinion We have audited the financial report of Origin Energy Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2020, the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors' declaration. In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: a)giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2020 and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and b)complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.  We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Key Audit Matters Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.  We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying financial report.   Independent Auditor’s Report 

133

    Carrying Value of the Australian Pacific LNG (APLNG) Equity Accounted Investment Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter At 30 June 2020, the Group’s equity accounted investment in APLNG has a carrying value of $6,978 million after an impairment charge was recorded during the year. COVID-19 has resulted in market disruption and has contributed to a significant decline in oil price during the period and lower forecast oil linked, LNG prices relative to prior periods. The Group considers this to be an indicator of impairment in accordance with the Australian Accounting Standards.  The Group has estimated the recoverable amount of its investment, using fair value less cost of disposal (FVLCD).  The estimate of FVLCD involves significant judgment and is based on modelling a range of forecast assumptions and estimates which are inherently difficult to determine with precision. Such forecasts include future oil and gas prices, foreign exchange rates, discount rates, production and development costs, and reserves and resources.   Oil price is a significant assumption used in the impairment testing and is inherently subjective.  In times of economic uncertainty, such as the recent market disruption caused by COVID-19, the degree of subjectivity in determining forecast pricing is higher than it might otherwise be.  Changes in this assumption can lead to significant changes in the recoverable amount. Refer to Note B2.2 for key assumptions adopted.   This resulted in a post-tax impairment charge of $746.0 million being recorded in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Due to the significance of this investment to relative to total assets and the inherent complexity and level of judgment required in forecasting future cash flows, we considered this to be a key audit matter. In completing our audit procedures, with the assistance of our valuation specialists, we: -Evaluated whether the methodology applied in determining FVLCD complied with the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards. -Assessed the mathematical accuracy of the valuation model, the recoverable amount calculation and the impairment charge recorded. -Assessed the macroeconomic assumptions adopted, including oil price, gas price and foreign exchange, with reference to broker and analyst data and publicly available peer company information. -Evaluated the discount rate adopted with reference to external market data including government bond rates and comparable company data. -Agreed the production profile, operating cost and capital expenditure forecasts in the impairment model to the optimised Upstream Development Plan (“UDP”), prepared by the Group, in its capacity as the operator of APLNG’s upstream joint venture. -Considered the key assumptions in the UDP including: oComparison of forecast operating costs to APLNG’s recent operating cost history; oConsideration of timing and amount of forecast capital costs with reference to:  ▪APLNG’s gas production profile, its existing inventory producing wells and forecast development of production wells; and ▪UDPs from previous financial years;  oUnderstood APLNG’s process for gas reserve and resource measurement including its internal technical assurance processes and reconciliation to its most recent independent review of reserves and resources as at 30 June 2019; and oEvaluated the competency, independence and objectivity of the internal and external experts used by the Group to measure its gas reserves and resources. 134

Annual Report 2020     -Compared the timing and amount of rehabilitation and abandonment costs included in the Group’s estimate of FVLCD with those used to measure APLNG’s rehabilitation provision at 30 June 2020 and forecast development of production wells. -Considered the relationship between asset carrying values and the Group’s market capitalisation. -Assessed the adequacy of the associated disclosures in the financial report. Cameron LNG Onerous Contract Provision Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter The Group has recognised a $641 million onerous contract provision at 30 June 2020 in relation to its longterm Cameron LNG purchase contract. This is due to the forecast sales revenue from the onward supply of LNG being less than purchase cost under the contract, due to the recent decline in gas prices and economic slowdown caused by COVID-19. As disclosed in Note C6 to the financial statements, the present value assessment performed by the Group involves significant judgement and is highly sensitive to long term future commodity pricing assumptions, inflation rates and government bond rates. We considered this to be a key audit matter given the significance of the provision recognised, together with the high degree of judgment involved in forecasting long term sale revenue and purchase costs over the life of the life of the contract.  In completing our audit procedures, with the assistance of our valuation specialists, we: -Assessed whether the Group’s methodology for determining present value met the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards in respect of recognition and measurement of the provision.  -Considered the terms of the contract to ensure completeness of unavoidable costs under the agreement, as well as their application in the Group’s assessment.  -Assessed the gas price assumptions adopted based on broker and analyst forecasts, market research and consideration of an implied long term price, adjusted for liquefaction and shipping costs.  -Considered the cost of purchasing and selling the contracted quantity of LNG with reference to budgets provided by the project operator, contractual rates and external market data.  -Assessed the discount rate adopted with reference to long term government bonds with tenures consistent with the forecast timing of cash flows.   -Assessed the clerical accuracy of present value calculation for modelling integrity.   -Assessed the adequacy of the financial report disclosures.       Independent Auditor’s Report 

135

    Unbilled Revenue Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter At 30 June 2020, the Group recognised unbilled revenue of $1,852 million.  Unbilled revenue represents the value of energy supplied to customers between the date of the last meter read and the reporting date where no bill has been issued to the customer at the end of the reporting period. The estimation of unbilled revenue is considered a key audit matter due to the complex estimation process and significant audit effort required to address the estimation uncertainty involved by the Group. Key factors that require consideration impacting the complex estimation process includes: -Estimation of customer demand which is impacted by weather and an individual customer’s circumstances. -Application of different customer rates across different regulated and unregulated markets. -Changes in energy consumption patterns compared to the same period in the prior year, particularly as a result of COVID-19.   The Group’s disclosures in respect of the unbilled revenue estimation process are included in Note A2 of the financial report.   Our audit procedures included the following:  -Assessed whether the methodology used to recognise unbilled revenue met the requirements of the Australian Accounting Standards.  -Assessed the effectiveness of the Group’s controls governing energy purchased, energy sold and the customer pricing process. -Selected a sample of unbilled revenue transactions based on qualitative and quantitative factors and performed the following procedures: oCompared the historical accuracy of the Group’s unbilled revenue estimate to historical subsequent billings. oAnalysed outliers and data anomalies which should be considered in calculating the Group’s unbilled revenue accrual. oReconciled volumes acquired from AEMO against volumes sold and volumes purchased. oCompared the prices applied to customer consumption with historical and current data.  -Evaluated the adequacy of the related disclosures in the financial report including those made with respect to judgements and estimates.  Impairment allowance – Trade Receivables and Unbilled Receivables  Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter An impairment allowance in respect of the Group’s trade receivables and unbilled receivables of $162 million has been recorded at 30 June 2020, with $40 million of this amount relating to an increase in collection uncertainty as a result of the impact of COVID-19. Our audit procedures included the following: -Assessed whether the process for recognising impairment of trade receivables and unbilled receivables met the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards. oAnalysed the ageing of trade receivables and unbilled receivables and the collection and credit history of the Group’s customers. 136

Annual Report 2020    The estimation of the Group’s impairment allowance is considered a key audit matter due to the judgement involved in estimating information available with consideration of past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions, in particular the impact of COVID-19.  The Group’s disclosures in respect of its estimation process are included in Note C1 of the financial report.   oEvaluated the Group’s assessment of collectability considering the process to achieve recovery, the likely timing of these processes and events that could delay or impact the collectability. oAssessed the current and forecast economic environment applicable to the Group’s customers to analyse the risk of impairment. oPerformed a sensitivity analysis on the Group’s impairment allowance attributed to COVID-19 by recalculating the allowance with reference to forecast market data such as unemployment rates, and expected default frequency rates, specific to the customers size and risk. -Evaluated the adequacy of the related disclosures in the financial report including those made with respect to judgements and estimates.  Information Other than the Financial Report and Auditor’s Report Thereon The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Company’s 2020 Annual Report other than the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon.  Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  If, based on the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. Independent Auditor’s Report 

137

    Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:  •Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  •Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.   •Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.  •Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.   •Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.  •Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.   We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.  We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. 138

Annual Report 2020    From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.  Report on the Audit of the Remuneration Report Opinion on the Remuneration Report We have audited the Remuneration Report included in the directors' report for the year ended 30 June 2020. In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Origin Energy Limited for the year ended 30 June 2020, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Responsibilities The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.   Ernst & Young     Andrew Price Partner Sydney 20 August 2020  139139

140

Share and Shareholder 
Information

The information set out below was applicable as at 20 August 2020.

Corporate Governance Statement

The Company’s Corporate Governance Statement can be found on its website at https://www.originenergy.com.au/content/dam/origin/
about/investors-media/presentations/cgs_4g.pdf

Substantial shareholders

As at 20 August 2020, the Company received notice of one substantial holder:

AustralianSuper Pty Ltd, holding 109,662,324 shares in the Company’s issued capital.

Number of equity securities holders and voting rights

As at 20 August 2020, there were:

•  145,123 holders of 1,761,211,071 ordinary shares in the Company;

•  24 holders of 3,259,381 Options, 87 holders of 6,234,794 Performance Share Rights, two holders of 136,836 Deferred Share Rights 

granted under the Origin Energy Equity Incentive Plan; and

•  612 holders of 225,927 Matching Share Plan Rights granted under the Origin Matching Share Plan.

Voting rights of members

At a meeting of members, each member who is entitled to attend and vote may attend and vote in person or by proxy, attorney or 
representative. On a show of hands, every person present who is a member, proxy, attorney or representative, shall have one vote; and on 
a poll, every member who is present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative shall have one vote for each fully paid ordinary share 
held. No other equity securities hold voting rights.

Please note that the 2020 Annual General Meeting will be held online. This is in line with Australian Government guidelines in relation 
to COVID-19.

Analysis of holdings

Fully paid ordinary shares

Holdings ranges

1–1,000
1,001–5,000
5,001–10,000
10,001–100,000
100,001–999,999,999

Totals

Holders

Total units

61,422
60,182
14,518
8,768
233

26,674,625
146,217,075
102,660,545
178,666,677
1,306,992,149

%

1.51
8.30
5.83
10.14
74.21

145,123

1,761,211,071

100.00

Annual Report 2020Share and Shareholder Information 

141

Options

Holdings ranges

1–1,000
1,001–5,000
5,001–10,000
10,001–100,000
100,001–999,999,999

Totals

Deferred share rights

Holdings ranges

1–1,000
1,001–5,000
5,001–10,000
10,001–100,000
100,001–999,999,999

Totals

Performance share rights

Holdings ranges

1–1,000

1,001–5,000

5,001–10,000

10,001–100,000

100,001–999,999,999

Totals

Matching Share Plan matched rights

Holdings ranges

1–1,000
1,001–5,000
5,001–10,000
10,001–100,000
100,001–999,999,999

Totals

Unmarketable parcels

8,481 shareholders held less than a marketable parcel as at 20 August 2020.

Holders

Total units

0
0
0
12
12

24

0
0
0
786,499
2,472,882

3,259,381

Holders

Total units

0
0
0
1
1

2

0
0
0
26,057
110,779

136,836

Holders

Total units

0

0

3

68

16

87

0

0

27,628

2,787,623

3,419,543

6,234,794

Holders

Total units

612
0
0
0
0

612

225,927
0
0
0
0

225,927

%

0.00
0.00
0.00
24.13
75.87

100.00

%

0.00
0.00
0.00
19.04
80.96

100.00

%

0.00

0.00

0.44

44.71

54.85

100.00

%

100.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

100.00

142

Top 20 holdings

Shareholder

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
National Nominees Limited
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
Argo Investments Limited
Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited
HSBC Custody Nominees
Sargon Ct Pty Ltd 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd Hub24 Custodial Serv Ltd 
Netwealth Investments Limited 
The Senior Master Of The Supreme Court 
Sargon Ct Pty Ltd 
Bond Street Custodians Limited 
AMP Life Limited
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
BNP Paribas Noms (NZ) Ltd 

Total securities of top 20 holdings

Total of securities

Securities exchange listing

Number of shares

% of issued shares

470,968,427
413,943,765
134,129,573
72,753,365
40,391,742
28,202,692
21,021,195
13,168,219
11,351,603
6,000,000
5,746,127
4,930,426
4,526,347
4,176,792
3,758,868
3,145,733
2,920,439
2,836,999
2,071,356
1,957,838

1,248,001,506

1,761,211,071

26.74%
23.50%
7.62%
4.13%
2.29%
1.60%
1.19%
0.75%
0.65%
0.34%
0.33%
0.28%
0.26%
0.24%
0.21%
0.18%
0.17%
0.16%
0.12%
0.11%

70.86%

Origin shares are traded on the Australian Securities Exchange Limited (ASX). The symbol under which Origin shares are traded is ‘ORG’.

Escrowed securities

There are no securities subject to voluntary escrow as at the date of this Report.

On-market buy-back

There is no current on-market buy-back of Origin shares.

On-market purchases for employee equity plans

During the reporting period, 3,868,000 Origin shares were purchased on-market for the purpose of Origin’s employee incentive plans. 
The average price per share purchased was $5.76.

Shareholder enquiries

For information about your shareholding, to notify a change of address, to make changes to your dividend payment instructions or for any 
other shareholder enquiries, you should contact Origin Energy’s share registry, Boardroom Pty Ltd on 1300 664 446. Please note that 
broker-sponsored holders are required to contact their broker to amend their address.

When contacting the share registry, shareholders should quote their security holder reference number, which can be found on the holding 
or dividend statements.

Shareholders with internet access can update and obtain information regarding their shareholding online at https://www.originenergy.
com.au/about/investors-media.html

Tax File Number

For resident shareholders who have not provided the share registry with their Tax File Number (TFN) or exemption category details, 
tax at the top marginal tax rate (plus Medicare levy) will be deducted from dividends to the extent they are not fully franked. For those 
shareholders who have not provided their TFN or exemption category details, forms are available from the share registry. Shareholders are 
not obliged to provide this information if they do not wish to do so.

Information on Origin

The main source of information for shareholders is the Annual Report. The Annual Report will be provided to shareholders on request and 
free of charge. Shareholders not wishing to receive the Annual Report should advise the share registry in writing so that their names can be 
removed from the mailing list. Origin’s website (www.originenergy.com.au) is another source of information for shareholders.

Annual Report 2020143

144

Exploration and 
Production Permits 
and Data

1  Surat/Bowen Basin

Queensland

3

WA

2

NT

SA

QLD

4

1

NSW

Origin Energy Interests Other (Non Origin)

Origin permit

APLNG permit

Production facility

Pipeline

Pipeline

TAS

2  Beetaloo Basin

3  Browse Basin

4  Cooper Basin

NT

QLD

SA

WA

Annual Report 2020Exploration and Production Permits and Data

145

1. Origin’s interests

Origin held interests in the following permits at 30 June 2020. 

Basin/Project Area  

Interest

Basin/Project Area  

Interest

Basin/Project Area  

Interest

Australia

Surat Basin/Ironbark (Queensland)

Talinga/Orana

ATP 788P (Shallows) 

37.50%  *1

ATP 788P (Deeps) 

9.38%  *1

ATP 692P and PL’s 209,  
215, 226, 272, 216,  
225, 445(A) 

Other Surat Basin

ATP 973P  

37.50%  *1

ATP 972P and PL’s 469(A),  
470 and 471(A)  

Denison Trough (Queensland)

PL’s 43, 44, 45, 183  
and 218 (Deeps) 

18.75%  *1

PPL’s 171, 181 and 2032  

37.50%  *1

PFL 26  

37.50%  *1

ATP 1191 Farm-out  
(Mahalo block), PL’s 1082,1083  11.25% 

PL’s 450, 451, 457 and 1012  

18.75% 

ATP 1191 and PL(A) 1062 

18.75% 

LNG (Gladstone)

PPL’s 162 and 163 

PFL 20 

37.50% 

37.50% 

Kenya/Kenya East/Bellevue/Anya

1

1

1

1

1

PL’s 179, 180, 228, 229  
and 263  

PL 247  

PL’s 257, 273, 274, 275,  
278, 279, 442, 466, 474  
and 503 (Shallows) 

PL 1025  

PFL 19  

15.23% 

11.02%  

11.72% 

11.72% 

11.72% 

CSG (Queensland) Fairview/Arcadia

PPL’s 107, 176 and 2014  

15.23% 

1

1

1

1

1

1

PL 1084  

PL 1011  

PL 1018  

Combabula/Reedy Creek

ATP 606P and PL’s 297, 403,  
404, 407, 408, 405, 406(A),  
412, 413 and 444(A)  

PPL 178 

Angry Jungle

ATP 631P and  
PL’s 281 and 282  

37.50%  *1

34.77%   *1 

33.75%   *1

37.50%  *1

37.50%  *1

34.77%   *1

37.50%  *1

6.79%  

1

ATP 526P, ATP 2012P,  
and PL’s 90, 91, 92, 99, 100,  
232, 233, 234, 235 and 236,  
PL(A) 1017 

ATP 745P, ATP 2033 and  
PL’s 420, 421 and 440,  
PL(A) 1059 

Spring Gully

ATP 592P and PL’s 195,  
414, 415, 416, 417, 418,  
268 and 419(A) 

PL 204 

PL 200 

Peat

8.97% 

1

PL 101  

Browse Basin (Western Australia)

37.50%   *1

TR/7, TR/8, WA-90R,  
WA-91R, WA-92R 

40.00%

Other Bowen Basin

Beetaloo Basin (Northern Territory)

8.94%  

1

ATP 804P  

10.99% 

1

EP 76, EP 98 and EP117 

77.50%  *

PL’s 219 and 220  

ATP 2047  

37.50%  *1

18.75% 

1

Cooper-Eromanga Basin (Queensland)

ATP’s 736, 737, 738, 2025, 
and 2026 

75.00%  *

35.44%  *1

Condabri

37.40%  *1

PL’s 265, 266 and 267  

37.50%  *1

Geothermal (South Australia)

35.89%  *1

PL’s 177, 185, 186 and 2000  

37.50%  *1

PPL 143, 180 and 2026 

37.50%  *1

GRL 3 

Notes:

30.00%

*  Operatorship

1 

 Interest held through 37.5 per cent ownership  
of Australian Pacific LNG Joint Venture

146

Annual  
Reserves Report

For the year ended 30 June 2020

1. Reserves and resources

This Annual Reserves Report provides an update on the reserves and resources of Origin Energy Limited (Origin) and its share of Australia 
Pacific LNG Pty Limited (APLNG), as at 30 June 2020.

1.1 Highlights

APLNG (Origin 37.5 per cent share)

•  Strong field performance resulted in an increase in reserves in operated areas. This enabled a decision to not participate in some 

low-value non-operated fields. During FY2020, APLNG also delivered record production. A detailed breakdown of movements in 
Origin’s share of APLNG 2P (proved plus probable) reserves is as follows:

 – 119 PJ upward revision of operated 2P reserves reflecting strong field performance and maturation of resources to reserves;

 – 48 PJ increase in operated 2P reserves due to the acquisition of Ironbark from Origin;

 – 104 PJ reduction in non-operated 2P reserves due to a decision to not participate in certain non-operated field developments 

(–149 PJ), balanced against a 45 PJ reserves increase in other non-operated areas; and

 – 265 PJ of production (an increase of 4 per cent on 2019) and underpinned by improved operated and non-operated field 

performance. This was due to higher well availability and facility reliability as well as commissioning of the Eurombah Reedy Creek 
Interconnect pipeline, which improved utilisation of processing capacity.

•  Excluding net reductions in non-operated developments, APLNG appraisal and development drilling, along with development feasibility 

assessment, has resulted in 2P reserves replacement of 90 per cent of production in operated fields over the last three years.

•  Origin’s share of 1P (proved) reserves has continued to grow, with an increase of 10 per cent or 270 PJ before production as a result of 
development drilling. After taking into account production, 1P reserves increased 5 PJ to 2,769 PJ. 1P reserves represent 61 per cent of 
total 3P (proved plus probable plus possible) reserves as at 30 June 2020.

•  APLNG also continues to mature its strong resource base with further exploration and appraisal activities, as well as technology trials 

and a continued focus on reducing operating and capital costs.

Origin (excluding share of APLNG)

•  A 129 PJ decrease in other 2P reserves reflects the sale of Ironbark assets to APLNG on 5 August 2019. Ironbark reserves and resources 

are included within APLNG reserves at 30 June 2020, of which Origin owns 37.5 per cent.

Annual Report 2020Annual Reserves Report

147

1.2 2P reserves (Origin share)

2P reserves decreased by 331 PJ (after production) to a total of 4,268 PJ, compared to 30 June 2019.

Origin 2P reserves by area

2P reserves by area (PJ)

2P
30/06/2019

Acquisition/
divestment

New booking/
discovery

Revisions/
extensions

Production

2P
30/06/2020

Australia Pacific LNG
Surat/Bowen (unconventional)
– Spring Gully & Denison asset
– Condabri, Talinga & Orana asset
– Reedy Creek, Combabula & Peat asset
– Non-operated assets

Other
Ironbark (unconventional)

Total

4,470

733
1,405
1,475
857

129

4,599

48

–
48
–
–

(129)

(81)

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

15

(70)
 59
 131
(104)

–

15

(265)

4,268

(39)
(101)
(63)
(62)

 624
 1,411
 1,542
 691

–

–

(265)

4,268

•  Summary of 2P reserves movement – key changes include:

 – 265 PJ decrease due to production;

 – net 81 PJ decrease due to the divestment of Ironbark by Origin to APLNG;

 – 119 PJ net positive revision in operated areas, reflecting:

 · improved understanding of field behaviour, which resulted in an increase in estimated recovery from producing fields in Combabula, 

Condabri, Talinga and Orana, partially offset by a decrease in Spring Gully; and

 · the inclusion of new areas to reserves, including the Peat Flank asset (within Reedy Creek, Combabula and Peat) following 

successful appraisal activities; and

 – 104 PJ reduction in non-operated areas, primarily due to the decision by APLNG to not participate in certain future field 

developments (149 PJ), offset by modest increases in reserves from other non-operated areas (45 PJ).

•  As at 30 June 2020, developed 2P reserves represented 58 per cent of total 2P reserves.

•  As at 30 June 2020, 100 per cent of Origin’s share of 2P reserves are unconventional gas.

Origin 2P reserves by development type

2P reserves by development type (PJ)

Developed

Undeveloped

30/06/2019

Developed

Undeveloped

30/06/2020

Total 2P

Total 2P

Australia Pacific LNG
Surat/Bowen (unconventional)
– Spring Gully & Denison asset
– Condabri, Talinga & Orana asset
– Reedy Creek, Combabula & Peat asset
– Non-operated assets

Other
Ironbark (unconventional)

Total

2,386

2,084

4,470

2,488

1,780

4,268

496
935
577
378

–

2,386

238
469
898
479

129

2,213

733
1,405
1,475
857

129

4,599

442
976
676
394

–

182
435
866
297

–

624
1,411
1,542
691

–

2,488

1,780

4,268

148

1.3 1P reserves (Origin share)

1P reserves increased by 270 PJ or 10 per cent (before production) and increased by 5 PJ after production to 2,769 PJ, when compared to 
30 June 2019, due to development drilling.

As at 30 June 2020, developed 1P reserves represented 89 per cent of total 1P reserves. The remaining 11 per cent of 1P reserves 
represents wells that have been spudded but not connected and planned wells that are immediately adjacent to drilled wells. 100 per cent 
of 1P reserves are unconventional gas.

Origin 1P reserves by area

1P reserves by area (PJ)

1P
30/6/2019

Acquisition/
divestment

New booking/
discovery

Revisions/
extensions

Production

1P
30/6/2020

Australia Pacific LNG
Surat/Bowen (unconventional)
– Spring Gully & Denison asset
– Condabri, Talinga & Orana asset
– Reedy Creek, Combabula & Peat asset
– Non-operated assets

Other
Ironbark (unconventional)

Total

2,764

545
967
651
601

–

2,764

Origin 1P reserves by development type

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

 270

(265)

2,769

(49)
 160
 173
(14)

–

 270

(39)
(101)
(63)
(62)

 456
 1,026
 761
 526

–

 –

(265)

2,769

1P reserves by development type (PJ)

Developed

Undeveloped

30/6/2019

Developed

Undeveloped

30/6/2020

Total 1P

Total 1P

Australia Pacific LNG
Surat/Bowen (unconventional)
– Spring Gully & Denison asset
– Condabri, Talinga & Orana asset
– Reedy Creek, Combabula & Peat asset
– Non-operated assets

Other
Ironbark (unconventional)

Total

2,370

496
935
577
363

–

2,370

1.4 2C Contingent resources for Origin Energy

Beetaloo Basin

394

49
32
74
239

–

394

2,764

2,478

545
967
651
601

–

442
975
674
387

–

2,764

2,478

291

14
51
87
139

–

291

2,769

456
1,026
761
526

–

2,769

A material contingent resource announcement of 6.6 Tscf (gross) or 2.3 Tscf (net) for the Beetaloo Basin was provided on 15 February 2017 
to the ASX: https://www.asx.com.au/asxpdf/20170215/pdf/43g0qhh87j71bb.pdf

Origin increased its interest in the Beetaloo Joint Venture to 70 per cent in May 2017 by acquiring Sasol’s 35 per cent share:
https://www.asx.com.au/asxpdf/20170505/pdf/43j1ss71xqbxtc.pdf

During FY2020, Origin further increased its interest in the Beetaloo Joint Venture to 77.5 per cent by acquiring 7.5 per cent of the interest 
owned by Falcon Oil and Gas: https://www.asx.com.au/asxpdf/20200407/pdf/44gs08yfdwfrjp.pdf

Refer to the Operating and Financial Review, released on the same date as this report for details of the current status of our Beetaloo 
Basin asset.

Annual Report 2020Annual Reserves Report

149

Appendix A: APLNG reserves and resources

Origin, as APLNG Upstream Operator, has prepared estimates of the reserves and resources held by APLNG for operated assets which are 
detailed in this report.

Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. (NSAI) has prepared a consolidated report of the reserves and resources held by APLNG for 
non-operated assets. The reserves and resources estimates for the non-operated properties in their report have been independently 
estimated by NSAI.

The tables below provide 1P, 2P and 3P reserves and 2C resources for APLNG (100 per cent) and Origin’s 37.5 per cent interest in these 
APLNG (operated and non-operated) reserves and resources.

Reserves and resources held by APLNG (100 per cent share)

Reserves/resources classification

30/6/2019

Acquisition/
divestment

New booking/
discovery

Revisions/
extensions

Production

30/6/2020

1P (proven)
2P (proven plus probable)
3P (proven plus probable plus possible)
2C (best estimate contingent resource)

7,372
11,920
12,820
3,107

–
129
192
497

–
–
–
–

719
40
(234)
375

(708)
(708)
 (708)
–

7,384
11,381
12,071
3,980

Reserves and resources held by Origin (37.5 per cent in APLNG)

Reserves/resources classification

30/6/2019

Acquisition/
divestment

New booking/
discovery

Revisions/
extensions

Production

30/6/2020

1P (proven)
2P (proven plus probable)
3P (proven plus probable plus possible)
2C (best estimate contingent resource)

 2,764
 4,470
 4,808
 1,165

 –
 48
 72
 187

 –
 –
 –
 –

 270
15
(88)
 141

(265)
(265)
(265)
 –

 2,769
 4,268
 4,526
 1,493

See details above for movements in 1P and 2P reserves.

The 234 PJ decrease in APLNG (100 per cent share) 3P reserves, excluding production, is due to decisions to not participate in some 
non-operated field developments (–441 PJ), partially offset by improved understanding of estimated recovery in other producing areas.

The 873 PJ increase in APLNG (100 per cent share) 2C resources is primarily due to the acquisition of Ironbark and the decision to not 
participate in some non-operated field developments. A number of appraisal activities are presently ongoing that if successful would 
convert some further resources to reserves.

150

Appendix B: Notes relating to this report

a.  Methodology regarding reserves 

c.  Reversionary rights

f.  Abbreviations

and resources

The Reserves Report has been prepared 
to be consistent with the Petroleum 
Resources Management System (PRMS) 
2018 published by Society of Petroleum 
Engineers (SPE). This document may 
be downloaded from the SPE website: 
https://www.spe.org/en/industry/reserves/
Additionally, this Reserves Report has 
been prepared to be consistent with the 
ASX reporting guidelines. For all assets, 
Origin reports reserves and resources 
consistent with SPE guidelines as follows: 
proved reserves (1P); proved plus probable 
reserves (2P); proved plus probable plus 
possible reserves (3P); best estimate 
contingent resources (2C). Reserves must 
be discovered, recoverable, commercial 
and remaining.

The CSG reserves and resources held 
within APLNG’s properties have either 
been independently prepared by NSAI 
or prepared by Origin. The reserves and 
resources estimates contained in this report 
have been prepared in accordance with 
the standards, definitions and guidelines 
contained within the Petroleum Resources 
Management System (PRMS) and generally 
accepted petroleum engineering and 
evaluation principles as set out in the SPE 
Reserves Auditing Standards.

Origin does not intend to report prospective 
or undiscovered resources as defined by 
the SPE in any of its areas of interest on an 
ongoing basis.

b.  Economic test for reserves

The assessment of reserves requires a 
commercial test to establish that reserves 
can be economically recovered. Within 
the commercial test, operating cost and 
capital cost estimates are combined with 
fiscal regimes and product pricing to 
confirm the economic viability of producing 
the reserves.

Gas reserves are assessed against existing 
contractual arrangements, and local market 
conditions, as appropriate. In the case 
of gas reserves where contracts are not 
in place a forward price scenario based 
on monetisation of the reserves through 
domestic markets has been used, including 
power generation opportunities, direct sales 
to LNG and other end users and utilisation 
of Origin’s wholesale and retail channels 
to market.

For CSG reserves that are intended to 
supply the APLNG CSG to LNG project, 
the economic test is based on a weighted 
average price across domestic, spot and 
LNG contracts, less short run marginal costs 
for downstream transport and processing. 
This price is exposed to changes in the 
supply/demand balance in the market 
through oil price–linked LNG contracts.

The CSG interests that Australia Pacific 
LNG acquired from Tri-Star in 2002 are 
subject to reversionary rights. If triggered, 
these rights will require Australia Pacific 
LNG to transfer back to Tri-Star a 45 per 
cent interest in those CSG interests for 
no additional consideration. Origin has 
assessed the potential impact of these 
reversionary rights based on economic tests 
consistent with the reserves and resources 
referable to the CSG interests, and based 
on that assessment does not consider that 
the existence of these reversionary rights 
impacts the reserves and resources quoted 
in this report. Tri-Star has commenced 
proceedings against Australia Pacific LNG 
claiming that reversion has occurred. 
Australia Pacific LNG denies that reversion 
has occurred and is defending the claim.1

bbl

Tscf

CSG

kbbls

barrel

trillion standard cubic feet

coal seam gas

kilo barrels = 1,000 barrels

ktonnes

kilo tonnes = 1,000 tonnes

mmboe million barrels of oil equivalent

PJ

PJe

petajoule = 1 x 1015 joules

petajoule equivalent

g.  Conversion factors for PJe

CSG

1.038 PJ/Bscf

d.  Information regarding the preparation 

of this Reserves Report

h.  Reference point

Reference points for Origin’s petroleum 
reserves and contingent resources are 
defined points within Origin’s operations 
where normal exploration and production 
business ceases, and quantities of the 
produced product are measured under 
defined conditions prior to custody transfer. 
Fuel, flare and vent consumed to the 
reference points are excluded.

i.  Preparing and aggregating 

petroleum resources

Petroleum reserves and contingent 
resources are typically prepared by 
deterministic methods with support from 
probabilistic methods. Petroleum reserves 
and contingent resources are aggregated 
by arithmetic summation by category 
and as a result, proved reserves may be a 
conservative estimate due to the portfolio 
effects of the arithmetic summation. 
Proved plus probable plus possible may 
be an optimistic estimate due to the same 
aforementioned reasons.

j.  Methodology and internal controls

The reserves estimates undergo an 
assurance process to ensure that they 
are technically reasonable given the 
available data and have been prepared 
according to our reserves and resources 
process, which includes adherence to the 
PRMS Guidelines. The assurance process 
includes peer reviews of the technical 
and commercial assumptions. The annual 
reserves report is reviewed by management 
with the appropriate technical expertise, 
including the Chief Petroleum Engineer and 
Integrated Gas General Managers.

The CSG reserves and resources held 
within APLNG’s properties have either 
been independently prepared by NSAI 
or prepared by Origin. All assessments 
are based on technical, commercial and 
operational data provided by Origin on 
behalf of APLNG.

The statements in this report relating to 
reserves and resources as of 30 June 2020 
for APLNG’s interests in non-operated 
assets are based on information in the NSAI 
report dated 4 August 2020. The data has 
been compiled by Mr John Hattner, a full-
time employee of NSAI. Mr John Hattner 
has consented to the statements based 
on this information, and to the form and 
context in which these statements appear.

The statements in this report relating to 
reserves and resources for other assets are 
based on, and fairly represent, information 
and supporting documentation prepared 
by, or under the supervision of, qualified 
petroleum reserves and resources 
evaluators who are employees of Origin.

This Reserves Statement as a whole has 
been approved by Mr Simon Smith FIEAust 
CPEng NER RPEQ, who is a full-time 
employee of Origin. Mr Simon Smith is 
Chief Petroleum Engineer, a qualified 
Petroleum Reserves and Resources 
Evaluator, a member of the Society of 
Petroleum Engineers and has consented 
to the form and context in which these 
statements appear.

e.  Rounding

Information on reserves quoted in this 
report are rounded to the nearest whole 
number. Some totals in tables in this report 
may not add due to rounding. Items that 
round to zero are represented by the 
number 0, while items that are actually zero 
are represented with a dash: ‘-’.

1  Refer to section 7 of the Operating and Financial 
Review released to the ASX on 20 August 2020 
for further information.

Annual Report 2020151

152

Five-year  
Financial History

A reconcilation between statutory and underlying profit measures can be found in note A1 of the Origin Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income statement ($m)

2020(1)

2019(1)

2018(1)

2017(1)

2016(1)

Total external revenue

 13,157 

 14,727 

 14,883 

 14,107 

 12,174 

Underlying
EBITDA(2)
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Share of interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation 
of equity accounted investees(3)
EBIT
Net financing costs
Income tax benefit/(expense)
Non-controlling interests
Segment result and underlying consolidated profit
Impact of items excluded from segment result and 
underlying consolidated profit net of tax

Statutory
Profit attributable to members of the parent entity

Statement of financial position ($m)
Total assets
Net debt/(cash)
Shareholders’ equity – members/parent entity interest
Adjusted net debt/(cash)(4)
Shareholders’ equity – total

Cash flow 
Net cash from operating and investing activities  
– total operations ($m)

Key ratios
Statutory basic earnings per share (cents)(5)
Underlying basic earnings per share (cents)(5)
Total dividend per share (cents)(6)
Net debt to net debt plus equity (adjusted) (%)(4)

Underlying EBITDA by segment ($m)
Energy Markets(2)
Integrated Gas
Contact Energy
Corporate

 3,141 

(509)

(1,303)

 1,329 

(126)

(177)

(3)

 3,232 

(419)

(1,504)

 1,308 

(154)

(123)

(3)

 1,023 

 1,028 

3,217

(381)

(1,194)

1,642

(278)

(339)

(3)

1,022

 2,530 

(477)

(925)

 1,128 

(296)

(279)

(3)

 550 

(940)

 183 

(804)

(2,776)

 1,696 

(624)

(296)

 776 

(109)

(286)

(16)

 365 

(993)

 83 

 1,211 

 218 

(2,226)

(628)

 25,093 

 5,688 

 12,680 

 5,158 

 12,701 

 25,743 

 6,084 

 13,129 

 5,417 

 13,149 

 24,257 

 7,289 

 11,804 

 6,496 

 11,828 

25,199

 8,364 

 11,396 

 8,111 

 11,418 

28,905

 9,470 

 14,039 

 9,131 

 14,060 

 1,813 

 1,914 

 2,645 

1,378

1,215

4.7 

 58.1 

 25 

 29 

 1,459 

 1,741 

 68.8 

 58.4 

 25 

 29 

 1,574 

 1,892 

(59)

(234)

 12.4 

 58.2 

 –   

 36 

 1,811 

 1,521 

 –   

(115)

(126.9)

31.3

-

42

 1,492 

 1,104 

 –   

(66)

(39.8)

23.2

10

39

 1,330 

 386 

 61 

(81)

General Information
Number of employees (Excluding Contact Energy)
Weighted average number of shares(5)

5,232

5,360

 5,565 

 5,894 

 5,811 

 1,759,801,186 

 1,758,935,655 

 1,757,442,268 

1,754,489,221

1,578,213,157

Integrated Gas(7)
2P reserves (PJe)
Product sales volumes (PJe)
•  Liquified Natural Gas (Kt)
•  Natural gas and ethane (PJ)
•  Crude oil (kbbls)
•  Condensate/naphtha (kbbls)
•  LPG (kt)
Production volumes (PJe)

 4,268 

 251 

 3,258 

 70 

 –   

 –   

 –   

 4,599 

 254 

 3,257 

 73 

 –   

 –   

 –   

 4,799 

 255 

 3,213 

 77 

 –   

 –   

 –   

 265 

 255 

 254 

 5,788 

 334 

 2,668 

 163 

 1,209 

 1,615 

 144 

 323 

 6,277 

 228 

 659 

 168 

 1,629 

 1,403 

 127 

 232 

Annual Report 2020Five-year Financial History 

153

Energy Markets
Generation (MW) – owned
Generation dispatched (TWh)
Number of customers (’000)
•  Electricity
•  Natural gas
•  LPG
Electricity (TWh)
Natural gas (PJ)
LPG (Kt)

2020(1)

2019(1)

2018(1)

2017(1)

2016(1)

 6,029 

 18 

 4,232 
 2,631 
 1,220 
 363 

 34 

 204 

 417 

 6,029 

 20 

 4,192 
 2,639 
 1,191 
 362 

 36 

 222 

 426 

 5,981 

 21 

 4,181 
 2,666 
 1,145 
 370 

 38 

 214 

 450 

 6,011 

 20 

 4,210 
 2,716 
 1,112 
 382 

 40 

 188 

 448 

 6,011 

20

 4,217 
 2,741 
 1,089 
387

38

167

458

(1) 

Includes discontinued operations and assets held for sale unless stated otherwise.

(2)  FY2019 includes premiums relating to certain electricity hedges within Underlying Profit. The equivalent amounts in prior years have not been restated in the above 

table. Had the amounts been adjusted, the impact to underyling EBITDA in each period would have been a reduction in each year is as follows: FY2018 $(160) million; 
FY2017 $(141) million; and FY2016 $(139) million.  

(3)  Origin discloses its equity accounted results in two lines: ‘share of EBITDA of equity accounted investees,’ included in EBITDA; and ‘share of interest, tax, depreciation 

and amortisation of equity accounted investees,’ included between EBITDA and EBIT.

(4)  Total current and non-current interest-bearing liabilities only, less cash and cash equivalents excluding APLNG related cash, less fair value adjustments on hedged 

borrowings.

(5)  Prior period adjusted for the bonus element (discount to market price) of the September 2015 rights issue. 

(6)  Dividends represent the interim and final dividends determined for each financial year. This includes the final dividend for FY2020 determined on 20 August 2020 to be 

paid on 2 October 2020. The amounts paid within each financial year are 30c, 10c, 0c, 0c and 35c respectively.

(7)  2018 excludes Lattice Energy (continuing operations basis shown).

154

Glossary and 
Interpretation

Statutory financial measures

Non-IFRS financial measures

Statutory financial measures are measures included in the Financial 
Statements for the Origin Consolidated Group, which are measured 
and disclosed in accordance with applicable Australian Accounting 
Standards. Statutory financial measures also include measures that 
have been directly calculated from, or disaggregated directly from, 
financial information included in the Financial Statements for the 
Origin Consolidated Group.

Term

Meaning

Cash flows from 
investing activities

Statutory cash flows from investing activities as 
disclosed in the Statement of Cash Flows in the 
Origin Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash flows from 
operating activities

Statutory cash flows from operating activities as 
disclosed in the Statement of Cash Flows in the 
Origin Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash flows used in 
financing activities

Statutory cash flows used in financing activities 
as disclosed in the Statement of Cash Flows in 
the Origin Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net Debt

Non-controlling 
interest

Statutory Profit/Loss

Statutory 
earnings per share

Total current and non-current interest-bearing 
liabilities only, less cash and cash equivalents 
excluding cash to fund APLNG day-to-day 
operations.

Economic interest in a controlled entity of 
the consolidated entity that is not held by 
the Parent entity or a controlled entity of the 
consolidated entity.

Net profit/loss after tax and non-controlling 
interests as disclosed in the Income Statement 
in the Origin Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

Statutory Profit/Loss divided by weighted 
average number of shares as disclosed in the 
Income Statement in the Origin Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Non-IFRS financial measures are defined as financial measures that 
are presented other than in accordance with all relevant Accounting 
Standards. Non-IFRS financial measures are used internally by 
management to assess the performance of Origin’s business, 
and to make decisions on allocation of resources. The non-IFRS 
financial measures have been derived from statutory financial 
measures included in the Origin Consolidated Financial Statements, 
and are provided in this report, along with the statutory financial 
measures, to enable further insight and a different perspective into 
the financial performance, including profit and loss and cash flow 
outcomes, of the Origin business.

The principal non-IFRS profit and loss measure of Underlying Profit 
has been reconciled to Statutory Profit in Section 5.1. The key non-
IFRS financial measures included in this report are defined below.

Term

AASB

Meaning

Australian Accounting Standards Board.

Adjusted Net Debt Net Debt adjusted to remove fair value adjustments 

on hedged borrowings.

Adjusted 
Underlying EBITDA

Origin Underlying EBITDA – share of APLNG 
Underlying EBITDA + net cash from APLNG over 
the relevant 12-month period.

Average 
interest rate

Interest expense divided by Origin’s average drawn 
debt during the period.

cps

Cents per share.

Free Cash Flow

Net cash from operating and investing activities 
(excluding major growth projects), less 
interest paid.

FY20 
(current period)

Year ended 30 June 2020.

FY19 (prior period) Year ended 30 June 2019.

Gearing

Adjusted Net Debt/(Adjusted Net Debt + 
Total Equity).

Gross Profit

Revenue less cost of goods sold.

Items excluded 
from Underlying 
Profit (IEUP)

Items that do not align with the manner in which 
the Chief Executive Officer reviews the financial 
and operating performance of the business, which 
are excluded from Underlying Profit. See Section 
5.1 for details.

MRCPS

Non-cash fair 
value uplift

Mandatorily Redeemable Cumulative 
Preference Shares.

Reflects the impact of the accounting uplift in 
the asset base of APLNG, which was recorded on 
creation of APLNG and subsequent share issues 
to Sinopec. This balance will be depreciated in 
APLNG’s Income Statement on an ongoing basis 
and, therefore, a dilution adjustment is made to 
remove this depreciation.

Share of ITDA

Origin’s share of equity accounted interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation.

Total 
Segment Revenue

Total revenue for the Energy Markets, Integrated 
Gas and Corporate segments, as disclosed in note 
A1 of the Origin Consolidated Financial Statements.

Underlying EPS

Underlying Profit/Loss divided by weighted 
average number of shares.

Annual Report 2020Glossary and Interpretation

155

Term

Meaning

Term

Meaning

Non-financial terms

Underlying EBITDA Underlying earnings before underlying interest, 

1P reserves

Underlying 
share of ITDA

Underlying 
Profit/Loss

underlying tax, underlying depreciation and 
amortisation (EBITDA) as disclosed in note A1 of 
the Origin Consolidated Financial Statements.

Share of interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation 
of equity accounted investees adjusted for items 
excluded from Underlying Profit.

Underlying net profit/loss after tax and non-
controlling interests as disclosed in note A1 of the 
Origin Consolidated Financial Statements.

2P reserves

Underlying 
ROCE (Return on 
Capital Employed)

Calculated as Adjusted EBIT/Average 
Capital Employed.

Average Capital Employed = Shareholders Equity 
+ Origin Debt + Origin’s Share of APLNG project 
finance – non-cash fair value uplift + net derivative 
liabilities. The average is a simple average of 
opening and closing in any 12-month period.

3P reserves

Adjusted EBIT = Origin Underlying EBIT and 
Origin’s share of APLNG Underlying EBIT + Dilution 
Adjustment = Statutory Origin EBIT adjusted to 
remove the following items: a) items excluded from 
underlying earnings; b) Origin’s share of APLNG 
underlying interest and tax; and c) the depreciation 
of the non-cash fair value uplift adjustment. In 
contrast, for remuneration purposes, Origin’s 
statutory EBIT is adjusted to remove Origin’s 
share of APLNG statutory interest and tax (which 
is included in Origin’s reported EBIT) and certain 
items excluded from underlying earnings. Gains 
and losses on disposals and impairments will only 
be excluded subject to Board discretion. 

2C resources

Boe

C&I

DMO

ERP

GJ

JCC

Joule

Kansai

kT

Mtpa

MW

MWh

NEM

Proved Reserves are those reserves which 
analysis of geological and engineering data 
can be estimated with reasonable certainty to 
be commercially recoverable. There should 
be at least a 90 per cent probability that the 
quantities actually recovered will equal or 
exceed the estimate.

The sum of Proved plus Probable Reserves. 
Probable Reserves are those additional reserves 
which analysis of geological and engineering 
data indicate are less likely to be recovered than 
Proved Reserves but more certain than Possible 
Reserves. There should be at least a 50 per cent 
possibility that the quantities actually recovered 
will equal or exceed the best estimate of Proved 
plus Probable Reserves (2P).

Proved plus Probable plus Possible Reserves. 
Possible Reserves are those additional Reserves 
which analysis of geological and engineering 
data suggest are less likely to be recoverable 
than Probable Reserves. The total quantities 
ultimately recovered from the project have at 
least a 10 per cent probability of exceeding 
the sum of Proved plus Probable plus 
Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high 
estimate scenario.

The best estimate quantity of petroleum 
estimated to be potentially recoverable from 
known accumulations by application of 
development oil and gas projects, but which are 
not currently considered to be commercially 
recoverable due to one or more contingencies. 
The total quantities ultimately recovered 
from the project have at least a 50 per cent 
probability to equal or exceed the best estimate 
for 2C contingent resources.

Barrel of oil equivalent.

Commercial and Industrial.

Default Market Offer.

Enterprise resource planning.

Gigajoule = 109 joules.

Japan Customs-cleared Crude (JCC) is the 
average price of crude oil imported to Japan. 
APLNG’s long-term LNG sales contracts are 
priced based on the JCC index.

Primary measure of energy in the metric system.

When referring to the off-taker under the LNG 
Sale and Purchase Agreement (SPA) with 
APLNG, means Kansai Electric Power Co. Inc.

kilo tonnes = 1,000 tonnes.

Million tonnes per annum.

Megawatt = 106 watts.

Megawatt hour = 103 kilowatt hours.

National Electricity Market.

156

Term

NPS

PJ

PJe

Meaning

Interpretation

Net Promoter Score (NPS) is a measure of 
customers’ propensity to recommend Origin to 
friends and family.

Petajoule = 1015 joules.

Petajoules equivalent = an energy measurement 
used to represent the equivalent energy in 
different products so the amount of energy 
contained in these products can be compared.

All comparable results reflect a comparison between the current 
period and the prior period, unless otherwise stated.

A reference to APLNG or Australia Pacific LNG is a reference to 
Australia Pacific LNG Pty Limited in which Origin holds a 37.5 per 
cent shareholding. A reference to Octopus Energy or Octopus is 
a reference to Octopus Energy Holdings Limited in which Origin 
holds a 20 per cent shareholding. Origin’s shareholding in APLNG 
and Octopus Energy is equity accounted.

A reference to $ is a reference to Australian dollars unless 
specifically marked otherwise.

All references to debt are a reference to interest-bearing debt only.

Individual items and totals are rounded to the nearest appropriate 
number or decimal. Some totals may not add due to rounding of 
individual components.

When calculating a percentage change, a positive or negative 
percentage change denotes the mathematical movement in 
the underlying metric, rather than a positive or a detrimental 
impact. Percentage changes on measures for which the numbers 
change from negative to positive, or vice versa, are labelled as 
not applicable.

PPA

Power Purchase Agreement.

Scope 1 emissions

Direct emissions from sources that are owned 
or operated by Origin, in particular electricity 
generation and gas development.

Scope 2 emissions

Emissions from the electricity that we consume 
to power our offices and operating sites.

Scope 3 emissions

Sinopec

SME

TRIFR

TW

TWh

VDO

Watt

Indirect emissions, other than Scope 2, relating 
to Origin’s value chain that we do not own 
or control, including wholesale purchases of 
electricity from the NEM. LPG and corporate 
Scope 3 emissions are excluded as their 
emissions are not material.

When referring to the off-taker under the LNG 
Sale and Purchase Agreement (SPA) with 
APLNG, means China Petroleum & Chemical 
Corporation, which has appointed its subsidiary 
Unipec Asia Co. Ltd. to act on its behalf under 
the LNG SPA.

Small Medium Enterprise.

Total Recordable Incident Frequency Rate.

Terawatt = 1012 watts.

Terawatt hour = 109 kilowatt hours.

Victorian Default Offer.

A measure of power when a one ampere of 
current flows under one volt of pressure.

Annual Report 2020Directory

Registered Office

Level 32, Tower 1
100 Barangaroo Avenue
Barangaroo, NSW 2000

GPO Box 5376
Sydney NSW 2001

T  (02) 8345 5000
F  (02) 9252 9244

originenergy.com.au
enquiry@originenergy.com.au

Secretary

Helen Hardy

Share Registry

Boardroom Pty Limited
Level 12, 225 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000

GPO Box 3993
Sydney NSW 2001

T  Australia 1300 664 446
T 
F  (02) 9279 0664

International (+61 2) 8016 2896

boardroomlimited.com.au 
origin@boardroomlimited.com.au

Auditor

EY

Sources: Water and energy savings are based 
on a comparison between a recycled paper 
manufactured at Arjowiggins Graphic mills 
versus an equivalent virgin fibre paper according 
to the latest European BREF data available 
(virgin fibre paper manufactured in a non-
integrated paper mill). CO2 emission savings is 
the difference between the emissions produced 
at an Arjowiggins Graphic mill for a specific 
recycled paper compared to the manufacture of 
an equivalent virgin fibre paper. Carbon footprint 
data evaluated by Labelia Conseil in accordance 
with the Bilan Carbone® methodology. Results are 
obtained according to technical information and 
subject to modification. 

Further information about Origin’s 
performance can be found on our website:

originenergy.com.au